BIDDING REQUIREMENTS, CONTRACT DOCUMENTS & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS for MAIN STREET STREETSCAPE BRIDGTON, ME

Prepared for: Town of Bridgton

March 22, 2019

Prepared by: HEB Engineers, Inc.

HEB Project #2016-007A

HEB Engineers, Inc. • www.hebengineers.com New Hampshire: Office (603) 356-6936 • Fax (603) 356-7715 • PO Box 440 • 2605 White Mountain Highway • No. Conway, NH 03860 Maine: Office (207) 803-8265 • PO Box 343 • 103 Main Street • Suite 6 • Bridgton, ME 04009 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS, CONTRACT DOCUMENTS & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DIVISION 00 - BIDDING REQUIREMENTS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

SECTION 000111 ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS

000200 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

000410 BID FORM

000410A BID TABLE

000430 BID BOND

000451 BIDDER QUALIFICATION STATEMENT

000510 NOTICE OF AWARD

000520 AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR

000550 NOTICE TO PROCEED

000610 PERFORMANCE BOND

000615 PAYMENT BOND

000620 CONTRACTOR’S APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT

000625 CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION

000630 CONSENT OF SURETY COMPANY TO FINAL PAYMENT

000635 CONTRACTOR’S FINAL LIEN WAIVER

000640 CERTIFICATE OF FINAL COMPLETION

000700 GENERAL CONDITIONS

000800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS

000900 ADDENDA

000940 WORK CHANGE DIRECTIVE

000941 CHANGE ORDER

000942 FIELD ORDER

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME Table of Contents HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A i of ii Town of Bridgton DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

011000 SUMMARY

012000 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES

012500 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES

013000 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS

013300 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

014000 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

015000 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS

016000 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

017000 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS

DIVISION 02 - TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

SPECIAL ATTENTIONS

SPECIAL PROVISIONS

SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS

02750 DECORATIVE CONCRETE

02870 SITE FURNISHINGS

02930 LOAM AND SEED

02940 PLANTING

16500 LIGHTING

030105 CONCRETE REPAIR

030106 CEMENTIOUS CRYSTALLINE LEAK REPAIR

036300 INJECTION GROUTING

099000 PAINTING AND COATING

330523 HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONAL DRILLING

333100 SANITARY UTILITY SEWERAGE PIPING

333913 SANITARY UTILITY SEWERAGE MANHOLES

APPENDIX A APPROVED EASEMENTS

APPENDIX B REQUIRED FEDERAL DOCUMENTS

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME Table of Contents HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A ii of ii Town of Bridgton DIVISION 00

BIDDING REQUIREMENTS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS SECTION 000111 ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS

Sealed Bids for the construction of the Main Street Streetscape, located in Bridgton, ME will be received by the Town of Bridgton, at the Bridgton Town Hall (mailing address: 3 Chase Street, Suite 1, Bridgton, ME 04009), until 2:00 p.m. local time on April 19, 2019, at which time the Bids received will be publicly opened and read. The project generally consists of streetscape and sewer improvements throughout the downtown corridor in Bridgton (approximately 3,500 linear feet). The project will include the replacement of existing sidewalks, ADA improvements, new street lighting, roadway pavement mill and overlay, and landscape amenities including new street trees, benches, litter receptacles, and bicycle racks. Also included is the construction of approximately 3,000 linear feet of new sewer main and service laterals within the project limits. Bids will be received for a single prime Contract. Bids shall be on unit price basis, with additive alternate bid items as indicated in the Bid Form. The Issuing Office for the Bidding Documents is: HEB Engineers, Inc., PO Box 343, 103 Main Street Suite 6, Bridgton, ME 04009, (207) 803-8265. Prospective Bidders may examine the Bidding Documents at the Town of Bridgton or the Issuing Office on Mondays through Fridays between the hours 9:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. (please call for availability), and on www.constructionsummary.com. Bidding Documents may be obtained from the Issuing Office in electronic format (.pdf only) at no cost. Paper copies are available either via in-person pick-up or via mail, upon Issuing Office’s receipt of payment for the Bidding Documents. The non-refundable cost of printed Bidding Documents is $130 per set, payable to HEB Engineers, Inc. An additional charge of $15 for regular postage or $30 for overnight postage will be applied to requests for mailed documents. The date that the Bidding Documents are transmitted by the Issuing Office will be considered the prospective Bidder’s date of receipt of the Bidding Documents. Partial sets of Bidding Documents will not be available from the Issuing Office. Neither Owner nor Engineer will be responsible for full or partial sets of Bidding Documents, including Addenda if any, obtained from sources other than the Issuing Office. To be considered a responsive Bidder, the Contractor shall have obtained at least one set of electronic or paper plans and specifications from the Engineer (HEB Engineers, Inc.). The Bid will not be awarded to a Bidder unless a record for the request of at least one set of electronic or paper plans and specifications exists in the office of the Engineer. To meet this requirement and to be added to the official list of plan holders, a prospective Bidder must request electronic copies or purchase paper plans and specifications using the name that is to appear in the Bid Documents. A pre-bid conference will be held at the Bridgton Town Hall local time on Wednesday, April 3, 2019 at 10:00 a.m. All potential Bidders are highly encouraged to attend. Bid security in the amount equal to five percent (5%) of the maximum bid (determined by adding the base bid and any alternates) must be provided with each Bid in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders. The Successful Bidder shall furnish 100 percent Performance and Payment Bonds in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders (Section 00200). Notice to Proceed is expected to be April 23, 2019 and construction is expected to start May 1, 2019. Project is subject to easements and revisions. The Work is to be substantially complete by November 15, 2019 and completed and ready for final payment on or before December 16, 2019. Liquidated damages of $500 per day will commence on November 15, 2019 for failure to complete the Work within the stipulated contract times.

Along with the Bid, the Bidder shall supply Certificates of Insurance to the Owner, as defined in the Supplementary Conditions. The Owner and Engineer shall be named as additionally insured.

The Bidder shall submit to the Owner and Engineer a list identifying all Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations that are to furnish principle items of material and equipment. The list shall be submitted with the Bid. The contractor shall also complete the Bidder Qualification Statement with supporting data (00410-B) and submit with the bid.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000111 Advertisement for Bids HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 2 Town of Bridgton The apparent Successful Bidder shall submit a Qualifications Statement for each Subcontractor, Supplier and other person and organization requested, if any. The Qualification Statement(s) shall be submitted within five days of the Owner's or Engineer's request. Any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other person or organization so identified may be revoked on the basis of reasonable objection after due investigation, in which case Contractor shall submit an acceptable substitute, without an increase in Bid price.

The Owner reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, to waive any and all informalities not involving price, time or changes in the Work, and to negotiate contract terms with the Successful Bidder, and the right to disregard all non-conforming, non-responsive, unbalanced or conditional Bids. Also, Owner reserves the right to reject the Bid of any Bidder if Owner believes that it would not be in the best interest of the Project to make an award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid is non-responsive, or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability, or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by Owner. Discrepancies in the multiplication of units of Work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. Owner: Town of Bridgton By: HEB Engineers, Inc. Project Engineer: Colin Dinsmore, PE Date: March 21, 2019

END OF SECTION

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000111 Advertisement for Bids HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 2 of 2 Town of Bridgton SECTION 000200 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE 1 – Defined Terms ...... 2 ARTICLE 2 – Copies of Bidding Documents ...... 2 ARTICLE 3 – Qualifications of Bidders ...... 2 ARTICLE 4 – Site and Other Areas; Existing Site Conditions; Examination of Site; Owner’s Safety Program; Other Work at the Site ...... 3 ARTICLE 5 – Bidder’s Representations ...... 4 ARTICLE 6 – Pre-Bid Conference ...... 5 ARTICLE 7 – Interpretations and Addenda ...... 5 ARTICLE 8 – Bid Security ...... 5 ARTICLE 9 – Contract Times...... 6 ARTICLE 10 – Liquidated Damages ...... 6 ARTICLE 11 – Substitute and “Or Equal” Items ...... 6 ARTICLE 12 – Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others ...... 6 ARTICLE 13 – Preparation of Bid ...... 7 ARTICLE 14 – Basis of Bid ...... 7 ARTICLE 15 – Submittal of Bid ...... 8 ARTICLE 16 – Modification and Withdrawal of Bid ...... 8 ARTICLE 17 – Opening of Bids ...... 8 ARTICLE 18 – Bids to Remain Subject to Acceptance ...... 8 ARTICLE 19 – Evaluation of Bids and Award of Contract ...... 8 ARTICLE 20 – Bonds and Insurance ...... 9 ARTICLE 21 – Signing of Agreement ...... 9 ARTICLE 22 – Retainage ...... 9

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000200 Instructions to Bidders HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 9 Town of Bridgton ARTICLE 1 – DEFINED TERMS

1.01 Terms used in these Instructions to Bidders have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions. Additional terms used in these Instructions to Bidders have the meanings indicated below: A. Issuing Office – The office from which the Bidding Documents are to be issued.

ARTICLE 2 – COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS

2.01 Complete sets of the Bidding Documents may be obtained from the Issuing Office in the number and format stated in the advertisement or invitation to bid. 2.02 Complete sets of Bidding Documents shall be used in preparing Bids; neither Owner nor Engineer assumes any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. 2.03 Owner and Engineer, in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms, do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids for the Work and do not authorize or confer a license for any other use. 2.04 To be considered a responsive Bidder, the Contractor shall have obtained at least one set of paper plans and specifications from the Engineer (HEB Engineers, Inc.). The Bid will not be awarded to a Bidder unless a record for the purchase of at least one set of paper plans and specifications exists in the office of the Engineer. To meet this requirement and to establish the record of purchase, a prospective Bidder must purchase paper plans and specifications using the name that is to appear in the Bid Documents.

ARTICLE 3 – QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS

3.01 To demonstrate Bidder’s qualifications to perform the Work, Bidder shall submit with its Bid (a) written evidence establishing its qualifications such as financial data, previous experience, and present commitments, and (b) the following additional information: A. Form 000410A – Bid Table B. Form 000451 – Bidder’s Qualification Statement with the following Supporting Data 1. Proposed Project Suppliers, Subcontractors, and Subconsultants 2. Current Project Commitments 3. Previous Project Experience with References and Contact Information 4. Major Equipment 5. Evidence of Authority for Individuals Listed in Section 6 to Bind Organization to an Agreement. 6. Evidence of Authority and Qualification to do Business in Maine. 7. Resumes of Officers and Key Individuals (Including Safety Officer) of Firm Named in Section 1. 8. OSHA Certification Listed in Section 13. 9. Additional Items as Pertinent. C. Certificates of Insurance D. Schedule of Construction (format as defined in Div 01 Section 013300 Submittals) 3.02 A Bidder’s failure to submit required qualification information within the times indicated may disqualify Bidder from receiving an award of the Contract. 3.03 No requirement in this Article 3 to submit information will prejudice the right of Owner to seek additional pertinent information regarding Bidder’s qualifications.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000200 Instructions to Bidders HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 2 of 9 Town of Bridgton 3.04 Bidder is advised to carefully review those portions of the Bid Form requiring Bidder’s representations and certifications.

ARTICLE 4 – SITE AND OTHER AREAS; EXISTING SITE CONDITIONS; EXAMINATION OF SITE; OWNER’S SAFETY PROGRAM; OTHER WORK AT THE SITE

4.01 Site and Other Areas A. The Site is identified in the Bidding Documents. By definition, the Site includes rights-of-way, easements, and other lands furnished by Owner for the use of the Contractor. Any additional lands required for temporary construction facilities, construction equipment, or storage of materials and equipment, and any access needed for such additional lands, are to be obtained and paid for by Contractor. 4.02 Existing Site Conditions A. Subsurface and Physical Conditions; Hazardous Environmental Conditions 1. The Supplementary Conditions identify: a. those reports known to Owner of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site. b. those drawings known to Owner of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site (except Underground Facilities). c. reports and drawings known to Owner relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been identified at or adjacent to the Site. d. Technical Data contained in such reports and drawings. 2. Owner will make copies of reports and drawings referenced above available to any Bidder on request. These reports and drawings are not part of the Contract Documents, but the Technical Data contained therein upon whose accuracy Bidder is entitled to rely, as provided in the General Conditions, has been identified and established in the Supplementary Conditions. Bidder is responsible for any interpretation or conclusion Bidder draws from any Technical Data or any other data, interpretations, opinions, or information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings. 3. If the Supplementary Conditions do not identify Technical Data, the default definition of Technical Data set forth in Article 1 of the General Conditions will apply. B. Underground Facilities: Information and data shown or indicated in the Bidding Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the Site are set forth in the Contract Documents and are based upon information and data furnished to Owner and Engineer by owners of such Underground Facilities, including Owner, or others. C. Adequacy of Data: Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Bidders with respect to subsurface conditions, other physical conditions, and Underground Facilities, and possible changes in the Bidding Documents due to differing or unanticipated subsurface or physical conditions appear in Paragraphs 5.03, 5.04, and 5.05 of the General Conditions. Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Bidders with respect to a Hazardous Environmental Condition at the Site, if any, and possible changes in the Contract Documents due to any Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site which was not shown or indicated in the Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work, appear in Paragraph 5.06 of the General Conditions. 4.03 Site Visit and Testing by Bidders A. Bidder shall conduct the required Site visit during normal working hours, and shall not disturb any ongoing operations at the Site. B. Bidder is not required to conduct any subsurface testing, or exhaustive investigations of Site conditions.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000200 Instructions to Bidders HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 3 of 9 Town of Bridgton C. On request, and to the extent Owner has control over the Site, and schedule permitting, the Owner will provide Bidder access to the Site to conduct such additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, and studies as Bidder deems necessary for preparing and submitting a successful Bid. Owner will not have any obligation to grant such access if doing so is not practical because of existing operations, security or safety concerns, or restraints on Owner’s authority regarding the Site. D. Bidder shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations regarding excavation and location of utilities, obtain all permits, and comply with all terms and conditions established by Owner or by property owners or other entities controlling the Site with respect to schedule, access, existing operations, security, liability insurance, and applicable safety programs. E. Bidder shall fill all holes and clean up and restore the Site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations, investigations, tests, and studies. 4.04 Owner’s Safety Program A. Site visits and work at the Site may be governed by an Owner safety program. As the General Conditions indicate, if an Owner safety program exists, it will be noted in the Supplementary Conditions. 4.05 Other Work at the Site A. Reference is made to Article 8 of the Supplementary Conditions for the identification of the general nature of other work of which Owner is aware (if any) that is to be performed at the Site by Owner or others (such as utilities and other prime contractors) and relates to the Work contemplated by these Bidding Documents. If Owner is party to a written contract for such other work, then on request, Owner will provide to each Bidder access to examine such contracts (other than portions thereof related to price and other confidential matters), if any.

ARTICLE 5 – BIDDER’S REPRESENTATIONS

5.01 It is the responsibility of each Bidder before submitting a Bid to: A. examine and carefully study the Bidding Documents, and any data and reference items identified in the Bidding Documents; B. visit the Site, conduct a thorough, alert visual examination of the Site and adjacent areas, and become familiar with and satisfy itself as to the general, local, and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work; C. become familiar with and satisfy itself as to all Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work; D. carefully study all: (1) reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site and all drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site that have been identified in the Supplementary Conditions, especially with respect to Technical Data in such reports and drawings, and (2) reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any, at or adjacent to the Site that have been identified in the Supplementary Conditions, especially with respect to Technical Data in such reports and drawings; E. consider the information known to Bidder itself; information commonly known to contractors doing business in the locality of the Site; information and observations obtained from visits to the Site; the Bidding Documents; and the Site-related reports and drawings identified in the Bidding Documents, with respect to the effect of such information, observations, and documents on (1) the cost, progress, and performance of the Work; (2) the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Bidder; and (3) Bidder’s safety precautions and programs; F. agree, based on the information and observations referred to in the preceding paragraph, that at the time of submitting its Bid no further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the determination of its Bid for performance of the

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000200 Instructions to Bidders HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 4 of 9 Town of Bridgton Work at the price bid and within the times required, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Bidding Documents; G. become aware of the general nature of the work to be performed by Owner and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Bidding Documents; H. promptly give Engineer written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that Bidder discovers in the Bidding Documents and confirm that the written resolution thereof by Engineer is acceptable to Bidder. Requests for changes or claims for extras based on the Bidder’s failure to notify the Engineer of conflicts, errors or omissions in the drawings and/or specifications during bidding will be considered void; I. determine that the Bidding Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for the performance and furnishing of the Work; and J. agree that the submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Bidder that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Article, that without exception the Bid and all prices in the Bid are premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Bidding Documents.

ARTICLE 6 – PRE-BID CONFERENCE

6.01 A pre-Bid conference will be held at the time and location stated in the invitation or advertisement to bid. Representatives of Owner and Engineer will be present to discuss the Project. Bidders are encouraged to attend and participate in the conference. Engineer will transmit to all prospective Bidders of record such Addenda as Engineer considers necessary in response to questions arising at the conference. Oral statements may not be relied upon and will not be binding or legally effective. 6.02 To be considered in attendance, Bidder shall arrive on time to pre-bid conference.

ARTICLE 7 – INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA

7.01 All questions about the meaning or intent of the Bidding Documents are to be submitted to Engineer in writing. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by Engineer in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda delivered to all parties recorded as having received the Bidding Documents. Questions received less than seven days prior to the date for opening of Bids may not be answered. Only questions answered by Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. 7.02 Addenda may be issued to clarify, correct, supplement, or change the Bidding Documents.

ARTICLE 8 – BID SECURITY

8.01 A Bid must be accompanied by Bid security made payable to Owner in an amount of five percent (5%) of Bidder’s maximum Bid price (determined by adding the base bid and all alternates) and in the form of a certified check, bank money order, or a Bid bond (on the form included in the Bidding Documents) issued by a surety meeting the requirements of Paragraphs 6.01 and 6.02 of the General Conditions. 8.02 The Bid security of the apparent Successful Bidder will be retained until Owner awards the contract to such Bidder, and such Bidder has executed the Contract Documents, furnished the required contract security, and met the other conditions of the Notice of Award, whereupon the Bid security will be released. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the Contract Documents and furnish the required contract security within 15 days after the Notice of Award, Owner may consider Bidder to be in default, annul the Notice of Award, and the Bid security of that Bidder will be forfeited. Such forfeiture shall be Owner’s exclusive remedy if Bidder defaults. 8.03 The Bid security of other Bidders that Owner believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award may be retained by Owner until the earlier of seven days after the Effective Date of the Contract or 61 days after the Bid opening, whereupon Bid security furnished by such Bidders will be released.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000200 Instructions to Bidders HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 5 of 9 Town of Bridgton 8.04 Bid security of other Bidders that Owner believes do not have a reasonable chance of receiving the award will be released within seven days after the Bid opening.

ARTICLE 9 – CONTRACT TIMES

9.01 The number of days within which, or the dates by which, the Work is to be substantially completed and ready for final payment are set forth in the Agreement.

ARTICLE 10 – LIQUIDATED DAMAGES

10.01 Provisions for liquidated damages, if any, for failure to timely attain a Milestone, Substantial Completion, or completion of the Work in readiness for final payment, are set forth in the Agreement.

ARTICLE 11 – SUBSTITUTE AND “OR EQUAL” ITEMS

11.01 The Contract for the Work, as awarded, will be on the basis of materials and equipment specified or described in the Bidding Documents, and those “or equal” or substitute or materials and equipment subsequently approved by Engineer prior to the submittal of Bids and identified by Addendum. No item of material or equipment will be considered by Engineer as an “or equal” or substitute unless written request for approval has been submitted by Bidder and has been received by Engineer at least 15 days prior to the date for receipt of Bids. Each such request shall comply with the requirements of Paragraphs 7.04 and 7.05 of the General Conditions. The burden of proof of the merit of the proposed item is upon Bidder. Engineer’s decision of approval or disapproval of a proposed item will be final. If Engineer approves any such proposed item, such approval will be set forth in an Addendum issued to all prospective Bidders. Bidders shall not rely upon approvals made in any other manner. 11.02 All prices that Bidder sets forth in its Bid shall be based on the presumption that the Contractor will furnish the materials and equipment specified or described in the Bidding Documents, as supplemented by Addenda. Any assumptions regarding the possibility of post-Bid approvals of “or equal” or substitution requests are made at Bidder’s sole risk.

ARTICLE 12 – SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS, AND OTHERS

12.01 A Bidder shall be prepared to retain specific Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities for the performance of the Work if required by the Bidding Documents (most commonly in the Specifications) to do so. If a prospective Bidder objects to retaining any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, and the concern is not relieved by an Addendum, then the prospective Bidder should refrain from submitting a Bid. 12.02 Subsequent to the submittal of the Bid, Owner may not require the Successful Bidder or Contractor to retain any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity against which Contractor has reasonable objection. 12.03 The apparent Successful Bidder, and any other Bidder so requested, shall within five days of the Owner’s or Engineer’s request, submit to Owner a list of the Subcontractors or Suppliers proposed for the following portions of the Work for which such identification is required. Such list shall be accompanied by an experience statement with pertinent information regarding similar projects and other evidence of qualification for each such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity. If Owner or Engineer, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any proposed Subcontractor, Supplier, individual, or entity, Owner may, before the Notice of Award is given, request apparent Successful Bidder to submit an acceptable substitute, in which case apparent Successful Bidder shall submit a substitute, Bidder’s Bid price will be increased (or decreased) by the difference in cost occasioned by such substitution, and Owner may consider such price adjustment in evaluating Bids and making the Contract award. 12.04 If apparent Successful Bidder declines to make any such substitution, Owner may award the Contract to the next lowest Bidder that proposes to use acceptable Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities. Declining to make requested substitutions will constitute grounds for forfeiture of the Bid security of any Bidder. Any Subcontractor, Supplier, individual, or entity so

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000200 Instructions to Bidders HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 6 of 9 Town of Bridgton listed and against which Owner or Engineer makes no written objection prior to the giving of the Notice of Award will be deemed acceptable to Owner and Engineer subject to subsequent revocation of such acceptance as provided in Paragraph 7.06 of the General Conditions.

ARTICLE 13 – PREPARATION OF BID

13.01 The Bid Form is included with the Bidding Documents. A. All blanks on the Bid Form shall be completed in ink and the Bid Form signed in ink. Erasures or alterations shall be initialed in ink by the person signing the Bid Form. A Bid price shall be indicated for each and unit price item and alternate listed therein. B. If the Bid Form expressly indicates that submitting pricing on a specific alternate item is optional, and Bidder elects to not furnish pricing for such optional alternate item, then Bidder may enter the words “No Bid” or “Not Applicable.” 13.02 A Bid by a corporation shall be executed in the corporate name by a corporate officer (whose title must appear under the signature), accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. The corporate seal shall be affixed and attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown. 13.03 A Bid by a partnership shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a partner (whose title must appear under the signature), accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. The official address of the partnership shall be shown. 13.04 A Bid by a limited liability company shall be executed in the name of the firm by a member or other authorized person and accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. The state of formation of the firm and the official address of the firm shall be shown. 13.05 A Bid by an individual shall show the Bidder’s name and official address. 13.06 A Bid by a joint venture shall be executed by an authorized representative of each joint venturer in the manner indicated on the Bid Form. The official address of the joint venture shall be shown. 13.07 All names shall be printed in ink below the signatures. 13.08 The Bid shall contain an acknowledgment of receipt of all Addenda, the numbers of which shall be filled in on the Bid Form. 13.09 Postal and e-mail addresses and telephone number for communications regarding the Bid shall be shown. 13.10 The Bid shall contain evidence of Bidder’s authority and qualification to do business in the state where the Project is located, or Bidder shall covenant in writing to obtain such authority and qualification prior to award of the Contract and attach such covenant to the Bid. Bidder’s state contractor license number, if any, shall also be shown on the Bid Form.

ARTICLE 14 – BASIS OF BID

14.01 Unit Price A. Bidders shall submit a Bid on a unit price basis for each item of Work listed in the unit price section of the Bid Form. B. The “Bid Price” (sometimes referred to as the extended price) for each unit price Bid item will be the product of the “Estimated Quantity” (which Owner or its representative has set forth in the Bid Form) for the item and the corresponding “Bid Unit Price” offered by the Bidder. The total of all unit price Bid items will be the sum of these “Bid Prices”; such total will be used by Owner for Bid comparison purposes. The final quantities and Contract Price will be determined in accordance with Paragraph 13.03 of the General Conditions. C. Discrepancies between the multiplication of units of Work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000200 Instructions to Bidders HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 7 of 9 Town of Bridgton 14.02 Allowances A. For cash allowances the Bid price shall include such amounts as the Bidder deems proper for Contractor's overhead, costs, profit, and other expenses on account of cash allowances, if any, named in the Contract Documents, in accordance with Paragraph 13.02.B of the General Conditions.

ARTICLE 15 – SUBMITTAL OF BID

15.01 With each copy of the Bidding Documents, a Bidder is furnished one separate unbound copy of the Bid Form, and, if required, the Bid Bond Form. The unbound copy of the Bid Form is to be completed and submitted with the Bid security and the other documents required to be submitted under the terms of Article 7 of the Bid Form. 15.02 A Bid shall be received no later than the date and time prescribed and at the place indicated in the advertisement or invitation to bid and shall be enclosed in a plainly marked package with the Project title (and, if applicable, the designated portion of the Project for which the Bid is submitted), the name and address of Bidder, and shall be accompanied by the Bid security and other required documents. If a Bid is sent by mail or other delivery system, the sealed envelope containing the Bid shall be enclosed in a separate package plainly marked on the outside with the notation “BID ENCLOSED.” A mailed Bid shall be addressed to: Town of Bridgton, 3 Chase Street, Suite 1, Bridgton, ME 04009. 15.03 Bids received after the date and time prescribed for the opening of bids, or not submitted at the correct location or in the designated manner, will not be accepted and will be returned to the Bidder unopened.

ARTICLE 16 – MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BID

16.01 A Bid may be withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed in the same manner that a Bid must be executed and delivered to the place where Bids are to be submitted prior to the date and time for the opening of Bids. Upon receipt of such notice, the unopened Bid will be returned to the Bidder. 16.02 If a Bidder wishes to modify its Bid prior to Bid opening, Bidder must withdraw its initial Bid in the manner specified in Paragraph 16.01 and submit a new Bid prior to the date and time for the opening of Bids. 16.03 If within 24 hours after Bids are opened any Bidder files a duly signed written notice with Owner and promptly thereafter demonstrates to the reasonable satisfaction of Owner that there was a material and substantial mistake in the preparation of its Bid, that Bidder may withdraw its Bid, and the Bid security will be returned. Thereafter, if the Work is rebid, that Bidder will be disqualified from further bidding on the Work.

ARTICLE 17 – OPENING OF BIDS

17.01 Bids will be opened at the time and place indicated in the advertisement or invitation to bid and, unless obviously non-responsive, read aloud publicly. An abstract of the amounts of the base Bids and major alternates, if any, will be made available to Bidders after the opening of Bids.

ARTICLE 18 – BIDS TO REMAIN SUBJECT TO ACCEPTANCE

18.01 All Bids will remain subject to acceptance for the period of time stated in the Bid Form, but Owner may, in its sole discretion, release any Bid and return the Bid security prior to the end of this period.

ARTICLE 19 – EVALUATION OF BIDS AND AWARD OF CONTRACT

19.01 Owner reserves the right to reject any or all Bids, including without limitation, nonconforming, nonresponsive, unbalanced, or conditional Bids. Owner will reject the Bid of any Bidder that Owner finds, after reasonable inquiry and evaluation, to not be responsible. If Bidder purports to

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000200 Instructions to Bidders HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 8 of 9 Town of Bridgton add terms or conditions to its Bid, takes exception to any provision of the Bidding Documents, or attempts to alter the contents of the Contract Documents for purposes of the Bid, then the Owner will reject the Bid as nonresponsive; provided that Owner also reserves the right to waive all minor informalities not involving price, time, or changes in the Work. 19.02 If Owner awards the contract for the Work, such award shall be to the responsible Bidder submitting the lowest responsive Bid, within 60 days after the day of the Bid opening. Project is subject to permitting, easements, and revisions. Notice to Proceed is expected to be April 23, 2019 and construction is expected to start May 1, 2019. 19.03 Evaluation of Bids A. In evaluating Bids, Owner will consider whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, and such alternates, unit prices, and other data, as may be requested in the Bid Form or prior to the Notice of Award. B. For the determination of the apparent low Bidder when unit price bids are submitted, Bids will be compared on the basis of the total of the products of the estimated quantity of each item and unit price Bid for that item, together with any lump sum items. The award may be made to the Successful Bidder on its base Bid and any combination of its additive (deductive) alternate Bids for which Owner determines funds will be available at the time of award. 19.04 In evaluating whether a Bidder is responsible, Owner will consider the qualifications of the Bidder and may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcontractors and Suppliers proposed for those portions of the Work for which the identity of Subcontractors and Suppliers must be submitted as provided in the Bidding Documents. 19.05 Owner may conduct such investigations as Owner deems necessary to establish the responsibility, qualifications, and financial ability of Bidders and any proposed Subcontractors or Suppliers.

ARTICLE 20 – BONDS AND INSURANCE

20.01 Article 6 of the General Conditions, as may be modified by the Supplementary Conditions, sets forth Owner’s requirements as to performance and payment bonds and insurance. When the Successful Bidder delivers the Agreement (executed by Successful Bidder) to Owner, it shall be accompanied by required bonds and insurance documentation.

ARTICLE 21 – SIGNING OF AGREEMENT

21.01 Within 15 days after the Owner issues a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, the Successful Bidder and Owner shall meet and execute the required number of counterparts of the Agreement (any bonds and insurance documentation required to be delivered by the Contract Documents must be delivered at this time). Within ten days thereafter, Owner shall deliver one fully executed counterpart of the Agreement to Successful Bidder, together with printed and electronic copies of the Contract Documents as stated in Paragraph 2.02 of the General Conditions.

ARTICLE 22 – RETAINAGE

22.01 Provisions concerning Bidder’s rights to deposit securities in lieu of retainage are set forth in the Agreement. Statutory requirements on retainage for public projects will be met.

END OF SECTION

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000200 Instructions to Bidders HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 9 of 9 Town of Bridgton SECTION 000410 BID FORM

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page ARTICLE 1 – Bid Recipient ...... 2

ARTICLE 2 – Bidder’s Acknowledgements ...... 2

ARTICLE 3 – Bidder’s Representations ...... 2

ARTICLE 4 – Bidder’s Certification ...... 3

ARTICLE 5 – Basis of Bid ...... 4

ARTICLE 6 – Time of Completion ...... 4

ARTICLE 7 – Attachments to this Bid ...... 4

ARTICLE 8 – Defined Terms ...... 5

ARTICLE 9 – Affidavit of Non-Collusion ...... 5

ARTICLE 10 – Bid Submittal ...... 6

Attachments Section 000410-A – Bid Table

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000410 Bid Form HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 6 Town of Bridgton ARTICLE 1 – BID RECIPIENT

1.01 This Bid is submitted to: Town of Bridgton 1.02 The undersigned Bidder proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an Agreement with Owner in the form included in the Bidding Documents to perform all Work as specified or indicated in the Bidding Documents for the prices and within the times indicated in this Bid and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Bidding Documents.

ARTICLE 2 – BIDDER’S ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

2.01 Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of the Instructions to Bidders, including without limitation those dealing with the disposition of Bid security. This Bid will remain subject to acceptance for 60 days after the Bid opening, or for such longer period of time that Bidder may agree to in writing upon request of Owner. Project is subject to easements and revisions. Notice to Proceed is to be April 23, 2019 and construction is expected to start May 1, 2019.

ARTICLE 3 – BIDDER’S REPRESENTATIONS

3.01 In submitting this Bid, Bidder represents that: A. Bidder has examined and carefully studied the Bidding Documents, and any data and reference items identified in the Bidding Documents, and hereby acknowledges receipt of the following Addenda:

Addendum No. Addendum, Date

B. Bidder has visited the Site, conducted a thorough, alert visual examination of the Site and adjacent areas, and become familiar with and satisfied itself as to the general, local, and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. C. Bidder is familiar with and has satisfied itself as to all Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. D. Bidder has carefully studied all: (1) reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site and all drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site that have been identified in the Supplementary Conditions, especially with respect to Technical Data in such reports and drawings, and (2) reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any, at or adjacent to the Site that have been identified in the Supplementary Conditions, especially with respect to Technical Data in such reports and drawings. E. Bidder has considered the information known to Bidder itself; information commonly known to contractors doing business in the locality of the Site; information and observations obtained from visits to the Site; the Bidding Documents; and any Site-related reports and drawings identified in the Bidding Documents, with respect to the effect of such information, observations, and documents on (1) the cost, progress, and performance of the Work; (2) the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Bidder; and (3) Bidder’s safety precautions and programs. F. Bidder agrees, based on the information and observations referred to in the preceding paragraph, that no further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the determination of this Bid for performance of the Work at the price bid and within the times required, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Bidding Documents.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000410 Bid Form HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 2 of 6 Town of Bridgton G. Bidder is aware of the general nature of work to be performed by Owner and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Bidding Documents. H. Bidder has given Engineer written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that Bidder has discovered in the Bidding Documents, and confirms that the written resolution thereof by Engineer is acceptable to Bidder. I. The Bidding Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for the performance and furnishing of the Work. J. The submission of this Bid constitutes an incontrovertible representation by Bidder that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Article, and that without exception the Bid and all prices in the Bid are premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Bidding Documents.

ARTICLE 4 – BIDDER’S CERTIFICATION

4.01 Bidder certifies that: A. This Bid is genuine and not made in the interest of or on behalf of any undisclosed individual or entity and is not submitted in conformity with any collusive agreement or rules of any group, association, organization, or corporation; B. Bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other Bidder to submit a false or sham Bid; C. Bidder has not solicited or induced any individual or entity to refrain from bidding; and D. Bidder has not engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, or coercive practices in competing for the Contract. For the purposes of this Paragraph 4.01.D: 1. “corrupt practice” means the offering, giving, receiving, or soliciting of any thing of value likely to influence the action of a public official in the bidding process; 2. “fraudulent practice” means an intentional misrepresentation of facts made (a) to influence the bidding process to the detriment of Owner, (b) to establish bid prices at artificial non-competitive levels, or (c) to deprive Owner of the benefits of free and open competition; 3. “collusive practice” means a scheme or arrangement between two or more Bidders, with or without the knowledge of Owner, a purpose of which is to establish bid prices at artificial, non-competitive levels; and 4. “coercive practice” means harming or threatening to harm, directly or indirectly, persons or their property to influence their participation in the bidding process or affect the e execution of the Contract.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000410 Bid Form HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 3 of 6 Town of Bridgton ARTICLE 5 – BASIS OF BID

5.01 Bidder will complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents for the following price(s): Total Base Bid

______Dollars ($______) Words Figures

SEE ATTACHED BID TABLE, SECTION 000410A, FOLLOWING THIS BID FORM. Bidder acknowledges that (1) each Bid Unit Price includes an amount considered by Bidder to be adequate to cover Contractor’s overhead and profit for each separately identified item, and (2) estimated quantities are not guaranteed, and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids, and final payment for all unit price Bid items will be based on actual quantities, determined as provided in the Contract Documents. Bidder acknowledges that estimated quantities are not guaranteed, and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids, and final payment for all Unit Price Bid items will be based on actual quantities, determined as provided in the Contract Documents.

ARTICLE 6 – TIME OF COMPLETION

6.01 Bidder agrees that the Work will be substantially complete on or before November 15, 2019, and will be completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 15.06 of the General Conditions on or before December 16, 2019. 6.02 Bidder accepts the provisions of the Agreement as to liquidated damages.

ARTICLE 7 – ATTACHMENTS TO THIS BID

7.01 The following documents are submitted with and made a condition of this Bid: A. Required Bid security B. Form 000410A – Bid Table C. Form 000451 – Bidder’s Qualification Statement with Supporting Data 1. Proposed Project Suppliers, Subcontractors and Subconsultants 2. Current Project Commitments 3. Previous Project Experience with References and Contact Information 4. Major Equipment 5. Evidence of Authority For Individuals Listed in Section 6 to Bind Organization to an Agreement. 6. Evidence of Authority and Qualification to do Business in Maine. 7. Resumes of Officers and Key Individuals 8. OSHA Certification 9. Additional Items as Pertinent D. Certificates of Insurance E. Proposed Schedule of Construction (format as defined in Div 01 Section 013300 Submittals)

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000410 Bid Form HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 4 of 6 Town of Bridgton ARTICLE 8 – DEFINED TERMS

8.01 The terms used in this Bid with initial capital letters have the meanings stated in the Instructions to Bidders, the General Conditions, and the Supplementary Conditions.

ARTICLE 9 – AFFIDAVIT OF NON-COLLUSION

Project: State of: County of:

The undersigned being duly sworn, deposes and says that he/she is the sole owner, partner, president, treasurer, or other duly authorized agent or official of:

Company:

Address:

City, state, zip:

Telephone:

And certifies that of his/her own knowledge, said Bidder has not, either directly or indirectly, entered into any agreement, participated in any collusion, or otherwise taken any action in restraint of free competitive bidding in connection with this proposal. It is understood that the signing of this AFFIDAVIT is applicable to all projects for which bids are being submitted in a multi-bid proposal.

______Date Signature and title of person making Affidavit

______(print name and title)

Sworn before me this _____ day of ______, 20____.

______Notary Public

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000410 Bid Form HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 5 of 6 Town of Bridgton ARTICLE 10 – BID SUBMITTAL

BIDDER: [Indicate correct name of bidding entity]

By: [Signature]

[Printed name] (If Bidder is a corporation, a limited liability company, a partnership, or a joint venture, attach evidence of authority to sign.)

Attest: [Signature]

[Printed name]

Title:

Submittal Date:

Address for giving notices:

Telephone Number:

Fax Number:

Contact Name and e-mail address:

Bidder’s License No.: (where applicable)

NOTE TO USER: Use in those states or other jurisdictions where applicable or required.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000410 Bid Form HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 6 of 6 Town of Bridgton SECTION 000410A Bidder's Name:______BID TABLE

Bidder will complete the Work for the following prices: BASE BID A - STREETSCAPE Description Unit Est. Qty. Unit Price Total Price Item # Words Figures Demolition / Earthwork

201.23 Removal of Single Tree Top EA 4 Dollars $ $

201.24 Removal of Stump EA 5 Dollars $ $

Removal of Existing Bituminous 202.2 SY 650 Dollars $ $ Surfaces

202.202 Milling Existing Bituminous Surfaces SY 18,000 Dollars $ $

203.2 Common Excavation CY 1,000 Dollars $ $ Base Courses

304.09 Aggregate Base Course - Type A CY 450 Dollars $ $

304.1 Aggregate Subbase Course - Type D CY 15 Dollars $ $ Pavements Hot Mix Asphalt, 19 mm (Binder Course - 403.207 Ton 15 Dollars $ $ 4.5 Inch) Hot Mix Asphalt, 9.5 mm (Drives - 1.5 403.209 Ton 100 Dollars $ $ Inch) Hot Mix Asphalt, 9.5 mm (Wearing 403.21 Ton 1,500 Dollars $ $ Course and Overlay - 1.5 Inch)

403.211 Hot Mix Asphalt, 9.5 mm (Shim) Ton 10 Dollars $ $

409.15 Bituminous Tack Coat, Applied GAL 1,000 Dollars $ $ Drainage Construction

603.159 12 Inch Storm Drain Pipe LF 450 Dollars $ $

603.97 Green Infrastructure - Treebox Filter EA 5 Dollars $ $

604.131 Catch Basin 4 Foot Diameter EA 15 Dollars $ $

604.15 Drainage Manhole 4 Foot Diameter EA 9 Dollars $ $

604.16 Altering Catch Basin to Manhole EA 4 Dollars $ $

604.17 Altering Manhole to Catch Basin EA 1 Dollars $ $

Adjust Catch Basin or Manhole to 604.18 EA 5 Dollars $ $ Grade

604.27 Core into Existing Structure EA 5 Dollars $ $

605.09 6 Inch Underdrain - Type B LF 60 Dollars $ $

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A 000410A Bid Table Town of Bridgton Page 1 of 6 SECTION 000410A Bidder's Name:______BID TABLE

BASE BID A - STREETSCAPE (CONTINUED) Description Unit Est. Qty. Unit Price Total Price Item # Words Figures Sidewalk & Curb Construction

608.08 Reinforced Concrete Sidewalk SY 4,100 Dollars $ $

608.085 Colored Stamped Concrete SF 6,000 Dollars $ $

608.26 Detectable Warning Plates SF 650 Dollars $ $

609.11 Type 1 Vertical Curb - Straight LF 1,250 Dollars $ $

609.12 Type 1 Vertical Curb - Circular LF 1,350 Dollars $ $

609.234 Terminal Curb Type 1 - 4 Foot EA 9 Dollars $ $

609.234 Terminal Curb Type 1 - 4 Foot - Circular EA 10 Dollars $ $

609.237 Terminal Curb Type 1 - 7 Foot EA 69 Dollars $ $

609.237 Terminal Curb Type 1 - 7 Foot - Circular EA 52 Dollars $ $

609.38 Remove and Reset Existing Curb LF 593 Dollars $ $

609.441 Remove and Stack Existing Curb LF 1,778 Dollars $ $ Water Construction

825.552 12" Ductile Iron Waterline Relocation LS 1 Dollars $ $ Incidental Construction Site Amenities - Color Galvanizing 507.084 EA 2 Dollars $ $ Handrail

615.071 6" Loam & Seed at grass strip SF 500 Dollars $ $

Planting Soil at Plant Beds and Tree 615.075 CY 136 Dollars $ $ Pits Cornell University (CU) Structural Soil at 615.082 CY 250 Dollars $ $ Trees in Pavement Canopy Trees Install with Mulch, 621.285 EA 9 Dollars $ $ Stakes, and Warranty Canopy Trees Install with Mulch, 621.286 EA 19 Dollars $ $ Stakes, and Warranty

621.542 Shrubs EA 8 Dollars $ $

621.57 Perennials EA 352 Dollars $ $

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A 000410A Bid Table Town of Bridgton Page 2 of 6 SECTION 000410A Bidder's Name:______BID TABLE

BASE BID A - STREETSCAPE (CONTINUED) Description Unit Est. Qty. Unit Price Total Price Item # Words Figures

621.58 Bulbs EA 350 Dollars $ $

623.09 Remove and Reset Monument EA 6 Dollars $ $

626.112 Precast Composite Junction Box EA 70 Dollars $ $

626.22 Non-Metallic Conduit LF 7,500 Dollars $ $

626.32 16" Foundation - Light Pole Base EA 66 Dollars $ $

626.38 Ground Mounted Cabinet Foundation EA 1 Dollars $ $

626.385 Service Connection EA 3 Dollars $ $

4 Inch White or Yellow Paint Pavement 627.733 LF 13,000 Dollars $ $ Markings Retroreflective Thermoplastic Paint 627.75 SF 150 Dollars $ $ Symbol Retroreflective Thermoplastic Inlay 627.94 LF 2,400 Dollars $ $ Tape - Crosswalks / Stop Bars Decorative Stamped Asphalt 627.95 SF 8,500 Dollars $ $ Crosswalks

629.05 Hand Labor Straight Time HR 20 Dollars $ $

629.07 Foreman HR 20 Dollars $ $

631.106 Concrete Saw (Incl. Operator) HR 20 Dollars $ $

631.172 Truck Large (Incl. Operator) HR 20 Dollars $ $

631.225 Excavator or Backhoe (Incl. Operator) HR 20 Dollars $ $

631.32 Culvert Cleaner (Including Operator) HR 20 Dollars $ $

634.204 LED Luminaires - Single with Pole EA 66 Dollars $ $

Remove & Dispose Existing Light 634.208 EA 56 Dollars $ $ Standard

635.35 Repair Retaining Wall LS 1 Dollars $ $

641.126 Site Amenities - 6' Bench EA 8 Dollars $ $

641.128 Site Amenities - 8' Bench EA 1 Dollars $ $

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A 000410A Bid Table Town of Bridgton Page 3 of 6 SECTION 000410A Bidder's Name:______BID TABLE

BASE BID A - STREETSCAPE (CONTINUED) Description Unit Est. Qty. Unit Price Total Price Item # Words Figures Site Amenities - Granite Block Benches - 641.129 EA 4 Dollars $ $ Deliver and Install Only Site Amenities - Trash-Recycling Dual 641.34 EA 4 Dollars $ $ Receptacle

641.8 Site Amenities - Bicycle Rack EA 6 Dollars $ $

642.183 Granite Steps SF 15 Dollars $ $

645.113 Remove and Reset Sign EA 12 Dollars $ $

Regulatory, Warning Confirmation Sign - 645.271 SF 19 Dollars $ $ Type 1 Informational Sign Fabrication and 645.51 EA 1 Dollars $ $ Installation - Graphics by Others

652.39 Maintenance of Traffic LS 1 Dollars $ $

Temporary Soil Erosion and Water 656.75 LS 1 Dollars $ $ Pollution Control

659.1 Mobilization LS 1 Dollars $ $

Existing Tree and Plant Protection 901 Allow 1 Twenty Five Thousand Dollars$ 25,000.00 $ 25,000.00 Allowance

BASE BID A - STREETSCAPE

Total Base Bid A - Streetscape: $ Words Figures

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A 000410A Bid Table Town of Bridgton Page 4 of 6 SECTION 000410A Bidder's Name:______BID TABLE

BASE BID B - SEWER Description Unit Est. Qty. Unit Price Total Price Item # Words Figures Sewer Construction

801.17 8" PVC Sanitary Sewer (SDR-35) LF 2,500 Dollars $ $

801.113 4" PVC Force Main LF 300 Dollars $ $

802.114 4" HDPE Force Main LF 300 Dollars $ $

801.53 Clay Dam and Drain EA 3 Dollars $ $

803.135 6" PVC Service Leads LF 800 Dollars $ $

803.16 4' Diameter Precast Sewer Manholes EA 13 Dollars $ $

803.172 5' Diameter Precast Sewer Manholes EA 1 Dollars $ $

Modify Sewer Manhole (Core New 812.163 EA 3 Dollars $ $ Invert)

803.18 Replace Frame and Cone EA 10 Dollars $ $

653.3 2" Rigid Insulation LF 750 Dollars $ $

203.28 Test Pit Excavation EA 20 Dollars $ $

803.02 Video Inspection LS 1 Dollars $ $

652.39 Maintenance of Traffic - Sewer Related LS 1 Dollars $ $

659.1 Mobilization - Sewer Related LS 1 Dollars $ $

BASE BID B - SEWER

Total Base Bid B - Sewer: $ Words Figures

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A 000410A Bid Table Town of Bridgton Page 5 of 6 SECTION 000410A Bidder's Name:______BID TABLE

BASE BID C - WATER Description Unit Est. Qty. Unit Price Total Price Item # Words Figures Water Construction

822.33 6" Ductile Iron Waterline LF 30 Dollars $ $

822.34 8" Ductile Iron Waterline LF 35 Dollars $ $

822.341 8" x 6" Reducer EA 1 Dollars $ $

823.313 12"x8" Tee EA 1 Dollars $ $

823.313 12"x6" Tee EA 1 Dollars $ $

823.325 8" Gate Valve with Box EA 1 Dollars $ $

823.33 6" Gate Valve with Box EA 1 Dollars $ $

824.3 Fire Hydrant EA 1 Dollars $ $

824.31 Remove Fire Hydrant EA 1 Dollars $ $

BASE BID C - WATER

Total Base Bid C - Water: $ Words Figures

TOTAL BASE BID Base Bid A + Base Bid B + Base Bid C

Total Base Bid $ Words Figures

The Owner reserves the right to delete any item of work in whole or in part, in order to meet the available funding. Amounts are to be shown in both words and figures. In case of Discrepancy, the amount shown in words will govern. The above unit prices shall include all labor, materials, overhead, profit, insurance, etc., to cover the finished work of the several kinds called for. The Owner will award the Contract based on the Base Bid amount.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A 000410A Bid Table Town of Bridgton Page 6 of 6

SECTION 000430 BID BOND

Any singular reference to Bidder, Surety, Owner or other party shall be considered plural where applicable.

BIDDER (Name and Address):

SURETY (Name, and Address of Principal Place of Business):

OWNER (Name and Address): Town of Bridgeton 3 Chase Street, Suite 1 Bridgton, ME 04009

BID Bid Due Date: April 19, 2019 Description: Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME

BOND Bond Number: Date: Penal sum $ (Words) (Figures) Surety and Bidder, intending to be legally bound hereby, subject to the terms set forth below, do each cause this Bid Bond to be duly executed by an authorized officer, agent, or representative. BIDDER SURETY (Seal) (Seal) Bidder’s Name and Corporate Seal Surety’s Name and Corporate Seal

By: By: Signature Signature (Attach Power of Attorney)

Print Name Print Name

Title Title

Attest: Attest: Signature Signature

Title Title Note: Addresses are to be used for giving any required notice. Provide execution by any additional parties, such as joint venturers, if necessary.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000430 Bid Bond Form (Penal Sum) HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 2 Town of Bridgton

1. Bidder and Surety, jointly and severally, bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns to pay to Owner upon default of Bidder the penal sum set forth on the face of this Bond. Payment of the penal sum is the extent of Bidder’s and Surety’s liability. Recovery of such penal sum under the terms of this Bond shall be Owner’s sole and exclusive remedy upon default of Bidder.

2. Default of Bidder shall occur upon the failure of Bidder to deliver within the time required by the Bidding Documents (or any extension thereof agreed to in writing by Owner) the executed Agreement required by the Bidding Documents and any performance and payment bonds required by the Bidding Documents.

3. This obligation shall be null and void if:

3.1 Owner accepts Bidder’s Bid and Bidder delivers within the time required by the Bidding Documents (or any extension thereof agreed to in writing by Owner) the executed Agreement required by the Bidding Documents and any performance and payment bonds required by the Bidding Documents, or

3.2 All Bids are rejected by Owner, or

3.3 Owner fails to issue a Notice of Award to Bidder within the time specified in the Bidding Documents (or any extension thereof agreed to in writing by Bidder and, if applicable, consented to by Surety when required by Paragraph 5 hereof).

4. Payment under this Bond will be due and payable upon default of Bidder and within 30 calendar days after receipt by Bidder and Surety of written notice of default from Owner, which notice will be given with reasonable promptness, identifying this Bond and the Project and including a statement of the amount due.

5. Surety waives notice of any and all defenses based on or arising out of any time extension to issue Notice of Award agreed to in writing by Owner and Bidder, provided that the total time for issuing Notice of Award including extensions shall not in the aggregate exceed 120 days from the Bid due date without Surety’s written consent.

6. No suit or action shall be commenced under this Bond prior to 30 calendar days after the notice of default required in Paragraph 4 above is received by Bidder and Surety and in no case later than one year after the Bid due date.

7. Any suit or action under this Bond shall be commenced only in a court of competent jurisdiction located in the state in which the Project is located.

8. Notices required hereunder shall be in writing and sent to Bidder and Surety at their respective addresses shown on the face of this Bond. Such notices may be sent by personal delivery, commercial courier, or by United States Registered or Certified Mail, return receipt requested, postage pre-paid, and shall be deemed to be effective upon receipt by the party concerned.

9. Surety shall cause to be attached to this Bond a current and effective Power of Attorney evidencing the authority of the officer, agent, or representative who executed this Bond on behalf of Surety to execute, seal, and deliver such Bond and bind the Surety thereby.

10. This Bond is intended to conform to all applicable statutory requirements. Any applicable requirement of any applicable statute that has been omitted from this Bond shall be deemed to be included herein as if set forth at length. If any provision of this Bond conflicts with any applicable statute, then the provision of said statute shall govern and the remainder of this Bond that is not in conflict therewith shall continue in full force and effect.

11. The term “Bid” as used herein includes a Bid, offer, or proposal as applicable.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000430 Bid Bond Form (Penal Sum) HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 2 of 2 Town of Bridgton SECTION 000451 BIDDER QUALIFICATION STATEMENT

THE INFORMATION SUPPLIED IN THIS DOCUMENT IS CONFIDENTIAL TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAWS AND REGULATIONS

1. SUBMITTED BY:

Official Name of Firm:

Address:

2. SUBMITTED TO:

3. SUBMITTED FOR:

Owner:

Project Name:

TYPE OF WORK:

4. CONTRACTOR'S CONTACT INFORMATION

Contact Person:

Title:

Phone:

Email:

5. AFFILIATED COMPANIES:

Name:

Address:

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000451 Qualification Statement HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 11 Town of Bridgton 6. TYPE OF ORGANIZATION:

SOLE PROPRIETORSHIP

Name of Owner:

Doing Business As:

Date of Organization:

PARTNERSHIP

Date of Organization:

Type of Partnership:

Name of General Partner(s):

CORPORATION

State of Organization:

Date of Organization:

Executive Officers:

- President:

- Vice President(s):

- Treasurer:

- Secretary:

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

State of Organization:

Date of Organization:

Members:

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000451 Qualification Statement HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 2 of 11 Town of Bridgton JOINT VENTURE

State of Organization:

Date of Organization:

Form of Organization:

Joint Venture Managing Partner

- Name:

- Address:

Joint Venture Managing Partner

- Name:

- Address:

Joint Venture Managing Partner

- Name:

- Address:

7. LICENSING

Jurisdiction:

Type of License:

License Number:

Jurisdiction:

Type of License:

License Number:

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000451 Qualification Statement HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 3 of 11 Town of Bridgton 8. CERTIFICATIONS CERTIFIED BY:

Disadvantage Business Enterprise:

Minority Business Enterprise:

Woman Owned Enterprise:

Small Business Enterprise:

Other ( ):

9. BONDING INFORMATION

Bonding Company:

Address:

Bonding Agent:

Address:

Contact Name:

Phone:

Aggregate Bonding Capacity:

Available Bonding Capacity as of date of this submittal:

10. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Financial Institution:

Address:

Account Manager:

Phone:

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000451 Qualification Statement HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 4 of 11 Town of Bridgton 11. PROPOSED PROJECT SUPPLIERS, SUBCONTRACTORS, AND SUBCONSULTANTS:

Complete proposed project suppliers, subcontractors, and subconsultants form included with this Qualification Statement.

12. CONSTRUCTION EXPERIENCE:

Current Project Commitments:

List all uncompleted projects currently under contract (If Joint Venture list each participant's projects separately).

Previous Experience:

List all projects completed within the last 5 Years (If Joint Venture list each participant's projects separately).

Has firm listed in Section 1 ever failed to complete a construction contract awarded to it?

YES NO

If YES, attach as an Attachment details including Project Owner's contact information.

Has any Corporate Officer, Partner, Joint Venture participant or Proprietor ever failed to complete a construction contract awarded to them in their name or when acting as a principal of another entity?

YES NO

If YES, attach as an Attachment details including Project Owner's contact information.

Are there any judgments, claims, disputes or litigation pending or outstanding involving the firm listed in Section 1 or any of its officers (or any of its partners if a partnership or any of the individual entities if a joint venture)?

YES NO

If YES, attach as an Attachment details including Project Owner's contact information.

13. SAFETY PROGRAM:

Name of Contractor's Safety Officer:

OSHA Certification #:

Include the following as attachments:

Proof of Certification

14. EQUIPMENT:

List all pieces of major equipment available for use on Owner's Project.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000451 Qualification Statement HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 5 of 11 Town of Bridgton I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THE INFORMATION SUBMITTED HEREWITH, INCLUDING ANY ATTACHMENTS, IS TRUE TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE AND BELIEF.

NAME OF ORGANIZATION:

BY:

TITLE:

DATED:

NOTARY ATTEST:

SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN TO BEFORE ME THIS DAY OF , 20___

NOTARY PUBLIC - STATE OF MY COMMISSION EXPIRES:

REQUIRED ATTACHMENTS

1. Proposed Project Suppliers, Subcontractors, and Subconsultants

2. Current Project Commitments

3. Previous Project Experience with References and Contact Information

4. Major Equipment

5. Evidence of Authority For Individuals Listed in Section 6 to Bind Organization to an Agreement.

6. Evidence of Authority and Qualification to do Business in Maine.

7. Resumes of Officers and Key Individuals (Including Safety Officer) of Firm Named in Section 1.

8. OSHA Certification Listed in Section 13.

9. Additional Items as Pertinent.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000451 Qualification Statement HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 6 of 11 Town of Bridgton

CURRENT PROJECT COMMITMENTS Note: Similar form can be used as long as all information detailed on this form is included. Project Name Owner's Contact Person Design Engineer Contract Date Type of Work Status Cost of Work

Name: Name:

Address: Company: Telephone: Telephone:

Name: Name:

Address: Company: Telephone: Telephone:

Name: Name:

Address: Company: Telephone: Telephone:

Name: Name:

Address: Company: Telephone: Telephone:

Name: Name:

Address: Company: Telephone: Telephone:

Name: Name:

Address: Company: Telephone: Telephone:

Name: Name:

Address: Company: Telephone: Telephone:

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000451 Qualification Statement HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 7 of 11 Town of Bridgton

PREVIOUS EXPERIENCE (Include ALL Projects Completed within last 5 years) Note: Similar form can be used as long as all information detailed on this form is included. Project Name Owner's Contact Person Design Engineer Contract Date Type of Work Status Cost of Work

Name: Name:

Address: Company: Telephone: Telephone:

Name: Name:

Address: Company: Telephone: Telephone:

Name: Name:

Address: Company: Telephone: Telephone:

Name: Name:

Address: Company: Telephone: Telephone:

Name: Name:

Address: Company: Telephone: Telephone:

Name: Name:

Address: Company: Telephone: Telephone:

Name: Name:

Address: Company: Telephone: Telephone:

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000451 Qualification Statement HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 8 of 11 Town of Bridgton

SCHEDULE B PREVIOUS EXPERIENCE (Include ALL Projects Completed within last 5 years) Project Name Owner's Contact Person Design Engineer Contract Date Type of Work Status Cost of Work

Name: Name:

Address: Company: Telephone: Telephone:

Name: Name:

Address: Company: Telephone: Telephone:

Name: Name:

Address: Company: Telephone: Telephone:

Name: Name:

Address: Company: Telephone: Telephone:

Name: Name:

Address: Company: Telephone: Telephone:

Name: Name:

Address: Company: Telephone: Telephone:

Name: Name:

Address: Company: Telephone: Telephone:

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000451 Qualification Statement HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 9 of 11 Town of Bridgton

LIST OF MAJOR EQUIPMENT AVAILABLE Note: Similar form can be used as long as all information detailed on this form is included. ITEM PURCHASE DATE CONDITION ACQUIRED VALUE

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000451 Qualification Statement HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 10 of 11 Town of Bridgton

PROPOSED PROJECT SUPPLIERS, SUBCONTRACTORS, AND SUBCONSULTANTS Note: Similar form can be used as long as all information detailed on this form is included. ITEM PROPOSED SUPPLIERS PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTOR PROPOSED LICENSED PROFESSIONAL (Incl. License #) Construction Layout List other bid items below:

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000451 Qualification Statement HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 11 of 11 Town of Bridgton

SECTION 000510 NOTICE OF AWARD Date of Issuance: MDOT Project No.: Owner: Town of Bridgton Owner's Contract No.: Engineer: HEB Engineers, Inc. Engineer's Project No.: 2016-007A Project: Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME Bidder: Bidder’s Address: TO BIDDER: You are notified that Owner has accepted your Bid dated ______for the above Contract, and that you are the Successful Bidder and are awarded a Contract for:

Main Street Streetscape Bridgton, ME

This project consists of streetscape and sewer improvements throughout the downtown corridor in Bridgton. They project consists of sidewalk replacement, ADA improvements, new street lighting, pavement mill and overlay, and landscape amenities including new street trees, benches, litter receptables and bicycle racks. Also include in the construction of a new sewer main and service laterals within the project limits. The Contract Price of the awarded Contract is: $______(subject to unit prices) 1 set of the Contract Documents and Drawings will be delivered soon after the execution of the Agreement.

You must comply with the following conditions precedent within fifteen (15) days of the date you receive this Notice of Award.

1. Meet with the Owner to execute 3 counterparts of the Contract Documents.

2. Deliver with the executed Contract Documents the Contract Bonds as specified in the Instructions to Bidders (Article 20), and General Conditions (Paragraph 5.01).

3. Deliver with the executed Contract Documents the Certificates of Insurance as specified in the Instructions to Bidders (Article 20), and General Conditions (Paragraph 5.01).

Failure to comply with these conditions within the time specified will entitle Owner to consider you in default, annul this Notice of Award, and declare your Bid security forfeited. Within ten days after you comply with the above conditions, Owner will return to you one fully executed counterpart of the Agreement, together with any additional copies of the Contract Documents as indicated in Paragraph 2.02 of the General Conditions.

Owner: Town of Bridgton ______Authorized Signature By: ______Title: ______

Copy: Engineer

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000510 Notice of Award HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 1 Town of Bridgton SECTION 000520 AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR FOR CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT (STIPULATED PRICE)

THIS AGREEMENT is by and between Town of Bridgton (“Owner”) and

(“Contractor”).

Owner and Contractor hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1 – WORK

1.01 Contractor shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Work is generally described as follows:

This project consists of streetscape and sewer improvements throughout the downtown corridor in Bridgton. They project consists of sidewalk replacement, ADA improvements, new street lighting, pavement mill and overlay, and landscape amenities including new street trees, benches, litter receptables and bicycle racks. Also include in the construction of a new sewer main and service laterals within the project limits.

ARTICLE 2 – THE PROJECT

2.01 The Project, of which the Work under the Contract Documents is a part, is generally described as follows:

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME

ARTICLE 3 – ENGINEER

3.01 The Project has been designed by: HEB Engineers, Inc. PO Box 343 103 Main Street, Suite 6 Bridgton, ME 04009 Project Engineer: Colin Dinsmore, PE 3.02 The Owner has retained HEB Engineers, Inc. (“Engineer”) to act as Owner’s representative, assume all duties and responsibilities, and have the rights and authority assigned to Engineer in the Contract Documents in connection with the completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.

ARTICLE 4 – CONTRACT TIMES

4.01 Time of the Essence A. All time limits for Milestones, if any, Substantial Completion, and completion and readiness for final payment as stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. 4.02 Contract Times: Dates A. The Work will be substantially completed on or before November 15, 2019, and completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 15.06 of the General Conditions on or before December 16, 2019.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000520 Agreement Stipulated Price HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 6 Town of Bridgton 4.03 Liquidated Damages A. Contractor and Owner recognize that time is of the essence as stated in Paragraph 4.01 above and that Owner will suffer financial and other losses if the Work is not completed and Milestones not achieved within the times specified in Paragraph 4.02 above, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with the Contract. The parties also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration proceeding the actual loss suffered by Owner if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, Owner and Contractor agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty): 1. Substantial Completion: Contractor shall pay Owner $500.00 for each day that expires after the time (as duly adjusted pursuant to the Contract) specified in Paragraph 4.02.A above for Substantial Completion until the Work is substantially complete. 2. Completion of Remaining Work: After Substantial Completion, if Contractor shall neglect, refuse, or fail to complete the remaining Work within the Contract Time (as duly adjusted pursuant to the Contract) for completion and readiness for final payment, Contractor shall pay Owner $500.00 for each day that expires after such time until the Work is completed and ready for final payment. 3. Liquidated damages for failing to timely attain Substantial Completion and final completion are not additive and will not be imposed concurrently.

ARTICLE 5 – CONTRACT PRICE

5.01 Owner shall pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents the amounts that follow, subject to adjustment under the Contract: A. For all Unit Price Work, an amount equal to the sum of the established unit price for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity of that item as indicated in FORM 000410-A - Bid Table (see Section 000410-A following Bid Form) and in this Paragraph 5.01A:

$

TOTAL OF ALL ESTIMATE PRICES (words) (numerals)

The extended prices for Unit Price Work set forth as of the Effective Date of the Contract are based on estimated quantities. As provided in Paragraph 13.03 of the General Conditions, estimated quantities are not guaranteed, and determinations of actual quantities and classifications are to be made by Engineer. B. For all Work, at the prices stated in Contractor’s Bid, attached hereto as an exhibit.

ARTICLE 6 – PAYMENT PROCEDURES

6.01 Submittal and Processing of Payments A. Contractor shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 15 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by Engineer as provided in the General Conditions. 6.02 Progress Payments; Retainage A. Owner shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Price on the basis of Contractor’s Applications for Payment on or about the 30th day of each month during performance of the Work as provided in Paragraph 6.02.A.1 below, provided that such Applications for Payment have been submitted in a timely manner and otherwise meet the requirements of the Contract. All such payments will be measured by the Schedule of Values established as provided in the General Conditions (and in the case of Unit Price Work based on the number of units completed) or, in the event there is no Schedule of Values, as provided elsewhere in the Contract. Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000520 Agreement Stipulated Price HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 2 of 6 Town of Bridgton 1. Prior to Substantial Completion, progress payments will be made in an amount equal to the percentage indicated below but, in each case, less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as Owner may withhold, including but not limited to liquidated damages, in accordance with the Contract a. 100% percent of Work completed. If the Work has been 50 percent completed as determined by Engineer, and if the character and progress of the Work have been satisfactory to Owner and Engineer, then as long as the character and progress of the Work remain satisfactory to Owner and Engineer, there will be no additional retainage; and b. 100% percent of cost of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work. B. Upon Substantial Completion, Owner shall pay an amount sufficient to increase total payments to Contractor to 100% percent of the Work completed, less such amounts set off by Owner pursuant to Paragraph 15.01.E of the General Conditions, and less 200% percent of Engineer’s estimate of the value of Work to be completed or corrected as shown on the punch list of items to be completed or corrected prior to final payment. 6.03 Final Payment A. Upon final completion and acceptance of the Work in accordance with Paragraph 15.06 of the General Conditions, Owner shall pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by Engineer as provided in said Paragraph 15.06.

ARTICLE 7 – INTEREST

7.01 All amounts not paid when due shall bear interest at the maximum rate allowed by law at the place of the Project.

ARTICLE 8 – CONTRACTOR’S REPRESENTATIONS

8.01 In order to induce Owner to enter into this Contract, Contractor makes the following representations: A. Contractor has examined and carefully studied the Contract Documents, and any data and reference items identified in the Contract Documents. B. Contractor has visited the Site, conducted a thorough, alert visual examination of the Site and adjacent areas, and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local, and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. C. Contractor is familiar with and is satisfied as to all Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. D. Contractor has carefully studied all: (1) reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site and all drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site that have been identified in the Supplementary Conditions, especially with respect to Technical Data in such reports and drawings, and (2) reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any, at or adjacent to the Site that have been identified in the Supplementary Conditions, especially with respect to Technical Data in such reports and drawings. E. Contractor has considered the information known to Contractor itself; information commonly known to contractors doing business in the locality of the Site; information and observations obtained from visits to the Site; the Contract Documents; and the Site-related reports and drawings identified in the Contract Documents, with respect to the effect of such information, observations, and documents on (1) the cost, progress, and performance of the Work; (2) the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor; and (3) Contractor’s safety precautions and programs. F. Based on the information and observations referred to in the preceding paragraph, Contractor agrees that no further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies,

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000520 Agreement Stipulated Price HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 3 of 6 Town of Bridgton or data are necessary for the performance of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract. G. Contractor is aware of the general nature of work to be performed by Owner and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents. H. Contractor has given Engineer written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that Contractor has discovered in the Contract Documents, and the written resolution thereof by Engineer is acceptable to Contractor. I. The Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. J. Contractor’s entry into this Contract constitutes an incontrovertible representation by Contractor that without exception all prices in the Agreement are premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents.

ARTICLE 9 – CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

9.01 Contents A. The Contract Documents consist of the following: 1. This Agreement (pages 1 to 6, inclusive). 2. Performance bond (pages1 to __, inclusive). 3. Payment bond (pages1 to __, inclusive). 4. General Conditions (pages 0 to 50, inclusive). 5. Supplementary Conditions (pages 1 to ___, inclusive). 6. Special Conditions (pages 1 to ___, inclusive). 7. Specifications as listed in the table of contents of the Project Manual. 8. Drawings (not attached but incorporated by reference) with each sheet bearing the following general title: Construction Drawings for the Main Street Streetscape located in Bridgton, ME, prepared for the Town of Bridgton, prepared by HEB Engineers, Inc. 9. Addenda (numbers ___ to ___, inclusive). 10. Exhibits to this Agreement (enumerated as follows): a. Contractor’s Bid (pages ___ to ___, inclusive). b. Documentation submitted by Contractor prior to Notice of Award (pages 1 to __, inclusive). c. Certificates of Insurance. 11. The following which may be delivered or issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contract and are not attached hereto: a. Notice to Proceed. b. Work Change Directives. c. Change Orders. B. The documents listed in Paragraph 9.01.A are attached to this Agreement (except as expressly noted otherwise above). C. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article 9. D. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in the General Conditions.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000520 Agreement Stipulated Price HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 4 of 6 Town of Bridgton ARTICLE 10 – MISCELLANEOUS

10.01 Terms A. Terms used in this Agreement will have the meanings stated in the General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions. 10.02 Assignment of Contract A. Unless expressly agreed to elsewhere in the Contract, no assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound; and, specifically but without limitation, money that may become due and money that is due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment, no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Documents. 10.03 Successors and Assigns A. Owner and Contractor each binds itself, its successors, assigns, and legal representatives to the other party hereto, its successors, assigns, and legal representatives in respect to all covenants, agreements, and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. 10.04 Severability A. Any provision or part of the Contract Documents held to be void or unenforceable under any Law or Regulation shall be deemed stricken, and all remaining provisions shall continue to be valid and binding upon Owner and Contractor, who agree that the Contract Documents shall be reformed to replace such stricken provision or part thereof with a valid and enforceable provision that comes as close as possible to expressing the intention of the stricken provision. 10.05 Contractor’s Certifications A. Contractor certifies that it has not engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, or coercive practices in competing for or in executing the Contract. For the purposes of this Paragraph 10.05: 1. “corrupt practice” means the offering, giving, receiving, or soliciting of any thing of value likely to influence the action of a public official in the bidding process or in the Contract execution; 2. “fraudulent practice” means an intentional misrepresentation of facts made (a) to influence the bidding process or the execution of the Contract to the detriment of Owner, (b) to establish Bid or Contract prices at artificial non-competitive levels, or (c) to deprive Owner of the benefits of free and open competition; 3. “collusive practice” means a scheme or arrangement between two or more Bidders, with or without the knowledge of Owner, a purpose of which is to establish Bid prices at artificial, non-competitive levels; and 4. “coercive practice” means harming or threatening to harm, directly or indirectly, persons or their property to influence their participation in the bidding process or affect the execution of the Contract.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000520 Agreement Stipulated Price HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 5 of 6 Town of Bridgton IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Owner and Contractor have signed this Agreement.

This Agreement will be effective on______, 20___ (which is the Effective Date of the Contract).

OWNER: CONTRACTOR:

Town of Bridgton

By: By:

Title: Title:

(If Contractor is a corporation, a partnership, or a joint venture, attach evidence of authority to sign.)

Attest: Attest:

Title: Title:

Address for giving notices: Address for giving notices:

3 Chase Street, Suite 1

Bridgton, ME 04009

License No.: (where applicable)

(If Owner is a corporation, attach evidence of authority to NOTE TO USER: Use in those states or other sign. If Owner is a public body, attach evidence of jurisdictions where applicable or required. authority to sign and resolution or other documents authorizing execution of this Agreement.)

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000520 Agreement Stipulated Price HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 6 of 6 Town of Bridgton SECTION 000550 NOTICE TO PROCEED Owner: Town of Bridgton MDOT Project No.:

Contractor: Contractor’s Project No.:

Engineer: HEB Engineers, Inc. Engineer's Project No.: 2016-007A

Project: Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME

Effective Date of Contract:

TO CONTRACTOR:

Owner hereby notifies Contractor that the Contract Times under the above Contract will commence to run on April 23, 2019.

On that date, Contractor shall start performing its obligations under the Contract Documents. No Work shall be done at the Site prior to May 1, 2019. In accordance with the Agreement, the date of Substantial Completion is November 15, 2019, and the date of readiness for final payment is December 16, 2019.

Before starting any Work at the Site, Contractor must comply with the following: • Construction Schedule • Schedule of Submittals • Schedule of Values • Initial Construction Item Submittal(s).

Owner: Town of Bridgton

Authorized Signature

By: ______

Title: ______

Date Issued: ______

Copy: Engineer

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000550 Notice to Proceed HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 1 Town of Bridgton SECTION 000610 PERFORMANCE BOND

CONTRACTOR (name and address): SURETY (name and address of principal place of business):

OWNER (name and address): Town of Bridgton 3 Chase Street, Suite 1 Bridgton, ME 04009

CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Effective Date of the Agreement: Amount: Description: Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME

BOND Bond Number: Date (not earlier than the Effective Date of the Agreement of the Construction Contract): Amount: Modifications to this Bond Form: None See Paragraph 16

Surety and Contractor, intending to be legally bound hereby, subject to the terms set forth below, do each cause this Performance Bond to be duly executed by an authorized officer, agent, or representative.

CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY

(seal) (seal) Contractor’s Name and Corporate Seal Surety’s Name and Corporate Seal

By: By: Signature Signature (attach power of attorney)

Print Name Print Name

Title Title

Attest: Attest: Signature Signature

Title Title

Notes: (1) Provide supplemental execution by any additional parties, such as joint venturers. (2) Any singular reference to Contractor, Surety, Owner, or other party shall be considered plural where applicable.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000610 Performance Bond HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 3 Town of Bridgton 1. The Contractor and Surety, jointly and severally, bind 5.4.1 After investigation, determine the amount for themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and which it may be liable to the Owner and, as soon as assigns to the Owner for the performance of the Construction practicable after the amount is determined, make Contract, which is incorporated herein by reference. payment to the Owner; or

2. If the Contractor performs the Construction Contract, the 5.4.2 Deny liability in whole or in part and notify the Surety and the Contractor shall have no obligation under this Bond, Owner, citing the reasons for denial. except when applicable to participate in a conference as provided in Paragraph 3. 6. If the Surety does not proceed as provided in Paragraph 5 with reasonable promptness, the Surety shall be deemed to be in default 3. If there is no Owner Default under the Construction Contract, on this Bond seven days after receipt of an additional written notice the Surety’s obligation under this Bond shall arise after: from the Owner to the Surety demanding that the Surety perform its obligations under this Bond, and the Owner shall be entitled to 3.1 The Owner first provides notice to the Contractor enforce any remedy available to the Owner. If the Surety proceeds and the Surety that the Owner is considering declaring a as provided in Paragraph 5.4, and the Owner refuses the payment Contractor Default. Such notice shall indicate whether the or the Surety has denied liability, in whole or in part, without further Owner is requesting a conference among the Owner, notice the Owner shall be entitled to enforce any remedy available Contractor, and Surety to discuss the Contractor’s to the Owner. performance. If the Owner does not request a conference, the Surety may, within five (5) business days after receipt of the 7. If the Surety elects to act under Paragraph 5.1, 5.2, or 5.3, Owner’s notice, request such a conference. If the Surety then the responsibilities of the Surety to the Owner shall not be timely requests a conference, the Owner shall attend. Unless greater than those of the Contractor under the Construction the Owner agrees otherwise, any conference requested under Contract, and the responsibilities of the Owner to the Surety shall this Paragraph 3.1 shall be held within ten (10) business days not be greater than those of the Owner under the Construction of the Surety’s receipt of the Owner’s notice. If the Owner, the Contract. Subject to the commitment by the Owner to pay the Contractor, and the Surety agree, the Contractor shall be Balance of the Contract Price, the Surety is obligated, without allowed a reasonable time to perform the Construction duplication for: Contract, but such an agreement shall not waive the Owner’s right, if any, subsequently to declare a Contractor Default; 7.1 the responsibilities of the Contractor for correction of defective work and completion of the Construction Contract; 3.2 The Owner declares a Contractor Default, terminates the Construction Contract and notifies the Surety; 7.2 additional legal, design professional, and delay and costs resulting from the Contractor’s Default, and resulting from the actions or failure to act of the Surety under Paragraph 3.3 The Owner has agreed to pay the Balance of the 5; and Contract Price in accordance with the terms of the Construction Contract to the Surety or to a contractor selected 7.3 liquidated damages, or if no liquidated damages are to perform the Construction Contract. specified in the Construction Contract, actual damages caused by delayed performance or non-performance of the Contractor. 4. Failure on the part of the Owner to comply with the notice requirement in Paragraph 3.1 shall not constitute a failure to comply 8. If the Surety elects to act under Paragraph 5.1, 5.3, or 5.4, the with a condition precedent to the Surety’s obligations, or release the Surety’s liability is limited to the amount of this Bond. Surety from its obligations, except to the extent the Surety demonstrates actual prejudice. 9. The Surety shall not be liable to the Owner or others for obligations of the Contractor that are unrelated to the Construction 5. When the Owner has satisfied the conditions of Paragraph 3, Contract, and the Balance of the Contract Price shall not be the Surety shall promptly and at the Surety’s expense take one of reduced or set off on account of any such unrelated obligations. No the following actions: right of action shall accrue on this Bond to any person or entity other than the Owner or its heirs, executors, administrators, 5.1 Arrange for the Contractor, with the consent of the successors, and assigns. Owner, to perform and complete the Construction Contract; 10. The Surety hereby waives notice of any change, including 5.2 Undertake to perform and complete the Construction changes of time, to the Construction Contract or to related Contract itself, through its agents or independent contractors; subcontracts, purchase orders, and other obligations.

5.3 Obtain bids or negotiated proposals from qualified 11. Any proceeding, legal or equitable, under this Bond may be contractors acceptable to the Owner for a contract for instituted in any court of competent jurisdiction in the location in performance and completion of the Construction Contract, which the work or part of the work is located and shall be instituted arrange for a contract to be prepared for execution by the within two years after a declaration of Contractor Default or within Owner and a contractor selected with the Owners two years after the Contractor ceased working or within two years concurrence, to be secured with performance and payment after the Surety refuses or fails to perform its obligations under this bonds executed by a qualified surety equivalent to the bonds Bond, whichever occurs first. If the provisions of this paragraph are issued on the Construction Contract, and pay to the Owner the void or prohibited by law, the minimum periods of limitations amount of damages as described in Paragraph 7 in excess of available to sureties as a defense in the jurisdiction of the suit shall the Balance of the Contract Price incurred by the Owner as a be applicable. result of the Contractor Default; or 12. Notice to the Surety, the Owner, or the Contractor shall be 5.4 Waive its right to perform and complete, arrange for mailed or delivered to the address shown on the page on which completion, or obtain a new contractor, and with reasonable their signature appears. promptness under the circumstances:

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000610 Performance Bond HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 2 of 3 Town of Bridgton 13. When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a statutory 14.3 Contractor Default: Failure of the Contractor, which or other legal requirement in the location where the construction has not been remedied or waived, to perform or otherwise to was to be performed, any provision in this Bond conflicting with said comply with a material term of the Construction Contract. statutory or legal requirement shall be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions conforming to such statutory or other legal 14.4 Owner Default: Failure of the Owner, which has not requirement shall be deemed incorporated herein. When so been remedied or waived, to pay the Contractor as required furnished, the intent is that this Bond shall be construed as a under the Construction Contract or to perform and complete or statutory bond and not as a common law bond. comply with the other material terms of the Construction Contract. 14. Definitions 14.5 Contract Documents: All the documents that 14.1 Balance of the Contract Price: The total amount comprise the agreement between the Owner and Contractor. payable by the Owner to the Contractor under the Construction Contract after all proper adjustments have been 15. If this Bond is issued for an agreement between a contractor made including allowance for the Contractor for any amounts and subcontractor, the term Contractor in this Bond shall be received or to be received by the Owner in settlement of deemed to be Subcontractor and the term Owner shall be deemed insurance or other claims for damages to which the Contractor to be Contractor. is entitled, reduced by all valid and proper payments made to or on behalf of the Contractor under the Construction Contract. 16. Modifications to this Bond are as follows: 14.2 Construction Contract: The agreement between the Owner and Contractor identified on the cover page, including all Contract Documents and changes made to the agreement and the Contract Documents.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000610 Performance Bond HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 3 of 3 Town of Bridgton SECTION 000615 PAYMENT BOND

CONTRACTOR (name and address): SURETY (name and address of principal place of business):

OWNER (Name and Address): Town of Bridgton 3 Chase Street, Suite 1 Bridgton, ME 04009

CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Effective Date of the Agreement: Amount: Description: Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME

BOND Bond Number: Date (not earlier than the Effective Date of the Agreement of the Construction Contract): Amount: Modifications to this Bond Form: None See Paragraph 18

Surety and Contractor, intending to be legally bound hereby, subject to the terms set forth below, do each cause this Payment Bond to be duly executed by an authorized officer, agent, or representative.

CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY

(seal) (seal) Contractor’s Name and Corporate Seal Surety’s Name and Corporate Seal

By: By: Signature Signature (attach power of attorney)

Print Name Print Name

Title Title

Attest: Attest: Signature Signature

Title Title

Notes: (1) Provide supplemental execution by any additional parties, such as joint venturers. (2) Any singular reference to Contractor, Surety, Owner, or other party shall be considered plural where applicable.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000615 Payment Bond HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 3 Town of Bridgton 7.2 Pay or arrange for payment of any undisputed 1. The Contractor and Surety, jointly and severally, bind amounts. themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns to the Owner to pay for labor, 7.3 The Surety’s failure to discharge its obligations under materials, and equipment furnished for use in the Paragraph 7.1 or 7.2 shall not be deemed to performance of the Construction Contract, which is constitute a waiver of defenses the Surety or incorporated herein by reference, subject to the following Contractor may have or acquire as to a Claim, terms. except as to undisputed amounts for which the Surety and Claimant have reached agreement. If, 2. If the Contractor promptly makes payment of all sums due to however, the Surety fails to discharge its obligations Claimants, and defends, indemnifies, and holds harmless under Paragraph 7.1 or 7.2, the Surety shall the Owner from claims, demands, liens, or suits by any indemnify the Claimant for the reasonable attorney’s person or entity seeking payment for labor, materials, or fees the Claimant incurs thereafter to recover any equipment furnished for use in the performance of the sums found to be due and owing to the Claimant. Construction Contract, then the Surety and the Contractor shall have no obligation under this Bond. 8. The Surety’s total obligation shall not exceed the amount of this Bond, plus the amount of reasonable attorney’s fees 3. If there is no Owner Default under the Construction Contract, provided under Paragraph 7.3, and the amount of this Bond the Surety’s obligation to the Owner under this Bond shall shall be credited for any payments made in good faith by the arise after the Owner has promptly notified the Contractor Surety. and the Surety (at the address described in Paragraph 13) of claims, demands, liens, or suits against the Owner or the 9. Amounts owed by the Owner to the Contractor under the Owner’s property by any person or entity seeking payment Construction Contract shall be used for the performance of for labor, materials, or equipment furnished for use in the the Construction Contract and to satisfy claims, if any, under performance of the Construction Contract, and tendered any construction performance bond. By the Contractor defense of such claims, demands, liens, or suits to the furnishing and the Owner accepting this Bond, they agree Contractor and the Surety. that all funds earned by the Contractor in the performance of the Construction Contract are dedicated to satisfy obligations 4. When the Owner has satisfied the conditions in Paragraph 3, of the Contractor and Surety under this Bond, subject to the the Surety shall promptly and at the Surety’s expense Owner’s priority to use the funds for the completion of the defend, indemnify, and hold harmless the Owner against a work. duly tendered claim, demand, lien, or suit. 10. The Surety shall not be liable to the Owner, Claimants, or 5. The Surety’s obligations to a Claimant under this Bond shall others for obligations of the Contractor that are unrelated to arise after the following: the Construction Contract. The Owner shall not be liable for the payment of any costs or expenses of any Claimant under this Bond, and shall have under this Bond no obligation to 5.1 Claimants who do not have a direct contract with the make payments to or give notice on behalf of Claimants, or Contractor, otherwise have any obligations to Claimants under this

Bond. 5.1.1 have furnished a written notice of non- payment to the Contractor, stating with substantial accuracy the amount claimed 11. The Surety hereby waives notice of any change, including and the name of the party to whom the changes of time, to the Construction Contract or to related materials were, or equipment was, furnished subcontracts, purchase orders, and other obligations. or supplied or for whom the labor was done or performed, within ninety (90) days after 12. No suit or action shall be commenced by a Claimant under having last performed labor or last furnished this Bond other than in a court of competent jurisdiction in materials or equipment included in the the state in which the project that is the subject of the Claim; and Construction Contract is located or after the expiration of one year from the date (1) on which the Claimant sent a Claim to 5.1.2 have sent a Claim to the Surety (at the the Surety pursuant to Paragraph 5.1.2 or 5.2, or (2) on address described in Paragraph 13). which the last labor or service was performed by anyone or the last materials or equipment were furnished by anyone 5.2 Claimants who are employed by or have a direct under the Construction Contract, whichever of (1) or (2) first contract with the Contractor have sent a Claim to the occurs. If the provisions of this paragraph are void or Surety (at the address described in Paragraph 13). prohibited by law, the minimum period of limitation available to sureties as a defense in the jurisdiction of the suit shall be applicable. 6. If a notice of non-payment required by Paragraph 5.1.1 is given by the Owner to the Contractor, that is sufficient to satisfy a Claimant’s obligation to furnish a written notice of 13. Notice and Claims to the Surety, the Owner, or the non-payment under Paragraph 5.1.1. Contractor shall be mailed or delivered to the address shown on the page on which their signature appears. Actual receipt of notice or Claims, however accomplished, shall be 7. When a Claimant has satisfied the conditions of Paragraph sufficient compliance as of the date received. 5.1 or 5.2, whichever is applicable, the Surety shall promptly and at the Surety’s expense take the following actions: 14. When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a statutory or other legal requirement in the location where the 7.1 Send an answer to the Claimant, with a copy to the construction was to be performed, any provision in this Bond Owner, within sixty (60) days after receipt of the conflicting with said statutory or legal requirement shall be Claim, stating the amounts that are undisputed and deemed deleted herefrom and provisions conforming to such the basis for challenging any amounts that are statutory or other legal requirement shall be deemed disputed; and incorporated herein. When so furnished, the intent is that

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000615 Payment Bond HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 2 of 3 Town of Bridgton this Bond shall be construed as a statutory bond and not as deemed to be Subcontractor and the term Owner shall be a common law bond. deemed to be Contractor.

15. Upon requests by any person or entity appearing to be a 18. Modifications to this Bond are as follows: potential beneficiary of this Bond, the Contractor and Owner shall promptly furnish a copy of this Bond or shall permit a copy to be made.

16. Definitions

16.1 Claim: A written statement by the Claimant including at a minimum:

1. The name of the Claimant; 2. The name of the person for whom the labor was done, or materials or equipment furnished; 3. A copy of the agreement or purchase order pursuant to which labor, materials, or equipment was furnished for use in the performance of the Construction Contract; 4. A brief description of the labor, materials, or equipment furnished; 5. The date on which the Claimant last performed labor or last furnished materials or equipment for use in the performance of the Construction Contract; 6. The total amount earned by the Claimant for labor, materials, or equipment furnished as of the date of the Claim; 7. The total amount of previous payments received by the Claimant; and 8. The total amount due and unpaid to the Claimant for labor, materials, or equipment furnished as of the date of the Claim.

16.2 Claimant: An individual or entity having a direct contract with the Contractor or with a subcontractor of the Contractor to furnish labor, materials, or equipment for use in the performance of the Construction Contract. The term Claimant also includes any individual or entity that has rightfully asserted a claim under an applicable mechanic’s lien or similar statute against the real property upon which the Project is located. The intent of this Bond shall be to include without limitation in the terms of “labor, materials, or equipment” that part of the water, gas, power, light, heat, oil, gasoline, telephone service, or rental equipment used in the Construction Contract, architectural and engineering services required for performance of the work of the Contractor and the Contractor’s subcontractors, and all other items for which a mechanic’s lien may be asserted in the jurisdiction where the labor, materials, or equipment were furnished.

16.3 Construction Contract: The agreement between the Owner and Contractor identified on the cover page, including all Contract Documents and all changes made to the agreement and the Contract Documents.

16.4 Owner Default: Failure of the Owner, which has not been remedied or waived, to pay the Contractor as required under the Construction Contract or to perform and complete or comply with the other material terms of the Construction Contract.

16.5 Contract Documents: All the documents that comprise the agreement between the Owner and Contractor.

17. If this Bond is issued for an agreement between a contractor and subcontractor, the term Contractor in this Bond shall be

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000615 Payment Bond HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 3 of 3 Town of Bridgton Contractor's Application for Payment No. Application Application Date: Period: To From (Contractor): Via (Engineer): Town of Bridgton HEB Engineers, Inc. (Owner): Project: Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME

Agency Project No.: Contractor's Project No.: Engineer's Project No.: 2016-007A

Application For Payment Change Order Summary Approved Change Orders 1. ORIGINAL CONTRACT PRICE...... $ Number Additions Deductions 2. Net change by Change Orders...... $ 3. Current Contract Price (Line 1 ± 2)...... $ 4. TOTAL COMPLETED AND STORED TO DATE (Column F total on Progress Estimates)...... $ 5. RETAINAGE: a. X Work Completed...... $ b. X Stored Material...... $ c. Total Retainage (Line 5.a + Line 5.b)...... $ 6. AMOUNT ELIGIBLE TO DATE (Line 4 - Line 5.c)...... $ TOTALS 7. LESS PREVIOUS PAYMENTS (Line 6 from prior Application)..... $ NET CHANGE BY 8. AMOUNT DUE THIS APPLICATION...... $ CHANGE ORDERS 9. BALANCE TO FINISH, PLUS RETAINAGE (Column G total on Progress Estimates + Line 5.c above)...... $

Contractor's Certification The undersigned Contractor certifies, to the best of its knowledge, the following: Payment of: $ (1) All previous progress payments received from Owner on account of Work done under the Contract have been applied on account to discharge Contractor's legitimate obligations incurred in connection with the Work covered by prior Applications for Payment; (Line 8 or other - attach explanation of the other amount) (2) Title to all Work, materials and equipment incorporated in said Work, or otherwise listed in or covered by this Application for Payment, will pass to Owner at time of payment free and clear of all Liens, security interests, and encumbrances (except such as are covered by a bond is recommended by: acceptable to Owner indemnifying Owner against any such Liens, security interest, or encumbrances); and (3) All the Work covered by this Application for Payment is in accordance with the Contract Documents and is not defective. (Engineer) (Date)

Payment of: $ (Line 8 or other - attach explanation of the other amount)

is approved by: (Owner) (Date) Contractor Signature By: Date: Approved by: Funding or Financing Entity (if applicable) (Date)

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A 000620 Contractor's Application for Payment Town of Bridgton Page 1 of 3 Progress Estimate - Unit Price Work Contractor's Application for Payment

For (Contract): Application Number: Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME

Application Period: Application Date:

ABCDEGF

Item Contract Information Total Value of Work Value of Materials Total Installed Previous Quantity Current Quantity % Balance to Finish ($) Item Total Value Quantity Installed to Presently Stored ($) and Stored to Bid Item No. Description Units Unit Price Installed Installed (F / B) (B - F) Quantity of Item ($) Installed Date ($) (not in C) Date ($) (D + E)

Totals

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000620 Contractor's Application for Payment HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Progress Estimate - Unit Price Work Town of Bridgton Page 2 of 3 Stored Material Summary Contractor's Application for Payment

For (Contract): Application Number: Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME Application Period: Application Date:

ACB DGEF H Submittal No. Stored Previously Incorporated in Work Materials Bid Amount Subtotal Amount Supplier (with Storage Date Placed Date Remaining in Item Description of Materials or Equipment Stored Amount Stored this Stored to Date ($) Amount Invoice No. Specification Location into Storage (Month/ Storage ($) No. ($) Month ($) (D + E) ($) Section No.) (Month/Year) Year) (F - G)

Totals

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000620 Contractor's Application for Payment HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Stored Materials Summary Town of Bridgton Page 3 of 3 SECTION 000625 CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION

Owner: Town of Bridgton Owner's Contract No.: Contractor: Contractor’s Project No.: Engineer: HEB Engineers, Inc. Engineer's Project No.: 2016-007A Project: Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME

This [preliminary] [final] Certificate of Substantial Completion applies to:

All Work The following specified portions of the Work:

Date of Substantial Completion The Work to which this Certificate applies has been inspected by authorized representatives of Owner, Contractor, and Engineer, and found to be substantially complete. The Date of Substantial Completion of the Work or portion thereof designated above is hereby established, subject to the provisions of the Contract pertaining to Substantial Completion. The date of Substantial Completion in the final Certificate of Substantial Completion marks the commencement of the contractual correction period and applicable warranties required by the Contract.

A punch list of items to be completed or corrected is attached to this Certificate. This list may not be all-inclusive, and the failure to include any items on such list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract.

The responsibilities between Owner and Contractor for security, operation, safety, maintenance, heat, utilities, insurance, and warranties upon Owner's use or occupancy of the Work shall be as provided in the Contract, except as amended as follows: Amendments to Owner's responsibilities: None As follows

Amendments to Contractor's responsibilities: None

As follows:

The following documents are attached to and made a part of this Certificate: [punch list; others]

This Certificate does not constitute an acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents, nor is it a release of Contractor's obligation to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract.

EXECUTED BY ENGINEER: RECEIVED: RECEIVED:

By: By: By: (Authorized signature) Owner (Authorized Signature) Contractor (Authorized Signature)

Title: Title: Title: Date: Date: Date:

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000625 Certificate of Substantial Completion HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 1 Town of Bridgton SECTION 000630 CONSENT OF SURETY COMPANY TO FINAL PAYMENT

OWNER'S CONTRACT NO.: ENGINEER'S PROJECT NO.: 2016-007A AGREEMENT DATE: BOND NUMBER:

CONTRACT TITLE: Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME

To: Town of Bridgton (Owner) 3 Chase Street, Suite 1 Bridgton, ME 04009

From: (Contractor)

In accordance with the provisions of the Contract between the Owner and the Contractor as indicated above, the (Surety) on the bond of (Contractor) hereby approves of the final payment to the Contractor, and agrees that final payment to the Contractor shall not relieve the Surety Company of any of it's obligations to the (Owner) as set forth in the said Surety Company's Bond.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Surety Company has hereunto set its hand this ______day of ______, 20___.

Surety Company

Signature of Authorized Representative

Attest: (Seal) Name & Title

Note: Power of Attorney should be attached in instances where same applies.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000630 Consent of Surety Company to Final Payment HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 1 Town of Bridgton SECTION 000635 CONTRACTOR'S FINAL LIEN WAIVER

OWNER'S CONTRACT NO.: ENGINEER'S PROJECT NO.: 2016-007A AGREEMENT DATE:

CONTRACT TITLE: Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME

To: Town of Bridgton (Owner) 3 Chase Street, Suite 1 Bridgton, ME 04009

APPLICATION FOR FINAL PAYMENT

The undersigned hereby certifies that the amount owed set forth below constitutes the entire value of all work performed and services rendered by, through or under the undersigned with respect to the project not heretofore paid for up to and including the period covered by the above Application for Final Payment; that all work covered by such Application has been incorporated into the project and title thereto has passed to the Owner free and clear of all liens, claims, security, interests or encumbrances; and that no work covered by such Application has been acquired subject to an agreement under which any interest therein or an encumbrance thereon is retained by the seller or any other person. In consideration of payment of the requisition, the undersigned hereby releases the Owner from all claims of lien which the undersigned has regarding the Project.

The undersigned, in order to induce the Owner to pay the requisition, hereby represents that it has paid or will pay from the proceeds of the requisition all sums due to those parties who have performed work or provided materials to the undersigned in connection with the Project, and that it will on request of the Owner provide written evidence of the discharge by the undersigned of its obligations to such parties.

Executed under seal as of this ______day of ______, 20___.

Amount Owed to Contractor by Owner as Final Payment: $ (total value of project including change orders)

Amount Unpaid From Previous Application for Payment: $

From: (Contractor)

Authorized Representative Signature

Name and Title (printed)

NOTARY:

Then personally appeared the above named ______and acknowledged the foregoing to be the free act and deed of the above-named Contractor, before me.

Subscribed and sworn to on the ______day of ______, 20___.

Notary Public:

My Commission Expires:

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000635 Contractor’s Final Lien Waiver HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 1 Town of Bridgton SECTION 000640 CERTIFICATE OF FINAL COMPLETION OF WORK

OWNER'S CONTRACT NO.: ENGINEER'S PROJECT NO.: 2016-007A AGREEMENT DATE:

CONTRACT TITLE: Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME

FINAL COMPLETION DATE PER AGREEMENT AND CHANGE ORDERS: ACTUAL DATE OF FINAL COMPLETION:

FINAL CERTIFICATION OF CONTRACTOR

I hereby certify that the Work as identified in the Final Payment Request dated for the above-noted construction Contract represents full compensation for the actual value of work completed. Additionally, all work completed conforms to the terms of the Agreement and authorized changes.

CONTRACTOR Date

Authorized Representative’s Signature

Name & Title FINAL CERTIFICATION OF ENGINEER

I have reviewed the Contractor's Final Payment Request dated and hereby certify that to the best of my knowledge, the cost of the work identified on the Final Payment Request represents full compensation for the actual value of work completed and that the work has been completed in accordance with the terms of the Agreement and authorized changes.

ENGINEER Date

Authorized Representative’s Signature

Name & Title FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF OWNER

I, as representative of the Owner, accept the above Final Certifications and authorize Final Payment in the amount of $ and direct the Contractor's attention to the General Conditions. The guaranty for all Work completed subsequent to the date of Substantial Completion, expires ______year from the date of this Final Acceptance.

At a meeting of the______(Town Council / Selectmen / Alderman), the Owner, ______(Name of the community) has accepted the constructed project.

Town of Bridgton OWNER Date

Authorized Representative’s Signature

Name & Title

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000640 Certificate of Final Completion HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 1 Town of Bridgton SECTION 000700 STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT

These General Conditions have been prepared for use with the Agreement Between Owner and Contractor for Construction Contract (EJCDC® C-520, Stipulated Sum, or C-525, Cost-Plus, 2013 Editions). Their provisions are interrelated and a change in one may necessitate a change in the other.

Page 1 of 50

To prepare supplementary conditions that are coordinated with the General Conditions, use EJCDC’s Guide to the Preparation of Supplementary Conditions (EJCDC® C-800, 2013 Edition). The full EJCDC Construction series of documents is discussed in the Commentary on the 2013 EJCDC Construction Documents (EJCDC® C-001, 2013 Edition).

Copyright © 2013:

National Society of Professional Engineers 1420 King Street, Alexandria, VA 22314-2794 (703) 684-2882 www.nspe.org

American Council of Engineering Companies 1015 15th Street N.W., Washington, DC 20005 (202) 347-7474 www.acec.org

American Society of Civil Engineers 1801 Alexander Bell Drive, Reston, VA 20191-4400 (800) 548-2723 www.asce.org

The copyright for this document is owned jointly by the three sponsoring organizations listed above. The National Society of Professional Engineers is the Copyright Administrator for the EJCDC documents; please direct all inquiries regarding EJCDC copyrights to NSPE.

Page 2 of 50

STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT

TABLE OF CONTENTS Page Article 1 – Definitions and Terminology ...... 6 1.01 Defined Terms...... 6 1.02 Terminology ...... 8 Article 2 – Preliminary Matters ...... 9 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance ...... 9 2.02 Copies of Documents ...... 9 2.03 Before Starting Construction ...... 10 2.04 Preconstruction Conference; Designation of Authorized Representatives ...... 10 2.05 Initial Acceptance of Schedules ...... 10 2.06 Electronic Transmittals ...... 10 Article 3 – Documents: Intent, Requirements, Reuse ...... 10 3.01 Intent ...... 10 3.02 Reference Standards ...... 11 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies ...... 11 3.04 Requirements of the Contract Documents ...... 11 3.05 Reuse of Documents ...... 12 Article 4 – Commencement and Progress of the Work ...... 12 4.01 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed ...... 12 4.02 Starting the Work ...... 12 4.03 Reference Points ...... 12 4.04 Progress Schedule ...... 12 4.05 Delays in Contractor’s Progress ...... 13 Article 5 – Availability of Lands; Subsurface and Physical Conditions; Hazardous Environmental Conditions ...... 13 5.01 Availability of Lands ...... 13 5.02 Use of Site and Other Areas ...... 13 5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions ...... 14 5.04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions ...... 14 5.05 Underground Facilities ...... 15 5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site ...... 16 Article 6 – Bonds and Insurance ...... 18 6.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds ...... 18 6.02 Insurance—General Provisions ...... 18 6.03 Contractor’s Insurance ...... 19 6.04 Owner’s Liability Insurance ...... 20 6.05 Property Insurance ...... 21 6.06 Waiver of Rights ...... 22 6.07 Receipt and Application of Property Insurance Proceeds ...... 22 Article 7 – Contractor’s Responsibilities ...... 23 7.01 Supervision and Superintendence ...... 23 7.02 Labor; Working Hours ...... 23 7.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment ...... 23 7.04 “Or Equals” ...... 23 7.05 Substitutes ...... 24 7.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others ...... 25 7.07 Patent Fees and Royalties ...... 26 7.08 Permits ...... 26 7.09 Taxes ...... 26 7.10 Laws and Regulations ...... 27 7.11 Record Documents ...... 27 7.12 Safety and Protection ...... 27 7.13 Safety Representative ...... 28 7.14 Hazard Communication Programs ...... 28

Page 3 of 50

7.15 Emergencies ...... 28 7.16 Shop Drawings, Samples, and Other Submittals ...... 28 7.17 Contractor’s General Warranty and Guarantee ...... 29 7.18 Indemnification ...... 30 7.19 Delegation of Professional Design Services ...... 30 Article 8 – Other Work at the Site ...... 31 8.01 Other Work ...... 31 8.02 Coordination ...... 31 8.03 Legal Relationships ...... 31 Article 9 – Owner’s Responsibilities ...... 32 9.01 Communications to Contractor ...... 32 9.02 Replacement of Engineer ...... 32 9.03 Furnish Data...... 32 9.04 Pay When Due ...... 32 9.05 Lands and Easements; Reports, Tests, and Drawings ...... 32 9.06 Insurance ...... 32 9.07 Change Orders...... 33 9.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals ...... 33 9.09 Limitations on Owner’s Responsibilities ...... 33 9.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition ...... 33 9.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements ...... 33 9.12 Safety Programs ...... 33 Article 10 – Engineer’s Status During Construction...... 33 10.01 Owner’s Representative ...... 33 10.02 Visits to Site ...... 33 10.03 Project Representative ...... 33 10.04 Rejecting Defective Work ...... 34 10.05 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments ...... 34 10.06 Determinations for Unit Price Work ...... 34 10.07 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work ...... 34 10.08 Limitations on Engineer’s Authority and Responsibilities ...... 34 10.09 Compliance with Safety Program ...... 34 Article 11 – Amending the Contract Documents; Changes in the Work ...... 34 11.01 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents ...... 34 11.02 Owner-Authorized Changes in the Work ...... 35 11.03 Unauthorized Changes in the Work ...... 35 11.04 Change of Contract Price ...... 35 11.05 Change of Contract Times ...... 36 11.06 Change Proposals ...... 36 11.07 Execution of Change Orders ...... 37 11.08 Notification to Surety ...... 37 Article 12 – Claims ...... 37 12.01 Claims ...... 37 Article 13 – Cost of the Work; Allowances; Unit Price Work ...... 38 13.01 Cost of the Work ...... 38 13.02 Allowances ...... 40 13.03 Unit Price Work ...... 40 Article 14 – Tests and Inspections; Correction, Removal or Acceptance of Defective Work ...... 40 14.01 Access to Work ...... 40 14.02 Tests, Inspections, and Approvals ...... 40 14.03 Defective Work ...... 41 14.04 Acceptance of Defective Work ...... 41 14.05 Uncovering Work ...... 42 14.06 Owner May Stop the Work ...... 42 14.07 Owner May Correct Defective Work ...... 42 Article 15 – Payments to Contractor; Set-Offs; Completion; Correction Period ...... 42

Page 4 of 50

15.01 Progress Payments ...... 42 15.02 Contractor’s Warranty of Title...... 45 15.03 Substantial Completion ...... 45 15.04 Partial Use or Occupancy ...... 45 15.05 Final Inspection ...... 46 15.06 Final Payment ...... 46 15.07 Waiver of Claims ...... 46 15.08 Correction Period ...... 47 Article 16 – Suspension of Work and Termination ...... 47 16.01 Owner May Suspend Work ...... 47 16.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause ...... 47 16.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience ...... 48 16.04 Contractor May Stop Work or Terminate ...... 48 Article 17 – Final Resolution of Disputes ...... 49 17.01 Methods and Procedures ...... 49 Article 18 – Miscellaneous ...... 49 18.01 Giving Notice ...... 49 18.02 Computation of Times ...... 49 18.03 Cumulative Remedies ...... 49 18.04 Limitation of Damages ...... 49 18.05 No Waiver ...... 49 18.06 Survival of Obligations ...... 49 18.07 Controlling Law ...... 49 18.08 Headings ...... 50

Page 5 of 50

ARTICLE 1 – DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY

1.01 Defined Terms A. Wherever used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, a term printed with initial capital letters, including the term’s singular and plural forms, will have the meaning indicated in the definitions below. In addition to terms specifically defined, terms with initial capital letters in the Contract Documents include references to identified articles and paragraphs, and the titles of other documents or forms. 1. Addenda—Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct, or change the Bidding Requirements or the proposed Contract Documents. 2. Agreement—The written instrument, executed by Owner and Contractor, that sets forth the Contract Price and Contract Times, identifies the parties and the Engineer, and designates the specific items that are Contract Documents. 3. Application for Payment—The form acceptable to Engineer which is to be used by Contractor during the course of the Work in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. 4. Bid—The offer of a Bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work to be performed. 5. Bidder—An individual or entity that submits a Bid to Owner. 6. Bidding Documents—The Bidding Requirements, the proposed Contract Documents, and all Addenda. 7. Bidding Requirements—The advertisement or invitation to bid, Instructions to Bidders, Bid Bond or other Bid security, if any, the Bid Form, and the Bid with any attachments. 8. Change Order—A document which is signed by Contractor and Owner and authorizes an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times, or other revision to the Contract, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contract. 9. Change Proposal—A written request by Contractor, duly submitted in compliance with the procedural requirements set forth herein, seeking an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, or both; contesting an initial decision by Engineer concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or the acceptability of Work under the Contract Documents; challenging a set-off against payments due; or seeking other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. 10. Claim—(a) A demand or assertion by Owner directly to Contractor, duly submitted in compliance with the procedural requirements set forth herein: seeking an adjustment of Contract Price or Contract Times, or both; contesting an initial decision by Engineer concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or the acceptability of Work under the Contract Documents; contesting Engineer’s decision regarding a Change Proposal; seeking resolution of a contractual issue that Engineer has declined to address; or seeking other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract; or (b) a demand or assertion by Contractor directly to Owner, duly submitted in compliance with the procedural requirements set forth herein, contesting Engineer’s decision regarding a Change Proposal; or seeking resolution of a contractual issue that Engineer has declined to address. A demand for money or services by a third party is not a Claim. 11. Constituent of Concern—Asbestos, petroleum, radioactive materials, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), hazardous waste, and any substance, product, waste, or other material of any nature whatsoever that is or becomes listed, regulated, or addressed pursuant to (a) the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. §§9601 et seq. (“CERCLA”); (b) the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. §§5501 et seq.; (c) the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. §§6901 et seq. (“RCRA”); (d) the Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. §§2601 et seq.; (e) the Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. §§1251 et seq.; (f) the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. §§7401 et seq.; or (g) any other federal, state, or local statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, resolution, code, order, or decree regulating, relating to, or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning, any hazardous, toxic, or dangerous waste, substance, or material. 12. Contract—The entire and integrated written contract between the Owner and Contractor concerning the Work. 13. Contract Documents—Those items so designated in the Agreement, and which together comprise the Contract. 14. Contract Price—The money that Owner has agreed to pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. .

Page 6 of 50

15. Contract Times—The number of days or the dates by which Contractor shall: (a) achieve Milestones, if any; (b) achieve Substantial Completion; and (c) complete the Work. 16. Contractor—The individual or entity with which Owner has contracted for performance of the Work. 17. Cost of the Work—See Paragraph 13.01 for definition. 18. Drawings—The part of the Contract that graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work to be performed by Contractor. 19. Effective Date of the Contract—The date, indicated in the Agreement, on which the Contract becomes effective. 20. Engineer—The individual or entity named as such in the Agreement. 21. Field Order—A written order issued by Engineer which requires minor changes in the Work but does not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times. 22. Hazardous Environmental Condition—The presence at the Site of Constituents of Concern in such quantities or circumstances that may present a danger to persons or property exposed thereto. The presence at the Site of materials that are necessary for the execution of the Work, or that are to be incorporated in the Work, and that are controlled and contained pursuant to industry practices, Laws and Regulations, and the requirements of the Contract, does not establish a Hazardous Environmental Condition. 23. Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations—Any and all applicable laws, statutes, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes, and orders of any and all governmental bodies, agencies, authorities, and courts having jurisdiction. 24. Liens—Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Contract-related funds, real property, or personal property. 25. Milestone—A principal event in the performance of the Work that the Contract requires Contractor to achieve by an intermediate completion date or by a time prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 26. Notice of Award—The written notice by Owner to a Bidder of Owner’s acceptance of the Bid. 27. Notice to Proceed—A written notice by Owner to Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract Times will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform the Work. 28. Owner—The individual or entity with which Contractor has contracted regarding the Work, and which has agreed to pay Contractor for the performance of the Work, pursuant to the terms of the Contract. 29. Progress Schedule—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, describing the sequence and duration of the activities comprising the Contractor’s plan to accomplish the Work within the Contract Times. 30. Project—The total undertaking to be accomplished for Owner by engineers, contractors, and others, including planning, study, design, construction, testing, commissioning, and start-up, and of which the Work to be performed under the Contract Documents is a part. 31. Project Manual—The written documents prepared for, or made available for, procuring and constructing the Work, including but not limited to the Bidding Documents or other construction procurement documents, geotechnical and existing conditions information, the Agreement, bond forms, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Specifications. The contents of the Project Manual may be bound in one or more volumes. 32. Resident Project Representative—The authorized representative of Engineer assigned to assist Engineer at the Site. As used herein, the term Resident Project Representative or “RPR” includes any assistants or field staff of Resident Project Representative. 33. Samples—Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship that are representative of some portion of the Work and that establish the standards by which such portion of the Work will be judged. 34. Schedule of Submittals—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, of required submittals and the time requirements for Engineer’s review of the submittals and the performance of related construction activities. 35. Schedule of Values—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, allocating portions of the Contract Price to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing Contractor’s Applications for Payment. 36. Shop Drawings—All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or information that are specifically prepared or assembled by or for Contractor and submitted by Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work. Shop Drawings, whether approved or not, are not Drawings and are not Contract Documents. Page 7 of 50

37. Site—Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by Owner upon which the Work is to be performed, including rights-of-way and easements, and such other lands furnished by Owner which are designated for the use of Contractor. 38. Specifications—The part of the Contract that consists of written requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards, and workmanship as applied to the Work, and certain administrative requirements and procedural matters applicable to the Work. 39. Subcontractor—An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work. 40. Substantial Completion—The time at which the Work (or a specified part thereof) has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of Engineer, the Work (or a specified part thereof) is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the Work (or a specified part thereof) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended. The terms “substantially complete” and “substantially completed” as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. 41. Successful Bidder—The Bidder whose Bid the Owner accepts, and to which the Owner makes an award of contract, subject to stated conditions. 42. Supplementary Conditions—The part of the Contract that amends or supplements these General Conditions. 43. Supplier—A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman, or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by Contractor or a Subcontractor. 44. Technical Data—Those items expressly identified as Technical Data in the Supplementary Conditions, with respect to either (a) subsurface conditions at the Site, or physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site (except Underground Facilities) or (b) Hazardous Environmental Conditions at the Site. If no such express identifications of Technical Data have been made with respect to conditions at the Site, then the data contained in boring logs, recorded measurements of subsurface water levels, laboratory test results, and other factual, objective information regarding conditions at the Site that are set forth in any geotechnical or environmental report prepared for the Project and made available to Contractor are hereby defined as Technical Data with respect to conditions at the Site under Paragraphs 5.03, 5.04, and 5.06. 45. Underground Facilities—All underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities, including but not limited to those that convey electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, fiber optic transmissions, cable television, water, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other control systems. 46. Unit Price Work—Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. 47. Work—The entire construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be provided under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or providing all labor, services, and documentation necessary to produce such construction; furnishing, installing, and incorporating all materials and equipment into such construction; and may include related services such as testing, start-up, and commissioning, all as required by the Contract Documents. 48. Work Change Directive—A written directive to Contractor issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contract, signed by Owner and recommended by Engineer, ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work. 1.02 Terminology A. The words and terms discussed in the following paragraphs are not defined but, when used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, have the indicated meaning. B. Intent of Certain Terms or Adjectives: 1. The Contract Documents include the terms “as allowed,” “as approved,” “as ordered,” “as directed” or terms of like effect or import to authorize an exercise of professional judgment by Engineer. In addition, the adjectives “reasonable,” “suitable,” “acceptable,” “proper,” “satisfactory,” or adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe an action or determination of Engineer as to the Work. It is intended that such exercise of professional judgment, action, or determination will be solely to evaluate, in general, the Work for compliance with the information in the Contract Documents and with the design concept of the Project as a functioning whole as shown or indicated in the Contract Documents (unless there is a specific statement indicating otherwise). The use of any such term or adjective is not intended to and shall not be effective to assign to Engineer any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work, or any duty or

Page 8 of 50

authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the provisions of Article 10 or any other provision of the Contract Documents. C. Day: 1. The word “day” means a calendar day of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. D. Defective: 1. The word “defective,” when modifying the word “Work,” refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that it: a. does not conform to the Contract Documents; or b. does not meet the requirements of any applicable inspection, reference standard, test, or approval referred to in the Contract Documents; or c. has been damaged prior to Engineer’s recommendation of final payment (unless responsibility for the protection thereof has been assumed by Owner at Substantial Completion in accordance with Paragraph 15.03 or 15.04). E. Furnish, Install, Perform, Provide: 1. The word “furnish,” when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to supply and deliver said services, materials, or equipment to the Site (or some other specified location) ready for use or installation and in usable or operable condition. 2. The word “install,” when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to put into use or place in final position said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use. 3. The words “perform” or “provide,” when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to furnish and install said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use. 4. If the Contract Documents establish an obligation of Contractor with respect to specific services, materials, or equipment, but do not expressly use any of the four words “furnish,” “install,” “perform,” or “provide,” then Contractor shall furnish and install said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use. F. Unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, words or phrases that have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meaning.

ARTICLE 2 – PRELIMINARY MATTERS

2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance A. Bonds: When Contractor delivers the executed counterparts of the Agreement to Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to Owner such bonds as Contractor may be required to furnish. B. Evidence of Contractor’s Insurance: When Contractor delivers the executed counterparts of the Agreement to Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to Owner, with copies to each named insured and additional insured (as identified in the Supplementary Conditions or elsewhere in the Contract), the certificates and other evidence of insurance required to be provided by Contractor in accordance with Article 6. C. Evidence of Owner’s Insurance: After receipt of the executed counterparts of the Agreement and all required bonds and insurance documentation, Owner shall promptly deliver to Contractor, with copies to each named insured and additional insured (as identified in the Supplementary Conditions or otherwise), the certificates and other evidence of insurance required to be provided by Owner under Article 6. 2.02 Copies of Documents A. Owner shall furnish to Contractor four printed copies of the Contract (including one fully executed counterpart of the Agreement), and one copy in electronic portable document format (PDF). Additional printed copies will be furnished upon request at the cost of reproduction. B. Owner shall maintain and safeguard at least one original printed record version of the Contract, including Drawings and Specifications signed and sealed by Engineer and other design professionals. Owner shall make such original printed record version of the Contract available to Contractor for review. Owner may delegate the responsibilities under this provision to Engineer.

Page 9 of 50

2.03 Before Starting Construction A. Preliminary Schedules: Within 10 days after the Effective Date of the Contract (or as otherwise specifically required by the Contract Documents), Contractor shall submit to Engineer for timely review: 1. a preliminary Progress Schedule indicating the times (numbers of days or dates) for starting and completing the various stages of the Work, including any Milestones specified in the Contract; 2. a preliminary Schedule of Submittals; and 3. a preliminary Schedule of Values for all of the Work which includes quantities and prices of items which when added together equal the Contract Price and subdivides the Work into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for progress payments during performance of the Work. Such prices will include an appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable to each item of Work. 2.04 Preconstruction Conference; Designation of Authorized Representatives A. Before any Work at the Site is started, a conference attended by Owner, Contractor, Engineer, and others as appropriate will be held to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedules referred to in Paragraph 2.03.A, procedures for handling Shop Drawings, Samples, and other submittals, processing Applications for Payment, electronic or digital transmittals, and maintaining required records. B. At this conference Owner and Contractor each shall designate, in writing, a specific individual to act as its authorized representative with respect to the services and responsibilities under the Contract. Such individuals shall have the authority to transmit and receive information, render decisions relative to the Contract, and otherwise act on behalf of each respective party. 2.05 Initial Acceptance of Schedules A. At least 10 days before submission of the first Application for Payment a conference, attended by Contractor, Engineer, and others as appropriate, will be held to review for acceptability to Engineer as provided below the schedules submitted in accordance with Paragraph 2.03.A. Contractor shall have an additional 10 days to make corrections and adjustments and to complete and resubmit the schedules. No progress payment shall be made to Contractor until acceptable schedules are submitted to Engineer. 1. The Progress Schedule will be acceptable to Engineer if it provides an orderly progression of the Work to completion within the Contract Times. Such acceptance will not impose on Engineer responsibility for the Progress Schedule, for sequencing, scheduling, or progress of the Work, nor interfere with or relieve Contractor from Contractor’s full responsibility therefor. 2. Contractor’s Schedule of Submittals will be acceptable to Engineer if it provides a workable arrangement for reviewing and processing the required submittals. 3. Contractor’s Schedule of Values will be acceptable to Engineer as to form and substance if it provides a reasonable allocation of the Contract Price to the component parts of the Work. 2.06 Electronic Transmittals A. Except as otherwise stated elsewhere in the Contract, the Owner, Engineer, and Contractor may transmit, and shall accept, Project-related correspondence, text, data, documents, drawings, information, and graphics, including but not limited to Shop Drawings and other submittals, in electronic media or digital format, either directly, or through access to a secure Project website. B. If the Contract does not establish protocols for electronic or digital transmittals, then Owner, Engineer, and Contractor shall jointly develop such protocols. C. When transmitting items in electronic media or digital format, the transmitting party makes no representations as to long term compatibility, usability, or readability of the items resulting from the recipient’s use of software application packages, operating systems, or computer hardware differing from those used in the drafting or transmittal of the items, or from those established in applicable transmittal protocols.

ARTICLE 3 – DOCUMENTS: INTENT, REQUIREMENTS, REUSE

3.01 Intent A. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is required by one is as binding as if required by all. B. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete project (or part thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents.

Page 10 of 50

C. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, if there is a discrepancy between the electronic or digital versions of the Contract Documents (including any printed copies derived from such electronic or digital versions) and the printed record version, the printed record version shall govern. D. The Contract supersedes prior negotiations, representations, and agreements, whether written or oral. E. Engineer will issue clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents as provided herein. 3.02 Reference Standards A. Standards Specifications, Codes, Laws and Regulations 1. Reference in the Contract Documents to standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, or codes of any technical society, organization, or association, or to Laws or Regulations, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the standard specification, manual, reference standard, code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or on the Effective Date of the Contract if there were no Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. 2. No provision of any such standard specification, manual, reference standard, or code, or any instruction of a Supplier, shall be effective to change the duties or responsibilities of Owner, Contractor, or Engineer, or any of their subcontractors, consultants, agents, or employees, from those set forth in the part of the Contract Documents prepared by or for Engineer. No such provision or instruction shall be effective to assign to Owner, Engineer, or any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors, any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility inconsistent with the provisions of the part of the Contract Documents prepared by or for Engineer. 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies A. Reporting Discrepancies: 1. Contractor’s Verification of Figures and Field Measurements: Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study the Contract Documents, and check and verify pertinent figures and dimensions therein, particularly with respect to applicable field measurements. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy that Contractor discovers, or has actual knowledge of, and shall not proceed with any Work affected thereby until the conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy is resolved, by a clarification or interpretation by Engineer, or by an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents issued pursuant to Paragraph 11.01. 2. Contractor’s Review of Contract Documents: If, before or during the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy within the Contract Documents, or between the Contract Documents and (a) any applicable Law or Regulation, (b) actual field conditions, (c) any standard specification, manual, reference standard, or code, or (d) any instruction of any Supplier, then Contractor shall promptly report it to Engineer in writing. Contractor shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.15) until the conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy is resolved, by a clarification or interpretation by Engineer, or by an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents issued pursuant to Paragraph 11.01. 3. Contractor shall not be liable to Owner or Engineer for failure to report any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy in the Contract Documents unless Contractor had actual knowledge thereof. B. Resolving Discrepancies: 1. Except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents, the provisions of the part of the Contract Documents prepared by or for Engineer shall take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy between such provisions of the Contract Documents and: a. the provisions of any standard specification, manual, reference standard, or code, or the instruction of any Supplier (whether or not specifically incorporated by reference as a Contract Document); or b. the provisions of any Laws or Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work (unless such an interpretation of the provisions of the Contract Documents would result in violation of such Law or Regulation). 3.04 Requirements of the Contract Documents A. During the performance of the Work and until final payment, Contractor and Owner shall submit to the Engineer all matters in question concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents (sometimes referred to as requests for information or interpretation—RFIs), or relating to the acceptability of the Work under the Contract Documents, as soon as possible after such matters arise. Engineer will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents, and judge of the acceptability of the Work thereunder.

Page 11 of 50

B. Engineer will, with reasonable promptness, render a written clarification, interpretation, or decision on the issue submitted, or initiate an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents. Engineer’s written clarification, interpretation, or decision will be final and binding on Contractor, unless it appeals by submitting a Change Proposal, and on Owner, unless it appeals by filing a Claim. C. If a submitted matter in question concerns terms and conditions of the Contract Documents that do not involve (1) the performance or acceptability of the Work under the Contract Documents, (2) the design (as set forth in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise), or (3) other engineering or technical matters, then Engineer will promptly give written notice to Owner and Contractor that Engineer is unable to provide a decision or interpretation. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on resolution of such a matter in question, either party may pursue resolution as provided in Article 12. 3.05 Reuse of Documents A. Contractor and its Subcontractors and Suppliers shall not: 1. have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications, or other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of Engineer or its consultants, including electronic media editions, or reuse any such Drawings, Specifications, other documents, or copies thereof on extensions of the Project or any other project without written consent of Owner and Engineer and specific written verification or adaptation by Engineer; or 2. have or acquire any title or ownership rights in any other Contract Documents, reuse any such Contract Documents for any purpose without Owner’s express written consent, or violate any copyrights pertaining to such Contract Documents. B. The prohibitions of this Paragraph 3.05 will survive final payment, or termination of the Contract. Nothing herein shall preclude Contractor from retaining copies of the Contract Documents for record purposes.

ARTICLE 4 – COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK

4.01 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed A. The Contract Times will commence to run on the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Contract or, if a Notice to Proceed is given, on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given at any time within 30 days after the Effective Date of the Contract. In no event will the Contract Times commence to run later than the sixtieth day after the day of Bid opening or the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Contract, whichever date is earlier. 4.02 Starting the Work A. Contractor shall start to perform the Work on the date when the Contract Times commence to run. No Work shall be done at the Site prior to such date. 4.03 Reference Points A. Owner shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction which in Engineer’s judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve the established reference points and property monuments, and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of Owner. Contractor shall report to Engineer whenever any reference point or property monument is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points or property monuments by professionally qualified personnel. 4.04 Progress Schedule A. Contractor shall adhere to the Progress Schedule established in accordance with Paragraph 2.05 as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below. 1. Contractor shall submit to Engineer for acceptance (to the extent indicated in Paragraph 2.05) proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that will not result in changing the Contract Times. 2. Proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that will change the Contract Times shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of Article 11. B. Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the Progress Schedule during all disputes or disagreements with Owner. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, or during any appeal process, except as permitted by Paragraph 16.04, or as Owner and Contractor may otherwise agree in writing.

Page 12 of 50

4.05 Delays in Contractor’s Progress A. If Owner, Engineer, or anyone for whom Owner is responsible, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the performance or progress of the Work, then Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Times and Contract Price. Contractor’s entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times is conditioned on such adjustment being essential to Contractor’s ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. B. Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for delay, disruption, or interference caused by or within the control of Contractor. Delay, disruption, and interference attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be within the control of Contractor. C. If Contractor’s performance or progress is delayed, disrupted, or interfered with by unanticipated causes not the fault of and beyond the control of Owner, Contractor, and those for which they are responsible, then Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in Contract Times. Contractor’s entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times is conditioned on such adjustment being essential to Contractor’s ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. Such an adjustment shall be Contractor’s sole and exclusive remedy for the delays, disruption, and interference described in this paragraph. Causes of delay, disruption, or interference that may give rise to an adjustment in Contract Times under this paragraph include but are not limited to the following: 1. severe and unavoidable natural catastrophes such as fires, floods, epidemics, and earthquakes; 2. abnormal weather conditions; 3. acts or failures to act of utility owners (other than those performing other work at or adjacent to the Site by arrangement with the Owner, as contemplated in Article 8); and 4. acts of war or terrorism. D. Delays, disruption, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work resulting from the existence of a differing subsurface or physical condition, an Underground Facility that was not shown or indicated by the Contract Documents, or not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy, and those resulting from Hazardous Environmental Conditions, are governed by Article 5. E. Paragraph 8.03 governs delays, disruption, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work resulting from the performance of certain other work at or adjacent to the Site. F. Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for any delay, disruption, or interference if such delay is concurrent with a delay, disruption, or interference caused by or within the control of Contractor. G. Contractor must submit any Change Proposal seeking an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times under this paragraph within 30 days of the commencement of the delaying, disrupting, or interfering event.

ARTICLE 5 – AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS

5.01 Availability of Lands A. Owner shall furnish the Site. Owner shall notify Contractor of any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of the Site with which Contractor must comply in performing the Work. B. Upon reasonable written request, Owner shall furnish Contractor with a current statement of record legal title and legal description of the lands upon which permanent improvements are to be made and Owner’s interest therein as necessary for giving notice of or filing a mechanic’s or construction lien against such lands in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations. C. Contractor shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment. 5.02 Use of Site and Other Areas A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas: 1. Contractor shall confine construction equipment, temporary construction facilities, the storage of materials and equipment, and the operations of workers to the Site, adjacent areas that Contractor has arranged to use through construction easements or otherwise, and other adjacent areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, and shall not unreasonably encumber the Site and such other adjacent areas with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for (a) damage to the Site; (b) damage to any such other adjacent areas used for Contractor’s operations; (c) damage to any other adjacent land or areas; and (d) for injuries and losses sustained by the owners or occupants of any such land or areas;

Page 13 of 50

provided that such damage or injuries result from the performance of the Work or from other actions or conduct of the Contractor or those for which Contractor is responsible. 2. If a damage or injury claim is made by the owner or occupant of any such land or area because of the performance of the Work, or because of other actions or conduct of the Contractor or those for which Contractor is responsible, Contractor shall (a) take immediate corrective or remedial action as required by Paragraph 7.12, or otherwise; (b) promptly attempt to settle the claim as to all parties through negotiations with such owner or occupant, or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceeding, or at law; and (c) to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against any such claim, and against all costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against Owner, Engineer, or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused directly or indirectly, in whole or in part by, or based upon, Contractor’s performance of the Work, or because of other actions or conduct of the Contractor or those for which Contractor is responsible. B. Removal of Debris During Performance of the Work: During the progress of the Work the Contractor shall keep the Site and other adjacent areas free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish, and other debris. Removal and disposal of such waste materials, rubbish, and other debris shall conform to applicable Laws and Regulations. C. Cleaning: Prior to Substantial Completion of the Work Contractor shall clean the Site and the Work and make it ready for utilization by Owner. At the completion of the Work Contractor shall remove from the Site and adjacent areas all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery, and surplus materials and shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. D. Loading of Structures: Contractor shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall Contractor subject any part of the Work or adjacent structures or land to stresses or pressures that will endanger them. 5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. those reports known to Owner of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site; 2. those drawings known to Owner of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site (except Underground Facilities); and 3. Technical Data contained in such reports and drawings. B. Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data Authorized: Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the Technical Data expressly identified in the Supplementary Conditions with respect to such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. If no such express identification has been made, then Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the Technical Data (as defined in Article 1) contained in any geotechnical or environmental report prepared for the Project and made available to Contractor. Except for such reliance on Technical Data, Contractor may not rely upon or make any claim against Owner or Engineer, or any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors, with respect to: 1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for Contractor’s purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or 2. other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or 3. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any Technical Data or any such other data, interpretations, opinions, or information. 5.04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions A. Notice by Contractor: If Contractor believes that any subsurface or physical condition that is uncovered or revealed at the Site either: 1. is of such a nature as to establish that any Technical Data on which Contractor is entitled to rely as provided in Paragraph 5.03 is materially inaccurate; or 2. is of such a nature as to require a change in the Drawings or Specifications; or 3. differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; or

Page 14 of 50

4. is of an unusual nature, and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents; then Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing the subsurface or physical conditions or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.15), notify Owner and Engineer in writing about such condition. Contractor shall not further disturb such condition or perform any Work in connection therewith (except with respect to an emergency) until receipt of a written statement permitting Contractor to do so. B. Engineer’s Review: After receipt of written notice as required by the preceding paragraph, Engineer will promptly review the subsurface or physical condition in question; determine the necessity of Owner’s obtaining additional exploration or tests with respect to the condition; conclude whether the condition falls within any one or more of the differing site condition categories in Paragraph 5.04.A above; obtain any pertinent cost or schedule information from Contractor; prepare recommendations to Owner regarding the Contractor’s resumption of Work in connection with the subsurface or physical condition in question and the need for any change in the Drawings or Specifications; and advise Owner in writing of Engineer’s findings, conclusions, and recommendations. C. Owner’s Statement to Contractor Regarding Site Condition: After receipt of Engineer’s written findings, conclusions, and recommendations, Owner shall issue a written statement to Contractor (with a copy to Engineer) regarding the subsurface or physical condition in question, addressing the resumption of Work in connection with such condition, indicating whether any change in the Drawings or Specifications will be made, and adopting or rejecting Engineer’s written findings, conclusions, and recommendations, in whole or in part. D. Possible Price and Times Adjustments: 1. Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, to the extent that the existence of a differing subsurface or physical condition, or any related delay, disruption, or interference, causes an increase or decrease in Contractor’s cost of, or time required for, performance of the Work; subject, however, to the following: a. such condition must fall within any one or more of the categories described in Paragraph 5.04.A; b. with respect to Work that is paid for on a unit price basis, any adjustment in Contract Price will be subject to the provisions of Paragraph 13.03; and, c. Contractor’s entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times is conditioned on such adjustment being essential to Contractor’s ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. 2. Contractor shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times with respect to a subsurface or physical condition if: a. Contractor knew of the existence of such condition at the time Contractor made a commitment to Owner with respect to Contract Price and Contract Times by the submission of a Bid or becoming bound under a negotiated contract, or otherwise; or b. the existence of such condition reasonably could have been discovered or revealed as a result of any examination, investigation, exploration, test, or study of the Site and contiguous areas expressly required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents to be conducted by or for Contractor prior to Contractor’s making such commitment; or c. Contractor failed to give the written notice as required by Paragraph 5.04.A. 3. If Owner and Contractor agree regarding Contractor’s entitlement to and the amount or extent of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, then any such adjustment shall be set forth in a Change Order. 4. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal regarding its entitlement to or the amount or extent of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, no later than 30 days after Owner’s issuance of the Owner’s written statement to Contractor regarding the subsurface or physical condition in question. 5.05 Underground Facilities A. Contractor’s Responsibilities: The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or adjacent to the Site is based on information and data furnished to Owner or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities, including Owner, or by others. Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the Supplementary Conditions: 1. Owner and Engineer do not warrant or guarantee the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data provided by others; and

Page 15 of 50

2. the cost of all of the following will be included in the Contract Price, and Contractor shall have full responsibility for: a. reviewing and checking all information and data regarding existing Underground Facilities at the Site; b. locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents as being at the Site; c. coordination of the Work with the owners (including Owner) of such Underground Facilities, during construction; and d. the safety and protection of all existing Underground Facilities at the Site, and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. B. Notice by Contractor: If Contractor believes that an Underground Facility that is uncovered or revealed at the Site was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, or was not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy, then Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.15), identify the owner of such Underground Facility and give written notice to that owner and to Owner and Engineer. C. Engineer’s Review: Engineer will promptly review the Underground Facility and conclude whether such Underground Facility was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, or was not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy; obtain any pertinent cost or schedule information from Contractor; prepare recommendations to Owner regarding the Contractor’s resumption of Work in connection with the Underground Facility in question; determine the extent, if any, to which a change is required in the Drawings or Specifications to reflect and document the consequences of the existence or location of the Underground Facility; and advise Owner in writing of Engineer’s findings, conclusions, and recommendations. During such time, Contractor shall be responsible for the safety and protection of such Underground Facility. D. Owner’s Statement to Contractor Regarding Underground Facility: After receipt of Engineer’s written findings, conclusions, and recommendations, Owner shall issue a written statement to Contractor (with a copy to Engineer) regarding the Underground Facility in question, addressing the resumption of Work in connection with such Underground Facility, indicating whether any change in the Drawings or Specifications will be made, and adopting or rejecting Engineer’s written findings, conclusions, and recommendations in whole or in part. E. Possible Price and Times Adjustments: 1. Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, to the extent that any existing Underground Facility at the Site that was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, or was not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy, or any related delay, disruption, or interference, causes an increase or decrease in Contractor’s cost of, or time required for, performance of the Work; subject, however, to the following: a. Contractor did not know of and could not reasonably have been expected to be aware of or to have anticipated the existence or actual location of the Underground Facility in question; b. With respect to Work that is paid for on a unit price basis, any adjustment in Contract Price will be subject to the provisions of Paragraph 13.03; c. Contractor’s entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times is conditioned on such adjustment being essential to Contractor’s ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times; and d. Contractor gave the notice required in Paragraph 5.05.B. 2. If Owner and Contractor agree regarding Contractor’s entitlement to and the amount or extent of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, then any such adjustment shall be set forth in a Change Order. 3. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal regarding its entitlement to or the amount or extent of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, no later than 30 days after Owner’s issuance of the Owner’s written statement to Contractor regarding the Underground Facility in question. 5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. those reports and drawings known to Owner relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been identified at or adjacent to the Site; and 2. Technical Data contained in such reports and drawings. B. Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data Authorized: Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the Technical Data expressly identified in the Supplementary Conditions with respect to such reports and drawings, but such

Page 16 of 50

reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. If no such express identification has been made, then Contractor may rely on the accuracy of the Technical Data (as defined in Article 1) contained in any geotechnical or environmental report prepared for the Project and made available to Contractor. Except for such reliance on Technical Data, Contractor may not rely upon or make any claim against Owner or Engineer, or any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors with respect to: 1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for Contractor’s purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or 2. other data, interpretations, opinions and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or 3. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any Technical Data or any such other data, interpretations, opinions or information. C. Contractor shall not be responsible for removing or remediating any Hazardous Environmental Condition encountered, uncovered, or revealed at the Site unless such removal or remediation is expressly identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work. D. Contractor shall be responsible for controlling, containing, and duly removing all Constituents of Concern brought to the Site by Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or anyone else for whom Contractor is responsible, and for any associated costs; and for the costs of removing and remediating any Hazardous Environmental Condition created by the presence of any such Constituents of Concern. E. If Contractor encounters, uncovers, or reveals a Hazardous Environmental Condition whose removal or remediation is not expressly identified in the Contract Documents as being within the scope of the Work, or if Contractor or anyone for whom Contractor is responsible creates a Hazardous Environmental Condition, then Contractor shall immediately: (1) secure or otherwise isolate such condition; (2) stop all Work in connection with such condition and in any area affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.15); and (3) notify Owner and Engineer (and promptly thereafter confirm such notice in writing). Owner shall promptly consult with Engineer concerning the necessity for Owner to retain a qualified expert to evaluate such condition or take corrective action, if any. Promptly after consulting with Engineer, Owner shall take such actions as are necessary to permit Owner to timely obtain required permits and provide Contractor the written notice required by Paragraph 5.06.F. If Contractor or anyone for whom Contractor is responsible created the Hazardous Environmental Condition in question, then Owner may remove and remediate the Hazardous Environmental Condition, and impose a set-off against payments to account for the associated costs. F. Contractor shall not resume Work in connection with such Hazardous Environmental Condition or in any affected area until after Owner has obtained any required permits related thereto, and delivered written notice to Contractor either (1) specifying that such condition and any affected area is or has been rendered safe for the resumption of Work, or (2) specifying any special conditions under which such Work may be resumed safely. G. If Owner and Contractor cannot agree as to entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, as a result of such Work stoppage or such special conditions under which Work is agreed to be resumed by Contractor, then within 30 days of Owner’s written notice regarding the resumption of Work, Contractor may submit a Change Proposal, or Owner may impose a set-off. H. If after receipt of such written notice Contractor does not agree to resume such Work based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe, or does not agree to resume such Work under such special conditions, then Owner may order the portion of the Work that is in the area affected by such condition to be deleted from the Work, following the contractual change procedures in Article 11. Owner may have such deleted portion of the Work performed by Owner’s own forces or others in accordance with Article 8. I. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition, provided that such Hazardous Environmental Condition (1) was not shown or indicated in the Drawings, Specifications, or other Contract Documents, identified as Technical Data entitled to limited reliance pursuant to Paragraph 5.06.B, or identified in the Contract Documents to be included within the scope of the Work, and (2) was not created by Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor is responsible. Nothing in this Paragraph 5.06.H shall obligate Owner to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual’s or entity’s own negligence. J. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees Page 17 of 50

and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to the failure to control, contain, or remove a Constituent of Concern brought to the Site by Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor is responsible, or to a Hazardous Environmental Condition created by Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor is responsible. Nothing in this Paragraph 5.06.J shall obligate Contractor to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual’s or entity’s own negligence. K. The provisions of Paragraphs 5.03, 5.04, and 5.05 do not apply to the presence of Constituents of Concern or to a Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site.

ARTICLE 6 – BONDS AND INSURANCE

6.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds A. Contractor shall furnish a performance bond and a payment bond, each in an amount at least equal to the Contract Price, as security for the faithful performance and payment of all of Contractor’s obligations under the Contract. These bonds shall remain in effect until one year after the date when final payment becomes due or until completion of the correction period specified in Paragraph 15.08, whichever is later, except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations, the Supplementary Conditions, or other specific provisions of the Contract. Contractor shall also furnish such other bonds as are required by the Supplementary Conditions or other specific provisions of the Contract. B. All bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations, and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in “Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies” as published in Circular 570 (as amended and supplemented) by the Financial Management Service, Surety Bond Branch, U.S. Department of the Treasury. A bond signed by an agent or attorney-in-fact must be accompanied by a certified copy of that individual’s authority to bind the surety. The evidence of authority shall show that it is effective on the date the agent or attorney-in-fact signed the accompanying bond. C. Contractor shall obtain the required bonds from surety companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located to issue bonds in the required amounts. D. If the surety on a bond furnished by Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent, or its right to do business is terminated in any state or jurisdiction where any part of the Project is located, or the surety ceases to meet the requirements above, then Contractor shall promptly notify Owner and Engineer and shall, within 20 days after the event giving rise to such notification, provide another bond and surety, both of which shall comply with the bond and surety requirements above. E. If Contractor has failed to obtain a required bond, Owner may exclude the Contractor from the Site and exercise Owner’s termination rights under Article 16. F. Upon request, Owner shall provide a copy of the payment bond to any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other person or entity claiming to have furnished labor or materials used in the performance of the Work. 6.02 Insurance—General Provisions A. Owner and Contractor shall obtain and maintain insurance as required in this Article and in the Supplementary Conditions. B. All insurance required by the Contract to be purchased and maintained by Owner or Contractor shall be obtained from insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized, in the state or jurisdiction in which the Project is located, to issue insurance policies for the required limits and coverages. Unless a different standard is indicated in the Supplementary Conditions, all companies that provide insurance policies required under this Contract shall have an A.M. Best rating of A-VII or better. C. Contractor shall deliver to Owner, with copies to each named insured and additional insured (as identified in this Article, in the Supplementary Conditions, or elsewhere in the Contract), certificates of insurance establishing that Contractor has obtained and is maintaining the policies, coverages, and endorsements required by the Contract. Upon request by Owner or any other insured, Contractor shall also furnish other evidence of such required insurance, including but not limited to copies of policies and endorsements, and documentation of applicable self- insured retentions and deductibles. Contractor may block out (redact) any confidential premium or pricing information contained in any policy or endorsement furnished under this provision. D. Owner shall deliver to Contractor, with copies to each named insured and additional insured (as identified in this Article, the Supplementary Conditions, or elsewhere in the Contract), certificates of insurance establishing that Owner has obtained and is maintaining the policies, coverages, and endorsements required of Owner by the Contract (if any). Upon request by Contractor or any other insured, Owner shall also provide other evidence of such required insurance (if any), including but not limited to copies of policies and endorsements, and Page 18 of 50

documentation of applicable self-insured retentions and deductibles. Owner may block out (redact) any confidential premium or pricing information contained in any policy or endorsement furnished under this provision. E. Failure of Owner or Contractor to demand such certificates or other evidence of the other party’s full compliance with these insurance requirements, or failure of Owner or Contractor to identify a deficiency in compliance from the evidence provided, shall not be construed as a waiver of the other party’s obligation to obtain and maintain such insurance. F. If either party does not purchase or maintain all of the insurance required of such party by the Contract, such party shall notify the other party in writing of such failure to purchase prior to the start of the Work, or of such failure to maintain prior to any change in the required coverage. G. If Contractor has failed to obtain and maintain required insurance, Owner may exclude the Contractor from the Site, impose an appropriate set-off against payment, and exercise Owner’s termination rights under Article 16. H. Without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if a party has failed to obtain required insurance, the other party may elect to obtain equivalent insurance to protect such other party’s interests at the expense of the party who was required to provide such coverage, and the Contract Price shall be adjusted accordingly. I. Owner does not represent that insurance coverage and limits established in this Contract necessarily will be adequate to protect Contractor or Contractor’s interests. J. The insurance and insurance limits required herein shall not be deemed as a limitation on Contractor’s liability under the indemnities granted to Owner and other individuals and entities in the Contract. 6.03 Contractor’s Insurance A. Workers’ Compensation: Contractor shall purchase and maintain workers’ compensation and employer’s liability insurance for: 1. claims under workers’ compensation, disability benefits, and other similar employee benefit acts. 2. United States Longshoreman and Harbor Workers’ Compensation Act and Jones Act coverage (if applicable). 3. claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor’s employees (by stop-gap endorsement in monopolist worker’s compensation states). 4. Foreign voluntary worker compensation (if applicable). B. Commercial General Liability—Claims Covered: Contractor shall purchase and maintain commercial general liability insurance, covering all operations by or on behalf of Contractor, on an occurrence basis, against: 1. claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than Contractor’s employees. 2. claims for damages insured by reasonably available personal injury liability coverage. 3. claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom. C. Commercial General Liability—Form and Content: Contractor’s commercial liability policy shall be written on a 1996 (or later) ISO commercial general liability form (occurrence form) and include the following coverages and endorsements: 1. Products and completed operations coverage: a. Such insurance shall be maintained for three years after final payment. b. Contractor shall furnish Owner and each other additional insured (as identified in the Supplementary Conditions or elsewhere in the Contract) evidence of continuation of such insurance at final payment and three years thereafter. 2. Blanket contractual liability coverage, to the extent permitted by law, including but not limited to coverage of Contractor’s contractual indemnity obligations in Paragraph 7.18. 3. Broad form property damage coverage. 4. Severability of interest. 5. Underground, explosion, and collapse coverage. 6. Personal injury coverage.

Page 19 of 50

7. Additional insured endorsements that include both ongoing operations and products and completed operations coverage through ISO Endorsements CG 20 10 10 01 and CG 20 37 10 01 (together); or CG 20 10 07 04 and CG 20 37 07 04 (together); or their equivalent. 8. For design professional additional insureds, ISO Endorsement CG 20 32 07 04, “Additional Insured— Engineers, Architects or Surveyors Not Engaged by the Named Insured” or its equivalent. D. Automobile liability: Contractor shall purchase and maintain automobile liability insurance against claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance, or use of any motor vehicle. The automobile liability policy shall be written on an occurrence basis. E. Umbrella or excess liability: Contractor shall purchase and maintain umbrella or excess liability insurance written over the underlying employer’s liability, commercial general liability, and automobile liability insurance described in the paragraphs above. Subject to industry-standard exclusions, the coverage afforded shall follow form as to each and every one of the underlying policies. F. Contractor’s pollution liability insurance: Contractor shall purchase and maintain a policy covering third-party injury and property damage claims, including clean-up costs, as a result of pollution conditions arising from Contractor’s operations and completed operations. This insurance shall be maintained for no less than three years after final completion. G. Additional insureds: The Contractor’s commercial general liability, automobile liability, umbrella or excess, and pollution liability policies shall include and list as additional insureds Owner and Engineer, and any individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions; include coverage for the respective officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of all such additional insureds; and the insurance afforded to these additional insureds shall provide primary coverage for all claims covered thereby (including as applicable those arising from both ongoing and completed operations) on a non- contributory basis. Contractor shall obtain all necessary endorsements to support these requirements. H. Contractor’s professional liability insurance: If Contractor will provide or furnish professional services under this Contract, through a delegation of professional design services or otherwise, then Contractor shall be responsible for purchasing and maintaining applicable professional liability insurance. This insurance shall provide protection against claims arising out of performance of professional design or related services, and caused by a negligent error, omission, or act for which the insured party is legally liable. It shall be maintained throughout the duration of the Contract and for a minimum of two years after Substantial Completion. If such professional design services are performed by a Subcontractor, and not by Contractor itself, then the requirements of this paragraph may be satisfied through the purchasing and maintenance of such insurance by such Subcontractor. I. General provisions: The policies of insurance required by this Paragraph 6.03 shall: 1. include at least the specific coverages provided in this Article. 2. be written for not less than the limits of liability provided in this Article and in the Supplementary Conditions, or required by Laws or Regulations, whichever is greater. 3. contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled, materially changed, or renewal refused until at least 10 days prior written notice has been given to Contractor. Within three days of receipt of any such written notice, Contractor shall provide a copy of the notice to Owner, Engineer, and each other insured under the policy. 4. remain in effect at least until final payment (and longer if expressly required in this Article) and at all times thereafter when Contractor may be correcting, removing, or replacing defective Work as a warranty or correction obligation, or otherwise, or returning to the Site to conduct other tasks arising from the Contract Documents. 5. be appropriate for the Work being performed and provide protection from claims that may arise out of or result from Contractor’s performance of the Work and Contractor’s other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed by Contractor, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable. J. The coverage requirements for specific policies of insurance must be met by such policies, and not by reference to excess or umbrella insurance provided in other policies. 6.04 Owner’s Liability Insurance A. In addition to the insurance required to be provided by Contractor under Paragraph 6.03, Owner, at Owner’s option, may purchase and maintain at Owner’s expense Owner’s own liability insurance as will protect Owner against claims which may arise from operations under the Contract Documents.

Page 20 of 50

B. Owner’s liability policies, if any, operate separately and independently from policies required to be provided by Contractor, and Contractor cannot rely upon Owner’s liability policies for any of Contractor’s obligations to the Owner, Engineer, or third parties. 6.05 Property Insurance A. Builder’s Risk: Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Contractor shall purchase and maintain builder’s risk insurance upon the Work on a completed value basis, in the amount of the full insurable replacement cost thereof (subject to such deductible amounts as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws and Regulations). This insurance shall: 1. include the Owner and Contractor as named insureds, and all Subcontractors, and any individuals or entities required by the Supplementary Conditions to be insured under such builder’s risk policy, as insureds or named insureds. For purposes of the remainder of this Paragraph 6.05, Paragraphs 6.06 and 6.07, and any corresponding Supplementary Conditions, the parties required to be insured shall collectively be referred to as “insureds.” 2. be written on a builder’s risk “all risk” policy form that shall at least include insurance for physical loss or damage to the Work, temporary buildings, falsework, and materials and equipment in transit, and shall insure against at least the following perils or causes of loss: fire; lightning; windstorm; riot; civil commotion; terrorism; vehicle impact; aircraft; smoke; theft; vandalism and malicious mischief; mechanical breakdown, boiler explosion, and artificially generated electric current; earthquake; volcanic activity, and other earth movement; flood; collapse; explosion; debris removal; demolition occasioned by enforcement of Laws and Regulations; water damage (other than that caused by flood); and such other perils or causes of loss as may be specifically required by the Supplementary Conditions. If insurance against mechanical breakdown, boiler explosion, and artificially generated electric current; earthquake; volcanic activity, and other earth movement; or flood, are not commercially available under builder’s risk policies, by endorsement or otherwise, such insurance may be provided through other insurance policies acceptable to Owner and Contractor. 3. cover, as insured property, at least the following: (a) the Work and all materials, supplies, machinery, apparatus, equipment, fixtures, and other property of a similar nature that are to be incorporated into or used in the preparation, fabrication, construction, erection, or completion of the Work, including Owner-furnished or assigned property; (b) spare parts inventory required within the scope of the Contract; and (c) temporary works which are not intended to form part of the permanent constructed Work but which are intended to provide working access to the Site, or to the Work under construction, or which are intended to provide temporary support for the Work under construction, including scaffolding, form work, fences, shoring, falsework, and temporary structures. 4. cover expenses incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers and architects). 5. extend to cover damage or loss to insured property while in temporary storage at the Site or in a storage location outside the Site (but not including property stored at the premises of a manufacturer or Supplier). 6. extend to cover damage or loss to insured property while in transit. 7. allow for partial occupation or use of the Work by Owner, such that those portions of the Work that are not yet occupied or used by Owner shall remain covered by the builder’s risk insurance. 8. allow for the waiver of the insurer’s subrogation rights, as set forth below. 9. provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils or causes of loss covered. 10. not include a co-insurance clause. 11. include an exception for ensuing losses from physical damage or loss with respect to any defective workmanship, design, or materials exclusions. 12. include performance/hot testing and start-up. 13. be maintained in effect, subject to the provisions herein regarding Substantial Completion and partial occupancy or use of the Work by Owner, until the Work is complete. B. Notice of Cancellation or Change: All the policies of insurance (and the certificates or other evidence thereof) required to be purchased and maintained in accordance with this Paragraph 6.05 will contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least 10 days prior written notice has been given to the purchasing policyholder. Within three days of receipt of any such written notice, the purchasing policyholder shall provide a copy of the notice to each other insured. C. Deductibles: The purchaser of any required builder’s risk or property insurance shall pay for costs not covered because of the application of a policy deductible.

Page 21 of 50

D. Partial Occupancy or Use by Owner: If Owner will occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work as provided in Paragraph 15.04, then Owner (directly, if it is the purchaser of the builder’s risk policy, or through Contractor) will provide notice of such occupancy or use to the builder’s risk insurer. The builder’s risk insurance shall not be canceled or permitted to lapse on account of any such partial use or occupancy; rather, those portions of the Work that are occupied or used by Owner may come off the builder’s risk policy, while those portions of the Work not yet occupied or used by Owner shall remain covered by the builder’s risk insurance. E. Additional Insurance: If Contractor elects to obtain other special insurance to be included in or supplement the builder’s risk or property insurance policies provided under this Paragraph 6.05, it may do so at Contractor’s expense. F. Insurance of Other Property: If the express insurance provisions of the Contract do not require or address the insurance of a property item or interest, such as tools, construction equipment, or other personal property owned by Contractor, a Subcontractor, or an employee of Contractor or a Subcontractor, then the entity or individual owning such property item will be responsible for deciding whether to insure it, and if so in what amount. 6.06 Waiver of Rights A. All policies purchased in accordance with Paragraph 6.05, expressly including the builder’s risk policy, shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against any insureds thereunder, or against Engineer or its consultants, or their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors. Owner and Contractor waive all rights against each other and the respective officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them, for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of, or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the Work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against Engineer, its consultants, all Subcontractors, all individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as insureds, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them, under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance held by Owner or Contractor as trustee or fiduciary, or otherwise payable under any policy so issued. B. Owner waives all rights against Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them, for: 1. loss due to business interruption, loss of use, or other consequential loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to Owner’s property or the Work caused by, arising out of, or resulting from fire or other perils whether or not insured by Owner; and 2. loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of, or resulting from fire or other insured peril or cause of loss covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed Project or part thereof by Owner during partial occupancy or use pursuant to Paragraph 15.04, after Substantial Completion pursuant to Paragraph 15.03, or after final payment pursuant to Paragraph 15.06. C. Any insurance policy maintained by Owner covering any loss, damage or consequential loss referred to in Paragraph 6.06.B shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any such loss, damage, or consequential loss, the insurers will have no rights of recovery against Contractor, Subcontractors, or Engineer, or the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors of each and any of them. D. Contractor shall be responsible for assuring that the agreement under which a Subcontractor performs a portion of the Work contains provisions whereby the Subcontractor waives all rights against Owner, Contractor, all individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as insureds, the Engineer and its consultants, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them, for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of, relating to, or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by builder’s risk insurance and any other property insurance applicable to the Work. 6.07 Receipt and Application of Property Insurance Proceeds A. Any insured loss under the builder’s risk and other policies of insurance required by Paragraph 6.05 will be adjusted and settled with the named insured that purchased the policy. Such named insured shall act as fiduciary for the other insureds, and give notice to such other insureds that adjustment and settlement of a claim is in progress. Any other insured may state its position regarding a claim for insured loss in writing within 15 days after notice of such claim. B. Proceeds for such insured losses may be made payable by the insurer either jointly to multiple insureds, or to the named insured that purchased the policy in its own right and as fiduciary for other insureds, subject to the requirements of any applicable mortgage clause. A named insured receiving insurance proceeds under the

Page 22 of 50

builder’s risk and other policies of insurance required by Paragraph 6.05 shall distribute such proceeds in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach, or as otherwise required under the dispute resolution provisions of this Contract or applicable Laws and Regulations. C. If no other special agreement is reached, the damaged Work shall be repaired or replaced, the money so received applied on account thereof, and the Work and the cost thereof covered by Change Order, if needed.

ARTICLE 7 – CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES

7.01 Supervision and Superintendence A. Contractor shall supervise, inspect, and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction. B. At all times during the progress of the Work, Contractor shall assign a competent resident superintendent who shall not be replaced without written notice to Owner and Engineer except under extraordinary circumstances. 7.02 Labor; Working Hours A. Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey and lay out the Work and perform construction as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the Site. B. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, all Work at the Site shall be performed during regular working hours, Monday through Friday. Contractor will not perform Work on a Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday. Contractor may perform Work outside regular working hours or on Saturdays, Sundays, or legal holidays only with Owner’s written consent, which will not be unreasonably withheld. 7.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment A. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall provide and assume full responsibility for all services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the performance, testing, start up, and completion of the Work, whether or not such items are specifically called for in the Contract Documents. B. All materials and equipment incorporated into the Work shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. All special warranties and guarantees required by the Specifications shall expressly run to the benefit of Owner. If required by Engineer, Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the source, kind, and quality of materials and equipment. C. All materials and equipment shall be stored, applied, installed, connected, erected, protected, used, cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise may be provided in the Contract Documents. 7.04 “Or Equals” A. Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the Contract Price has been based upon Contractor furnishing such item as specified. The specification or description of such an item is intended to establish the type, function, appearance, and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent, or “or equal” item is permitted, Contractor may request that Engineer authorize the use of other items of material or equipment, or items from other proposed suppliers under the circumstances described below. 1. If Engineer in its sole discretion determines that an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, Engineer shall deem it an “or equal” item. For the purposes of this paragraph, a proposed item of material or equipment will be considered functionally equal to an item so named if: a. in the exercise of reasonable judgment Engineer determines that: 1) it is at least equal in materials of construction, quality, durability, appearance, strength, and design characteristics; 2) it will reliably perform at least equally well the function and achieve the results imposed by the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole;

Page 23 of 50

3) it has a proven record of performance and availability of responsive service; and 4) it is not objectionable to Owner. b. Contractor certifies that, if approved and incorporated into the Work: 1) there will be no increase in cost to the Owner or increase in Contract Times; and 2) it will conform substantially to the detailed requirements of the item named in the Contract Documents. B. Contractor’s Expense: Contractor shall provide all data in support of any proposed “or equal” item at Contractor’s expense. C. Engineer’s Evaluation and Determination: Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time to evaluate each “or-equal” request. Engineer may require Contractor to furnish additional data about the proposed “or-equal” item. Engineer will be the sole judge of acceptability. No “or-equal” item will be ordered, furnished, installed, or utilized until Engineer’s review is complete and Engineer determines that the proposed item is an “or-equal”, which will be evidenced by an approved Shop Drawing or other written communication. Engineer will advise Contractor in writing of any negative determination. D. Effect of Engineer’s Determination: Neither approval nor denial of an “or-equal” request shall result in any change in Contract Price. The Engineer’s denial of an “or-equal” request shall be final and binding, and may not be reversed through an appeal under any provision of the Contract Documents. E. Treatment as a Substitution Request: If Engineer determines that an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an “or-equal” item, Contractor may request that Engineer considered the proposed item as a substitute pursuant to Paragraph 7.05. 7.05 Substitutes A. Unless the specification or description of an item of material or equipment required to be furnished under the Contract Documents contains or is followed by words reading that no substitution is permitted, Contractor may request that Engineer authorize the use of other items of material or equipment under the circumstances described below. To the extent possible such requests shall be made before commencement of related construction at the Site. 1. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as provided below to allow Engineer to determine if the item of material or equipment proposed is functionally equivalent to that named and an acceptable substitute therefor. Engineer will not accept requests for review of proposed substitute items of material or equipment from anyone other than Contractor. 2. The requirements for review by Engineer will be as set forth in Paragraph 7.05.B, as supplemented by the Specifications, and as Engineer may decide is appropriate under the circumstances. 3. Contractor shall make written application to Engineer for review of a proposed substitute item of material or equipment that Contractor seeks to furnish or use. The application: a. shall certify that the proposed substitute item will: 1) perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general design, 2) be similar in substance to that specified, and 3) be suited to the same use as that specified. b. will state: 1) the extent, if any, to which the use of the proposed substitute item will necessitate a change in Contract Times, 2) whether use of the proposed substitute item in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with Owner for other work on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed substitute item, and 3) whether incorporation or use of the proposed substitute item in connection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty. c. will identify: 1) all variations of the proposed substitute item from that specified, and 2) available engineering, sales, maintenance, repair, and replacement services. Page 24 of 50

d. shall contain an itemized estimate of all costs or credits that will result directly or indirectly from use of such substitute item, including but not limited to changes in Contract Price, shared savings, costs of redesign, and claims of other contractors affected by any resulting change. B. Engineer’s Evaluation and Determination: Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time to evaluate each substitute request, and to obtain comments and direction from Owner. Engineer may require Contractor to furnish additional data about the proposed substitute item. Engineer will be the sole judge of acceptability. No substitute will be ordered, furnished, installed, or utilized until Engineer’s review is complete and Engineer determines that the proposed item is an acceptable substitute. Engineer’s determination will be evidenced by a Field Order or a proposed Change Order accounting for the substitution itself and all related impacts, including changes in Contract Price or Contract Times. Engineer will advise Contractor in writing of any negative determination. C. Special Guarantee: Owner may require Contractor to furnish at Contractor’s expense a special performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any substitute. D. Reimbursement of Engineer’s Cost: Engineer will record Engineer’s costs in evaluating a substitute proposed or submitted by Contractor. Whether or not Engineer approves a substitute so proposed or submitted by Contractor, Contractor shall reimburse Owner for the reasonable charges of Engineer for evaluating each such proposed substitute. Contractor shall also reimburse Owner for the reasonable charges of Engineer for making changes in the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with Owner) resulting from the acceptance of each proposed substitute. E. Contractor’s Expense: Contractor shall provide all data in support of any proposed substitute at Contractor’s expense. F. Effect of Engineer’s Determination: If Engineer approves the substitution request, Contractor shall execute the proposed Change Order and proceed with the substitution. The Engineer’s denial of a substitution request shall be final and binding, and may not be reversed through an appeal under any provision of the Contract Documents. Contractor may challenge the scope of reimbursement costs imposed under Paragraph 7.05.D, by timely submittal of a Change Proposal. 7.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others A. Contractor may retain Subcontractors and Suppliers for the performance of parts of the Work. Such Subcontractors and Suppliers must be acceptable to Owner. B. Contractor shall retain specific Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities for the performance of designated parts of the Work if required by the Contract to do so. C. Subsequent to the submittal of Contractor’s Bid or final negotiation of the terms of the Contract, Owner may not require Contractor to retain any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity to furnish or perform any of the Work against which Contractor has reasonable objection. D. Prior to entry into any binding subcontract or purchase order, Contractor shall submit to Owner the identity of the proposed Subcontractor or Supplier (unless Owner has already deemed such proposed Subcontractor or Supplier acceptable, during the bidding process or otherwise). Such proposed Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed acceptable to Owner unless Owner raises a substantive, reasonable objection within five days. E. Owner may require the replacement of any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity retained by Contractor to perform any part of the Work. Owner also may require Contractor to retain specific replacements; provided, however, that Owner may not require a replacement to which Contractor has a reasonable objection. If Contractor has submitted the identity of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities for acceptance by Owner, and Owner has accepted it (either in writing or by failing to make written objection thereto), then Owner may subsequently revoke the acceptance of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity so identified solely on the basis of substantive, reasonable objection after due investigation. Contractor shall submit an acceptable replacement for the rejected Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity. F. If Owner requires the replacement of any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity retained by Contractor to perform any part of the Work, then Contractor shall be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, with respect to the replacement; and Contractor shall initiate a Change Proposal for such adjustment within 30 days of Owner’s requirement of replacement. G. No acceptance by Owner of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, whether initially or as a replacement, shall constitute a waiver of the right of Owner to the completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. H. On a monthly basis Contractor shall submit to Engineer a complete list of all Subcontractors and Suppliers having a direct contract with Contractor, and of all other Subcontractors and Suppliers known to Contractor at the time of submittal.

Page 25 of 50

I. Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor’s own acts and omissions. J. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the work of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and all other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work. K. Contractor shall restrict all Subcontractors, Suppliers, and such other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work from communicating with Engineer or Owner, except through Contractor or in case of an emergency, or as otherwise expressly allowed herein. L. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the Work to be performed by any specific trade. M. All Work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be pursuant to an appropriate contractual agreement that specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of Owner and Engineer. N. Owner may furnish to any Subcontractor or Supplier, to the extent practicable, information about amounts paid to Contractor on account of Work performed for Contractor by the particular Subcontractor or Supplier. O. Nothing in the Contract Documents: 1. shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity any contractual relationship between Owner or Engineer and any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity; nor 2. shall create any obligation on the part of Owner or Engineer to pay or to see to the payment of any money due any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity except as may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations. 7.07 Patent Fees and Royalties A. Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product, or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the Work and if, to the actual knowledge of Owner or Engineer, its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by Owner in the Contract Documents. B. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless Contractor, and its officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals, and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device specified in the Contract Documents, but not identified as being subject to payment of any license fee or royalty to others required by patent rights or copyrights. C. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device not specified in the Contract Documents. 7.08 Permits A. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. Owner shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work which are applicable at the time of the submission of Contractor’s Bid (or when Contractor became bound under a negotiated contract). Owner shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections for providing permanent service to the Work 7.09 Taxes A. Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes required to be paid by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the place of the Project which are applicable during the performance of the Work. Page 26 of 50

7.10 Laws and Regulations A. Contractor shall give all notices required by and shall comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither Owner nor Engineer shall be responsible for monitoring Contractor’s compliance with any Laws or Regulations. B. If Contractor performs any Work or takes any other action knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, Contractor shall bear all resulting costs and losses, and shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such Work or other action. It shall not be Contractor’s responsibility to make certain that the Work described in the Contract Documents is in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor’s obligations under Paragraph 3.03. C. Owner or Contractor may give notice to the other party of any changes after the submission of Contractor’s Bid (or after the date when Contractor became bound under a negotiated contract) in Laws or Regulations having an effect on the cost or time of performance of the Work, including but not limited to changes in Laws or Regulations having an effect on procuring permits and on sales, use, value-added, consumption, and other similar taxes. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times resulting from such changes, then within 30 days of such notice Contractor may submit a Change Proposal, or Owner may initiate a Claim. 7.11 Record Documents A. Contractor shall maintain in a safe place at the Site one printed record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders, Work Change Directives, Field Orders, written interpretations and clarifications, and approved Shop Drawings. Contractor shall keep such record documents in good order and annotate them to show changes made during construction. These record documents, together with all approved Samples, will be available to Engineer for reference. Upon completion of the Work, Contractor shall deliver these record documents to Engineer. 7.12 Safety and Protection A. Contractor shall be solely responsible for initiating, maintaining, and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Such responsibility does not relieve Subcontractors of their responsibility for the safety of persons or property in the performance of their work, nor for compliance with applicable safety Laws and Regulations. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury, or loss to: 1. all persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work; 2. all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the Site; and 3. other property at the Site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, other work in progress, utilities, and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of construction. B. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety of persons or property, or to the protection of persons or property from damage, injury, or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall notify Owner; the owners of adjacent property, Underground Facilities, and other utilities; and other contractors and utility owners performing work at or adjacent to the Site, when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of their property or work in progress. C. Contractor shall comply with the applicable requirements of Owner’s safety programs, if any. The Supplementary Conditions identify any Owner’s safety programs that are applicable to the Work. D. Contractor shall inform Owner and Engineer of the specific requirements of Contractor’s safety program with which Owner’s and Engineer’s employees and representatives must comply while at the Site. E. All damage, injury, or loss to any property referred to in Paragraph 7.12.A.2 or 7.12.A.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier, or any other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor at its expense (except damage or loss attributable to the fault of Drawings or Specifications or to the acts or omissions of Owner or Engineer or anyone employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, and not attributable, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, to the fault or negligence of Contractor or any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them). Page 27 of 50

F. Contractor’s duties and responsibilities for safety and protection shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Engineer has issued a notice to Owner and Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 15.06.B that the Work is acceptable (except as otherwise expressly provided in connection with Substantial Completion). G. Contractor’s duties and responsibilities for safety and protection shall resume whenever Contractor or any Subcontractor or Supplier returns to the Site to fulfill warranty or correction obligations, or to conduct other tasks arising from the Contract Documents. 7.13 Safety Representative A. Contractor shall designate a qualified and experienced safety representative at the Site whose duties and responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents and the maintaining and supervising of safety precautions and programs. 7.14 Hazard Communication Programs A. Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating any exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available to or exchanged between or among employers at the Site in accordance with Laws or Regulations. 7.15 Emergencies A. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, Contractor is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage, injury, or loss. Contractor shall give Engineer prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby or are required as a result thereof. If Engineer determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued. 7.16 Shop Drawings, Samples, and Other Submittals A. Shop Drawing and Sample Submittal Requirements: 1. Before submitting a Shop Drawing or Sample, Contractor shall have: a. reviewed and coordinated the Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents; b. determined and verified all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and similar information with respect thereto; c. determined and verified the suitability of all materials and equipment offered with respect to the indicated application, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work; and d. determined and verified all information relative to Contractor’s responsibilities for means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. 2. Each submittal shall bear a stamp or specific written certification that Contractor has satisfied Contractor’s obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to Contractor’s review of that submittal, and that Contractor approves the submittal. 3. With each submittal, Contractor shall give Engineer specific written notice of any variations that the Shop Drawing or Sample may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents. This notice shall be set forth in a written communication separate from the Shop Drawings or Sample submittal; and, in addition, in the case of Shop Drawings by a specific notation made on each Shop Drawing submitted to Engineer for review and approval of each such variation. B. Submittal Procedures for Shop Drawings and Samples: Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings and Samples to Engineer for review and approval in accordance with the accepted Schedule of Submittals. Each submittal will be identified as Engineer may require. 1. Shop Drawings: a. Contractor shall submit the number of copies required in the Specifications. b. Data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials, and similar data to show Engineer the services, materials, and equipment Contractor proposes to provide and to enable Engineer to review the information for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 7.16.D.

Page 28 of 50

2. Samples: a. Contractor shall submit the number of Samples required in the Specifications. b. Contractor shall clearly identify each Sample as to material, Supplier, pertinent data such as catalog numbers, the use for which intended and other data as Engineer may require to enable Engineer to review the submittal for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 7.16.D. 3. Where a Shop Drawing or Sample is required by the Contract Documents or the Schedule of Submittals, any related Work performed prior to Engineer’s review and approval of the pertinent submittal will be at the sole expense and responsibility of Contractor. C. Other Submittals: Contractor shall submit other submittals to Engineer in accordance with the accepted Schedule of Submittals, and pursuant to the applicable terms of the Specifications. D. Engineer’s Review: 1. Engineer will provide timely review of Shop Drawings and Samples in accordance with the Schedule of Submittals acceptable to Engineer. Engineer’s review and approval will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. 2. Engineer’s review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. 3. Engineer’s review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. 4. Engineer’s review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has complied with the requirements of Paragraph 7.16.A.3 and Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample. Engineer will document any such approved variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents in a Field Order. 5. Engineer’s review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of Paragraph 7.16.A and B. 6. Engineer’s review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample, or of a variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents, shall not, under any circumstances, change the Contract Times or Contract Price, unless such changes are included in a Change Order. 7. Neither Engineer’s receipt, review, acceptance or approval of a Shop Drawing, Sample, or other submittal shall result in such item becoming a Contract Document. 8. Contractor shall perform the Work in compliance with the requirements and commitments set forth in approved Shop Drawings and Samples, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 7.16.D.4. E. Resubmittal Procedures: 1. Contractor shall make corrections required by Engineer and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit, as required, new Samples for review and approval. Contractor shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer on previous submittals. 2. Contractor shall furnish required submittals with sufficient information and accuracy to obtain required approval of an item with no more than three submittals. Engineer will record Engineer’s time for reviewing a fourth or subsequent submittal of a Shop Drawings, sample, or other item requiring approval, and Contractor shall be responsible for Engineer’s charges to Owner for such time. Owner may impose a set-off against payments due to Contractor to secure reimbursement for such charges. 3. If Contractor requests a change of a previously approved submittal item, Contractor shall be responsible for Engineer’s charges to Owner for its review time, and Owner may impose a set-off against payments due to Contractor to secure reimbursement for such charges, unless the need for such change is beyond the control of Contractor. 7.17 Contractor’s General Warranty and Guarantee A. Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. Engineer and its officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors shall be entitled to rely on Contractor’s warranty and guarantee.

Page 29 of 50

B. Contractor’s warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by: 1. abuse, modification, or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or any other individual or entity for whom Contractor is responsible; or 2. normal wear and tear under normal usage. C. Contractor’s obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor’s obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: 1. observations by Engineer; 2. recommendation by Engineer or payment by Owner of any progress or final payment; 3. the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion by Engineer or any payment related thereto by Owner; 4. use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by Owner; 5. any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal; 6. the issuance of a notice of acceptability by Engineer; 7. any inspection, test, or approval by others; or 8. any correction of defective Work by Owner. D. If the Contract requires the Contractor to accept the assignment of a contract entered into by Owner, then the specific warranties, guarantees, and correction obligations contained in the assigned contract shall govern with respect to Contractor’s performance obligations to Owner for the Work described in the assigned contract. 7.18 Indemnification A. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, and in addition to any other obligations of Contractor under the Contract or otherwise, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, cost, loss, or damage is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), including the loss of use resulting therefrom but only to the extent caused by any negligent act or omission of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable. B. In any and all claims against Owner or Engineer or any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors by any employee (or the survivor or personal representative of such employee) of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under Paragraph 7.18.A shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation, or benefits payable by or for Contractor or any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity under workers’ compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts. C. The indemnification obligations of Contractor under Paragraph 7.18.A shall not extend to the liability of Engineer and Engineer’s officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors arising out of: 1. the preparation or approval of, or the failure to prepare or approve maps, Drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, Change Orders, designs, or Specifications; or 2. giving directions or instructions, or failing to give them, if that is the primary cause of the injury or damage. 7.19 Delegation of Professional Design Services A. Contractor will not be required to provide professional design services unless such services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless such services are required to carry out Contractor’s responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures. Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services in violation of applicable Laws and Regulations. B. If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems, materials, or equipment are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, Owner and Engineer will specify all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. Contractor shall cause such services or Page 30 of 50

certifications to be provided by a properly licensed professional, whose signature and seal shall appear on all drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, and other submittals prepared by such professional. Shop Drawings and other submittals related to the Work designed or certified by such professional, if prepared by others, shall bear such professional’s written approval when submitted to Engineer. C. Owner and Engineer shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy, and completeness of the services, certifications, or approvals performed by such design professionals, provided Owner and Engineer have specified to Contractor all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. D. Pursuant to this paragraph, Engineer’s review and approval of design calculations and design drawings will be only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with performance and design criteria given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. Engineer’s review and approval of Shop Drawings and other submittals (except design calculations and design drawings) will be only for the purpose stated in Paragraph 7.16.D.1. E. Contractor shall not be responsible for the adequacy of the performance or design criteria specified by Owner or Engineer.

ARTICLE 8 – OTHER WORK AT THE SITE

8.01 Other Work A. In addition to and apart from the Work under the Contract Documents, the Owner may perform other work at or adjacent to the Site. Such other work may be performed by Owner’s employees, or through contracts between the Owner and third parties. Owner may also arrange to have third-party utility owners perform work on their utilities and facilities at or adjacent to the Site. B. If Owner performs other work at or adjacent to the Site with Owner’s employees, or through contracts for such other work, then Owner shall give Contractor written notice thereof prior to starting any such other work. If Owner has advance information regarding the start of any utility work at or adjacent to the Site, Owner shall provide such information to Contractor. C. Contractor shall afford each other contractor that performs such other work, each utility owner performing other work, and Owner, if Owner is performing other work with Owner’s employees, proper and safe access to the Site, and provide a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work. Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work that may be required to properly connect or otherwise make its several parts come together and properly integrate with such other work. Contractor shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering such work; provided, however, that Contractor may cut or alter others' work with the written consent of Engineer and the others whose work will be affected. D. If the proper execution or results of any part of Contractor’s Work depends upon work performed by others under this Article 8, Contractor shall inspect such other work and promptly report to Engineer in writing any delays, defects, or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of Contractor’s Work. Contractor’s failure to so report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with Contractor’s Work except for latent defects and deficiencies in such other work. 8.02 Coordination A. If Owner intends to contract with others for the performance of other work at or adjacent to the Site, to perform other work at or adjacent to the Site with Owner’s employees, or to arrange to have utility owners perform work at or adjacent to the Site, the following will be set forth in the Supplementary Conditions or provided to Contractor prior to the start of any such other work: 1. the identity of the individual or entity that will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various contractors; 2. an itemization of the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility; and 3. the extent of such authority and responsibilities. B. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Owner shall have sole authority and responsibility for such coordination. 8.03 Legal Relationships A. If, in the course of performing other work at or adjacent to the Site for Owner, the Owner’s employees, any other contractor working for Owner, or any utility owner causes damage to the Work or to the property of Contractor or its Subcontractors, or delays, disrupts, interferes with, or increases the scope or cost of the performance of the Work, through actions or inaction, then Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price

Page 31 of 50

or the Contract Times, or both. Contractor must submit any Change Proposal seeking an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times under this paragraph within 30 days of the damaging, delaying, disrupting, or interfering event. The entitlement to, and extent of, any such equitable adjustment shall take into account information (if any) regarding such other work that was provided to Contractor in the Contract Documents prior to the submittal of the Bid or the final negotiation of the terms of the Contract. When applicable, any such equitable adjustment in Contract Price shall be conditioned on Contractor assigning to Owner all Contractor’s rights against such other contractor or utility owner with respect to the damage, delay, disruption, or interference that is the subject of the adjustment. Contractor’s entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times is conditioned on such adjustment being essential to Contractor’s ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. B. Contractor shall take reasonable and customary measures to avoid damaging, delaying, disrupting, or interfering with the work of Owner, any other contractor, or any utility owner performing other work at or adjacent to the Site. If Contractor fails to take such measures and as a result damages, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the work of any such other contractor or utility owner, then Owner may impose a set-off against payments due to Contractor, and assign to such other contractor or utility owner the Owner’s contractual rights against Contractor with respect to the breach of the obligations set forth in this paragraph. C. When Owner is performing other work at or adjacent to the Site with Owner’s employees, Contractor shall be liable to Owner for damage to such other work, and for the reasonable direct delay, disruption, and interference costs incurred by Owner as a result of Contractor’s failure to take reasonable and customary measures with respect to Owner’s other work. In response to such damage, delay, disruption, or interference, Owner may impose a set-off against payments due to Contractor. D. If Contractor damages, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the work of any other contractor, or any utility owner performing other work at or adjacent to the Site, through Contractor’s failure to take reasonable and customary measures to avoid such impacts, or if any claim arising out of Contractor’s actions, inactions, or negligence in performance of the Work at or adjacent to the Site is made by any such other contractor or utility owner against Contractor, Owner, or Engineer, then Contractor shall (1) promptly attempt to settle the claim as to all parties through negotiations with such other contractor or utility owner, or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law, and (2) indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against any such claims, and against all costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such damage, delay, disruption, or interference.

ARTICLE 9 – OWNER’S RESPONSIBILITIES

9.01 Communications to Contractor A. Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, Owner shall issue all communications to Contractor through Engineer. 9.02 Replacement of Engineer A. Owner may at its discretion appoint an engineer to replace Engineer, provided Contractor makes no reasonable objection to the replacement engineer. The replacement engineer’s status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former Engineer. 9.03 Furnish Data A. Owner shall promptly furnish the data required of Owner under the Contract Documents. 9.04 Pay When Due A. Owner shall make payments to Contractor when they are due as provided in the Agreement. 9.05 Lands and Easements; Reports, Tests, and Drawings A. Owner’s duties with respect to providing lands and easements are set forth in Paragraph 5.01. B. Owner’s duties with respect to providing engineering surveys to establish reference points are set forth in Paragraph 4.03. C. Article 5 refers to Owner’s identifying and making available to Contractor copies of reports of explorations and tests of conditions at the Site, and drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site. 9.06 Insurance A. Owner’s responsibilities, if any, with respect to purchasing and maintaining liability and property insurance are set forth in Article 6. Page 32 of 50

9.07 Change Orders A. Owner’s responsibilities with respect to Change Orders are set forth in Article 11. 9.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals A. Owner’s responsibility with respect to certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in Paragraph 14.02.B. 9.09 Limitations on Owner’s Responsibilities A. The Owner shall not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, Contractor’s means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Owner will not be responsible for Contractor’s failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition A. Owner’s responsibility in respect to an undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition is set forth in Paragraph 5.06. 9.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements A. Upon request of Contractor, Owner shall furnish Contractor reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to satisfy Owner’s obligations under the Contract Documents (including obligations under proposed changes in the Work). 9.12 Safety Programs A. While at the Site, Owner’s employees and representatives shall comply with the specific applicable requirements of Contractor’s safety programs of which Owner has been informed. B. Owner shall furnish copies of any applicable Owner safety programs to Contractor.

ARTICLE 10 – ENGINEER’S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION

10.01 Owner’s Representative A. Engineer will be Owner’s representative during the construction period. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of Engineer as Owner’s representative during construction are set forth in the Contract. 10.02 Visits to Site A. Engineer will make visits to the Site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction as Engineer deems necessary in order to observe as an experienced and qualified design professional the progress that has been made and the quality of the various aspects of Contractor’s executed Work. Based on information obtained during such visits and observations, Engineer, for the benefit of Owner, will determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. Engineer will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections on the Site to check the quality or quantity of the Work. Engineer’s efforts will be directed toward providing for Owner a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform generally to the Contract Documents. On the basis of such visits and observations, Engineer will keep Owner informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard Owner against defective Work. B. Engineer’s visits and observations are subject to all the limitations on Engineer’s authority and responsibility set forth in Paragraph 10.08. Particularly, but without limitation, during or as a result of Engineer’s visits or observations of Contractor’s Work, Engineer will not supervise, direct, control, or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor’s means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. 10.03 Project Representative A. If Owner and Engineer have agreed that Engineer will furnish a Resident Project Representative to represent Engineer at the Site and assist Engineer in observing the progress and quality of the Work, then the authority and responsibilities of any such Resident Project Representative will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions, and limitations on the responsibilities thereof will be as provided in Paragraph 10.08. If Owner designates another representative or agent to represent Owner at the Site who is not Engineer’s consultant, agent, or employee, the responsibilities and authority and limitations thereon of such other individual or entity will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions.

Page 33 of 50

10.04 Rejecting Defective Work A. Engineer has the authority to reject Work in accordance with Article 14. 10.05 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments A. Engineer’s authority, and limitations thereof, as to Shop Drawings and Samples, are set forth in Paragraph 7.16. B. Engineer’s authority, and limitations thereof, as to design calculations and design drawings submitted in response to a delegation of professional design services, if any, are set forth in Paragraph 7.19. C. Engineer’s authority as to Change Orders is set forth in Article 11. D. Engineer’s authority as to Applications for Payment is set forth in Article 15. 10.06 Determinations for Unit Price Work A. Engineer will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor as set forth in Paragraph 13.03. 10.07 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work A. Engineer will render decisions regarding the requirements of the Contract Documents, and judge the acceptability of the Work, pursuant to the specific procedures set forth herein for initial interpretations, Change Proposals, and acceptance of the Work. In rendering such decisions and judgments, Engineer will not show partiality to Owner or Contractor, and will not be liable to Owner, Contractor, or others in connection with any proceedings, interpretations, decisions, or judgments conducted or rendered in good faith. 10.08 Limitations on Engineer’s Authority and Responsibilities A. Neither Engineer’s authority or responsibility under this Article 10 or under any other provision of the Contract, nor any decision made by Engineer in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise, or performance of any authority or responsibility by Engineer, shall create, impose, or give rise to any duty in contract, tort, or otherwise owed by Engineer to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them. B. Engineer will not supervise, direct, control, or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor’s means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Engineer will not be responsible for Contractor’s failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. C. Engineer will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other individual or entity performing any of the Work. D. Engineer’s review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds, certificates of inspection, tests and approvals, and other documentation required to be delivered by Paragraph 15.06.A will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the requirements of, and in the case of certificates of inspections, tests, and approvals, that the results certified indicate compliance with the Contract Documents. E. The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this Paragraph 10.08 shall also apply to the Resident Project Representative, if any. 10.09 Compliance with Safety Program A. While at the Site, Engineer’s employees and representatives will comply with the specific applicable requirements of Owner’s and Contractor’s safety programs (if any) of which Engineer has been informed.

ARTICLE 11 – AMENDING THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS; CHANGES IN THE WORK

11.01 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents A. The Contract Documents may be amended or supplemented by a Change Order, a Work Change Directive, or a Field Order. 1. Change Orders: a. If an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents includes a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times, such amendment or supplement must be set forth in a Change Order. A Change Order also may be used to establish amendments and supplements of the Contract Documents that do not affect the Contract Price or Contract Times.

Page 34 of 50

b. Owner and Contractor may amend those terms and conditions of the Contract Documents that do not involve (1) the performance or acceptability of the Work, (2) the design (as set forth in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise), or (3) other engineering or technical matters, without the recommendation of the Engineer. Such an amendment shall be set forth in a Change Order. 2. Work Change Directives: A Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times but is evidence that the parties expect that the modification ordered or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order, following negotiations by the parties as to the Work Change Directive’s effect, if any, on the Contract Price and Contract Times; or, if negotiations are unsuccessful, by a determination under the terms of the Contract Documents governing adjustments, expressly including Paragraph 11.04 regarding change of Contract Price. Contractor must submit any Change Proposal seeking an adjustment of the Contract Price or the Contract Times, or both, no later than 30 days after the completion of the Work set out in the Work Change Directive. Owner must submit any Claim seeking an adjustment of the Contract Price or the Contract Times, or both, no later than 60 days after issuance of the Work Change Directive. 3. Field Orders: Engineer may authorize minor changes in the Work if the changes do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times and are compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. Such changes will be accomplished by a Field Order and will be binding on Owner and also on Contractor, which shall perform the Work involved promptly. If Contractor believes that a Field Order justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, then before proceeding with the Work at issue, Contractor shall submit a Change Proposal as provided herein. 11.02 Owner-Authorized Changes in the Work A. Without invalidating the Contract and without notice to any surety, Owner may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions, or revisions in the Work. Such changes shall be supported by Engineer’s recommendation, to the extent the change involves the design (as set forth in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise), or other engineering or technical matters. Such changes may be accomplished by a Change Order, if Owner and Contractor have agreed as to the effect, if any, of the changes on Contract Times or Contract Price; or by a Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work involved; or, in the case of a deletion in the Work, promptly cease construction activities with respect to such deleted Work. Added or revised Work shall be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents. Nothing in this paragraph shall obligate Contractor to undertake work that Contractor reasonably concludes cannot be performed in a manner consistent with Contractor’s safety obligations under the Contract Documents or Laws and Regulations. 11.03 Unauthorized Changes in the Work A. Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to any work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents, as amended, modified, or supplemented, except in the case of an emergency as provided in Paragraph 7.15 or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 14.05. 11.04 Change of Contract Price A. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order. Any Change Proposal for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall comply with the provisions of Paragraph 11.06. Any Claim for an adjustment of Contract Price shall comply with the provisions of Article 12. B. An adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows: 1. where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, then by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 13.03); or 2. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, then by a mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit not necessarily in accordance with Paragraph 11.04.C.2); or 3. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and the parties do not reach mutual agreement to a lump sum, then on the basis of the Cost of the Work (determined as provided in Paragraph 13.01) plus a Contractor’s fee for overhead and profit (determined as provided in Paragraph 11.04.C). C. Contractor’s Fee: When applicable, the Contractor’s fee for overhead and profit shall be determined as follows: 1. a mutually acceptable fixed fee; or

Page 35 of 50

2. if a fixed fee is not agreed upon, then a fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work: a. for costs incurred under Paragraphs 13.01.B.1 and 13.01.B.2, the Contractor’s fee shall be 15 percent; b. for costs incurred under Paragraph 13.01.B.3, the Contractor’s fee shall be five percent; c. where one or more tiers of subcontracts are on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee and no fixed fee is agreed upon, the intent of Paragraphs 11.01.C.2.a and 11.01.C.2.b is that the Contractor’s fee shall be based on: (1) a fee of 15 percent of the costs incurred under Paragraphs 13.01.A.1 and 13.01.A.2 by the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work, at whatever tier, and (2) with respect to Contractor itself and to any Subcontractors of a tier higher than that of the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work, a fee of five percent of the amount (fee plus underlying costs incurred) attributable to the next lower tier Subcontractor; provided, however, that for any such subcontracted work the maximum total fee to be paid by Owner shall be no greater than 27 percent of the costs incurred by the Subcontractor that actually performs the work; d. no fee shall be payable on the basis of costs itemized under Paragraphs 13.01.B.4, 13.01.B.5, and 13.01.C; e. the amount of credit to be allowed by Contractor to Owner for any change which results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease in cost plus a deduction in Contractor’s fee by an amount equal to five percent of such net decrease; and f. when both additions and credits are involved in any one change, the adjustment in Contractor’s fee shall be computed on the basis of the net change in accordance with Paragraphs 11.04.C.2.a through 11.04.C.2.e, inclusive. 11.05 Change of Contract Times A. The Contract Times may only be changed by a Change Order. Any Change Proposal for an adjustment in the Contract Times shall comply with the provisions of Paragraph 11.06. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times shall comply with the provisions of Article 12. B. An adjustment of the Contract Times shall be subject to the limitations set forth in Paragraph 4.05, concerning delays in Contractor’s progress. 11.06 Change Proposals A. Contractor shall submit a Change Proposal to Engineer to request an adjustment in the Contract Times or Contract Price; appeal an initial decision by Engineer concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or relating to the acceptability of the Work under the Contract Documents; contest a set-off against payment due; or seek other relief under the Contract. The Change Proposal shall specify any proposed change in Contract Times or Contract Price, or both, or other proposed relief, and explain the reason for the proposed change, with citations to any governing or applicable provisions of the Contract Documents. 1. Procedures: Contractor shall submit each Change Proposal to Engineer promptly (but in no event later than 30 days) after the start of the event giving rise thereto, or after such initial decision. The Contractor shall submit supporting data, including the proposed change in Contract Price or Contract Time (if any), to the Engineer and Owner within 15 days after the submittal of the Change Proposal. The supporting data shall be accompanied by a written statement that the supporting data are accurate and complete, and that any requested time or price adjustment is the entire adjustment to which Contractor believes it is entitled as a result of said event. Engineer will advise Owner regarding the Change Proposal, and consider any comments or response from Owner regarding the Change Proposal. 2. Engineer’s Action: Engineer will review each Change Proposal and, within 30 days after receipt of the Contractor’s supporting data, either deny the Change Proposal in whole, approve it in whole, or deny it in part and approve it in part. Such actions shall be in writing, with a copy provided to Owner and Contractor. If Engineer does not take action on the Change Proposal within 30 days, then either Owner or Contractor may at any time thereafter submit a letter to the other party indicating that as a result of Engineer’s inaction the Change Proposal is deemed denied, thereby commencing the time for appeal of the denial under Article 12. 3. Binding Decision: Engineer’s decision will be final and binding upon Owner and Contractor, unless Owner or Contractor appeals the decision by filing a Claim under Article 12. B. Resolution of Certain Change Proposals: If the Change Proposal does not involve the design (as set forth in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise), the acceptability of the Work, or other engineering or technical matters, then Engineer will notify the parties that the Engineer is unable to resolve the Change Proposal. For purposes of further resolution of such a Change Proposal, such notice shall be deemed a denial, and Contractor may choose to seek resolution under the terms of Article 12.

Page 36 of 50

11.07 Execution of Change Orders A. Owner and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders covering: 1. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which are agreed to by the parties, including any undisputed sum or amount of time for Work actually performed in accordance with a Work Change Directive; 2. changes in Contract Price resulting from an Owner set-off, unless Contractor has duly contested such set-off; 3. changes in the Work which are: (a) ordered by Owner pursuant to Paragraph 11.02, (b) required because of Owner’s acceptance of defective Work under Paragraph 14.04 or Owner’s correction of defective Work under Paragraph 14.07, or (c) agreed to by the parties, subject to the need for Engineer’s recommendation if the change in the Work involves the design (as set forth in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise), or other engineering or technical matters; and 4. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or other changes, which embody the substance of any final and binding results under Paragraph 11.06, or Article 12. B. If Owner or Contractor refuses to execute a Change Order that is required to be executed under the terms of this Paragraph 11.07, it shall be deemed to be of full force and effect, as if fully executed. 11.08 Notification to Surety A. If the provisions of any bond require notice to be given to a surety of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Times), the giving of any such notice will be Contractor’s responsibility. The amount of each applicable bond will be adjusted to reflect the effect of any such change.

ARTICLE 12 – CLAIMS

12.01 Claims A. Claims Process: The following disputes between Owner and Contractor shall be submitted to the Claims process set forth in this Article: 1. Appeals by Owner or Contractor of Engineer’s decisions regarding Change Proposals; 2. Owner demands for adjustments in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or other relief under the Contract Documents; and 3. Disputes that Engineer has been unable to address because they do not involve the design (as set forth in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise), the acceptability of the Work, or other engineering or technical matters. B. Submittal of Claim: The party submitting a Claim shall deliver it directly to the other party to the Contract promptly (but in no event later than 30 days) after the start of the event giving rise thereto; in the case of appeals regarding Change Proposals within 30 days of the decision under appeal. The party submitting the Claim shall also furnish a copy to the Engineer, for its information only. The responsibility to substantiate a Claim shall rest with the party making the Claim. In the case of a Claim by Contractor seeking an increase in the Contract Times or Contract Price, or both, Contractor shall certify that the Claim is made in good faith, that the supporting data are accurate and complete, and that to the best of Contractor’s knowledge and belief the amount of time or money requested accurately reflects the full amount to which Contractor is entitled. C. Review and Resolution: The party receiving a Claim shall review it thoroughly, giving full consideration to its merits. The two parties shall seek to resolve the Claim through the exchange of information and direct negotiations. The parties may extend the time for resolving the Claim by mutual agreement. All actions taken on a Claim shall be stated in writing and submitted to the other party, with a copy to Engineer. D. Mediation: 1. At any time after initiation of a Claim, Owner and Contractor may mutually agree to mediation of the underlying dispute. The agreement to mediate shall stay the Claim submittal and response process. 2. If Owner and Contractor agree to mediation, then after 60 days from such agreement, either Owner or Contractor may unilaterally terminate the mediation process, and the Claim submittal and decision process shall resume as of the date of the termination. If the mediation proceeds but is unsuccessful in resolving the dispute, the Claim submittal and decision process shall resume as of the date of the conclusion of the mediation, as determined by the mediator. 3. Owner and Contractor shall each pay one-half of the mediator’s fees and costs.

Page 37 of 50

E. Partial Approval: If the party receiving a Claim approves the Claim in part and denies it in part, such action shall be final and binding unless within 30 days of such action the other party invokes the procedure set forth in Article 17 for final resolution of disputes. F. Denial of Claim: If efforts to resolve a Claim are not successful, the party receiving the Claim may deny it by giving written notice of denial to the other party. If the receiving party does not take action on the Claim within 90 days, then either Owner or Contractor may at any time thereafter submit a letter to the other party indicating that as a result of the inaction, the Claim is deemed denied, thereby commencing the time for appeal of the denial. A denial of the Claim shall be final and binding unless within 30 days of the denial the other party invokes the procedure set forth in Article 17 for the final resolution of disputes. G. Final and Binding Results: If the parties reach a mutual agreement regarding a Claim, whether through approval of the Claim, direct negotiations, mediation, or otherwise; or if a Claim is approved in part and denied in part, or denied in full, and such actions become final and binding; then the results of the agreement or action on the Claim shall be incorporated in a Change Order to the extent they affect the Contract, including the Work, the Contract Times, or the Contract Price.

ARTICLE 13 – COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK

13.01 Cost of the Work A. Purposes for Determination of Cost of the Work: The term Cost of the Work means the sum of all costs necessary for the proper performance of the Work at issue, as further defined below. The provisions of this Paragraph 13.01 are used for two distinct purposes: 1. To determine Cost of the Work when Cost of the Work is a component of the Contract Price, under cost-plus- fee, time-and-materials, or other cost-based terms; or 2. To determine the value of a Change Order, Change Proposal, Claim, set-off, or other adjustment in Contract Price. When the value of any such adjustment is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, Contractor is entitled only to those additional or incremental costs required because of the change in the Work or because of the event giving rise to the adjustment. B. Costs Included: Except as otherwise may be agreed to in writing by Owner, costs included in the Cost of the Work shall be in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of the Project, shall not include any of the costs itemized in Paragraph 13.01.C, and shall include only the following items: 1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of Contractor in the performance of the Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by Owner and Contractor. Such employees shall include, without limitation, superintendents, foremen, and other personnel employed full time on the Work. Payroll costs for employees not employed full time on the Work shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work. Payroll costs shall include, but not be limited to, salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits, which shall include social security contributions, unemployment, excise, and payroll taxes, workers’ compensation, health and retirement benefits, bonuses, sick leave, and vacation and holiday pay applicable thereto. The expenses of performing Work outside of regular working hours, on Saturday, Sunday, or legal holidays, shall be included in the above to the extent authorized by Owner. 2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including costs of transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers’ field services required in connection therewith. All cash discounts shall accrue to Contractor unless Owner deposits funds with Contractor with which to make payments, in which case the cash discounts shall accrue to Owner. All trade discounts, rebates, and refunds and returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment shall accrue to Owner, and Contractor shall make provisions so that they may be obtained. 3. Payments made by Contractor to Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. If required by Owner, Contractor shall obtain competitive bids from subcontractors acceptable to Owner and Contractor and shall deliver such bids to Owner, who will then determine, with the advice of Engineer, which bids, if any, will be acceptable. If any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee, the Subcontractor’s Cost of the Work and fee shall be determined in the same manner as Contractor’s Cost of the Work and fee as provided in this Paragraph 13.01. 4. Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to engineers, architects, testing laboratories, surveyors, attorneys, and accountants) employed for services specifically related to the Work. 5. Supplemental costs including the following: a. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel, and subsistence expenses of Contractor’s employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work.

Page 38 of 50

b. Cost, including transportation and maintenance, of all materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office, and temporary facilities at the Site, and hand tools not owned by the workers, which are consumed in the performance of the Work, and cost, less market value, of such items used but not consumed which remain the property of Contractor. c. Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery, and the parts thereof, whether rented from Contractor or others in accordance with rental agreements approved by Owner with the advice of Engineer, and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, assembly, dismantling, and removal thereof. All such costs shall be in accordance with the terms of said rental agreements. The rental of any such equipment, machinery, or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work. d. Sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes related to the Work, and for which Contractor is liable, as imposed by Laws and Regulations. e. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, and royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses. f. Losses and damages (and related expenses) caused by damage to the Work, not compensated by insurance or otherwise, sustained by Contractor in connection with the performance of the Work (except losses and damages within the deductible amounts of property insurance established in accordance with Paragraph 6.05), provided such losses and damages have resulted from causes other than the negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such losses shall include settlements made with the written consent and approval of Owner. No such losses, damages, and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining Contractor’s fee. g. The cost of utilities, fuel, and sanitary facilities at the Site. h. Minor expenses such as communication service at the Site, express and courier services, and similar petty cash items in connection with the Work. i. The costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance that Contractor is required by the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain. C. Costs Excluded: The term Cost of the Work shall not include any of the following items: 1. Payroll costs and other compensation of Contractor’s officers, executives, principals (of partnerships and sole proprietorships), general managers, safety managers, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, timekeepers, clerks, and other personnel employed by Contractor, whether at the Site or in Contractor’s principal or branch office for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in Paragraph 13.01.B.1 or specifically covered by Paragraph 13.01.B.4. The payroll costs and other compensation excluded here are to be considered administrative costs covered by the Contractor’s fee. 2. Expenses of Contractor’s principal and branch offices other than Contractor’s office at the Site. 3. Any part of Contractor’s capital expenses, including interest on Contractor’s capital employed for the Work and charges against Contractor for delinquent payments. 4. Costs due to the negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, including but not limited to, the correction of defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied, and making good any damage to property. 5. Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind and the costs of any item not specifically and expressly included in Paragraph 13.01.B. D. Contractor’s Fee: When the Work as a whole is performed on the basis of cost-plus, Contractor’s fee shall be determined as set forth in the Agreement. When the value of any Work covered by a Change Order, Change Proposal, Claim, set-off, or other adjustment in Contract Price is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, Contractor’s fee shall be determined as set forth in Paragraph 11.04.C. E. Documentation: Whenever the Cost of the Work for any purpose is to be determined pursuant to this Article 13, Contractor will establish and maintain records thereof in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit in a form acceptable to Engineer an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data.

Page 39 of 50

13.02 Allowances A. It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be performed for such sums and by such persons or entities as may be acceptable to Owner and Engineer. B. Cash Allowances: Contractor agrees that: 1. the cash allowances include the cost to Contractor (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and 2. Contractor’s costs for unloading and handling on the Site, labor, installation, overhead, profit, and other expenses contemplated for the cash allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances, and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. C. Contingency Allowance: Contractor agrees that a contingency allowance, if any, is for the sole use of Owner to cover unanticipated costs. D. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by Engineer to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work covered by allowances, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 13.03 Unit Price Work A. Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the unit price for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. B. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Payments to Contractor for Unit Price Work will be based on actual quantities. C. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor’s overhead and profit for each separately identified item. D. Engineer will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor. Engineer will review with Contractor the Engineer’s preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a written decision thereon (by recommendation of an Application for Payment or otherwise). Engineer’s written decision thereon will be final and binding (except as modified by Engineer to reflect changed factual conditions or more accurate data) upon Owner and Contractor, subject to the provisions of the following paragraph. E. Within 30 days of Engineer’s written decision under the preceding paragraph, Contractor may submit a Change Proposal, or Owner may file a Claim, seeking an adjustment in the Contract Price if: 1. the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement; 2. there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work; and 3. Contractor believes that it is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or Owner believes that Owner is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price, and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease.

ARTICLE 14 – TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK

14.01 Access to Work A. Owner, Engineer, their consultants and other representatives and personnel of Owner, independent testing laboratories, and authorities having jurisdiction will have access to the Site and the Work at reasonable times for their observation, inspection, and testing. Contractor shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access and advise them of Contractor’s safety procedures and programs so that they may comply therewith as applicable. 14.02 Tests, Inspections, and Approvals A. Contractor shall give Engineer timely notice of readiness of the Work (or specific parts thereof) for all required inspections and tests, and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections and tests. B. Owner shall retain and pay for the services of an independent inspector, testing laboratory, or other qualified individual or entity to perform all inspections and tests expressly required by the Contract Documents to be Page 40 of 50

furnished and paid for by Owner, except that costs incurred in connection with tests or inspections of covered Work shall be governed by the provisions of Paragraph 14.05. C. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically to be inspected, tested, or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body, Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests, or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish Engineer the required certificates of inspection or approval. D. Contractor shall be responsible for arranging, obtaining, and paying for all inspections and tests required: 1. by the Contract Documents, unless the Contract Documents expressly allocate responsibility for a specific inspection or test to Owner; 2. to attain Owner’s and Engineer’s acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work; 3. by manufacturers of equipment furnished under the Contract Documents; 4. for testing, adjusting, and balancing of mechanical, electrical, and other equipment to be incorporated into the Work; and 5. for acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor’s purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work. Such inspections and tests shall be performed by independent inspectors, testing laboratories, or other qualified individuals or entities acceptable to Owner and Engineer. E. If the Contract Documents require the Work (or part thereof) to be approved by Owner, Engineer, or another designated individual or entity, then Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such approvals. F. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered by Contractor without written concurrence of Engineer, Contractor shall, if requested by Engineer, uncover such Work for observation. Such uncovering shall be at Contractor’s expense unless Contractor had given Engineer timely notice of Contractor’s intention to cover the same and Engineer had not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. 14.03 Defective Work A. Contractor’s Obligation: It is Contractor’s obligation to assure that the Work is not defective. B. Engineer’s Authority: Engineer has the authority to determine whether Work is defective, and to reject defective Work. C. Notice of Defects: Prompt notice of all defective Work of which Owner or Engineer has actual knowledge will be given to Contractor. D. Correction, or Removal and Replacement: Promptly after receipt of written notice of defective Work, Contractor shall correct all such defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed, or completed, or, if Engineer has rejected the defective Work, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective. E. Preservation of Warranties: When correcting defective Work, Contractor shall take no action that would void or otherwise impair Owner’s special warranty and guarantee, if any, on said Work. F. Costs and Damages: In addition to its correction, removal, and replacement obligations with respect to defective Work, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages arising out of or relating to defective Work, including but not limited to the cost of the inspection, testing, correction, removal, replacement, or reconstruction of such defective Work, fines levied against Owner by governmental authorities because the Work is defective, and the costs of repair or replacement of work of others resulting from defective Work. Prior to final payment, if Owner and Contractor are unable to agree as to the measure of such claims, costs, losses, and damages resulting from defective Work, then Owner may impose a reasonable set-off against payments due under Article 15. 14.04 Acceptance of Defective Work A. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, Owner prefers to accept it, Owner may do so (subject, if such acceptance occurs prior to final payment, to Engineer’s confirmation that such acceptance is in general accord with the design intent and applicable engineering principles, and will not endanger public safety). Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages attributable to Owner’s evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work (such costs to be approved by Engineer as to reasonableness), and for the diminished value of the Work to the extent not otherwise paid by Contractor. If any such acceptance occurs prior to final payment, the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work shall be incorporated in a Change Order. If the parties are unable to agree as to the decrease in the Contract Price, reflecting the diminished value of Work so accepted, then Owner may impose a reasonable set-off against

Page 41 of 50

payments due under Article 15. If the acceptance of defective Work occurs after final payment, Contractor shall pay an appropriate amount to Owner. 14.05 Uncovering Work A. Engineer has the authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed, or completed. B. If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Engineer, then Contractor shall, if requested by Engineer, uncover such Work for Engineer’s observation, and then replace the covering, all at Contractor’s expense. C. If Engineer considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Engineer or inspected or tested by others, then Contractor, at Engineer’s request, shall uncover, expose, or otherwise make available for observation, inspection, or testing as Engineer may require, that portion of the Work in question, and provide all necessary labor, material, and equipment. 1. If it is found that the uncovered Work is defective, Contractor shall be responsible for all claims, costs, losses, and damages arising out of or relating to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, and testing, and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and pending Contractor’s full discharge of this responsibility the Owner shall be entitled to impose a reasonable set-off against payments due under Article 15. 2. If the uncovered Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement, and reconstruction. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, then Contractor may submit a Change Proposal within 30 days of the determination that the Work is not defective. 14.06 Owner May Stop the Work A. If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, then Owner may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or any surety for, or employee or agent of any of them. 14.07 Owner May Correct Defective Work A. If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from Engineer to correct defective Work, or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by Engineer, or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, then Owner may, after seven days written notice to Contractor, correct or remedy any such deficiency. B. In exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 14.07, Owner shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective or remedial action, Owner may exclude Contractor from all or part of the Site, take possession of all or part of the Work and suspend Contractor’s services related thereto, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Owner’s representatives, agents and employees, Owner’s other contractors, and Engineer and Engineer’s consultants access to the Site to enable Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. C. All claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred or sustained by Owner in exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 14.07 will be charged against Contractor as set-offs against payments due under Article 15. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair, or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of Contractor’s defective Work. D. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Times because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by Owner of Owner’s rights and remedies under this Paragraph 14.07.

ARTICLE 15 – PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR; SET-OFFS; COMPLETION; CORRECTION PERIOD

15.01 Progress Payments A. Basis for Progress Payments: The Schedule of Values established as provided in Article 2 will serve as the basis for progress payments and will be incorporated into a form of Application for Payment acceptable to Engineer. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed during the pay period, as determined under the provisions of Paragraph 13.03. Progress payments for cost-based Work will be based on Cost of the Work completed by Contractor during the pay period.

Page 42 of 50

B. Applications for Payments: 1. At least 20 days before the date established in the Agreement for each progress payment (but not more often than once a month), Contractor shall submit to Engineer for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work completed as of the date of the Application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the Site or at another location agreed to in writing, the Application for Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice, or other documentation warranting that Owner has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all Liens, and evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance, a warehouse bond, or other arrangements to protect Owner’s interest therein, all of which must be satisfactory to Owner. 2. Beginning with the second Application for Payment, each Application shall include an affidavit of Contractor stating that all previous progress payments received on account of the Work have been applied on account to discharge Contractor’s legitimate obligations associated with prior Applications for Payment. 3. The amount of retainage with respect to progress payments will be as stipulated in the Agreement. C. Review of Applications: 1. Engineer will, within 10 days after receipt of each Application for Payment, including each resubmittal, either indicate in writing a recommendation of payment and present the Application to Owner, or return the Application to Contractor indicating in writing Engineer’s reasons for refusing to recommend payment. In the latter case, Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. 2. Engineer’s recommendation of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will constitute a representation by Engineer to Owner, based on Engineer’s observations of the executed Work as an experienced and qualified design professional, and on Engineer’s review of the Application for Payment and the accompanying data and schedules, that to the best of Engineer’s knowledge, information and belief: a. the Work has progressed to the point indicated; b. the quality of the Work is generally in accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Substantial Completion, the results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents, a final determination of quantities and classifications for Unit Price Work under Paragraph 13.03, and any other qualifications stated in the recommendation); and c. the conditions precedent to Contractor’s being entitled to such payment appear to have been fulfilled in so far as it is Engineer’s responsibility to observe the Work. 3. By recommending any such payment Engineer will not thereby be deemed to have represented that: a. inspections made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work as it has been performed have been exhaustive, extended to every aspect of the Work in progress, or involved detailed inspections of the Work beyond the responsibilities specifically assigned to Engineer in the Contract; or b. there may not be other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle Contractor to be paid additionally by Owner or entitle Owner to withhold payment to Contractor. 4. Neither Engineer’s review of Contractor’s Work for the purposes of recommending payments nor Engineer’s recommendation of any payment, including final payment, will impose responsibility on Engineer: a. to supervise, direct, or control the Work, or b. for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or c. for Contractor’s failure to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to Contractor’s performance of the Work, or d. to make any examination to ascertain how or for what purposes Contractor has used the money paid on account of the Contract Price, or e. to determine that title to any of the Work, materials, or equipment has passed to Owner free and clear of any Liens. 5. Engineer may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment if, in Engineer’s opinion, it would be incorrect to make the representations to Owner stated in Paragraph 15.01.C.2.

Page 43 of 50

6. Engineer will recommend reductions in payment (set-offs) necessary in Engineer’s opinion to protect Owner from loss because: a. the Work is defective, requiring correction or replacement; b. the Contract Price has been reduced by Change Orders; c. Owner has been required to correct defective Work in accordance with Paragraph 14.07, or has accepted defective Work pursuant to Paragraph 14.04; d. Owner has been required to remove or remediate a Hazardous Environmental Condition for which Contractor is responsible; or e. Engineer has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events that would constitute a default by Contractor and therefore justify termination for cause under the Contract Documents. D. Payment Becomes Due: 1. Ten days after presentation of the Application for Payment to Owner with Engineer’s recommendation, the amount recommended (subject to any Owner set-offs) will become due, and when due will be paid by Owner to Contractor. E. Reductions in Payment by Owner: 1. In addition to any reductions in payment (set-offs) recommended by Engineer, Owner is entitled to impose a set-off against payment based on any of the following: a. claims have been made against Owner on account of Contractor’s conduct in the performance or furnishing of the Work, or Owner has incurred costs, losses, or damages on account of Contractor’s conduct in the performance or furnishing of the Work, including but not limited to claims, costs, losses, or damages from workplace injuries, adjacent property damage, non-compliance with Laws and Regulations, and patent infringement; b. Contractor has failed to take reasonable and customary measures to avoid damage, delay, disruption, and interference with other work at or adjacent to the Site; c. Contractor has failed to provide and maintain required bonds or insurance; d. Owner has been required to remove or remediate a Hazardous Environmental Condition for which Contractor is responsible; e. Owner has incurred extra charges or engineering costs related to submittal reviews, evaluations of proposed substitutes, tests and inspections, or return visits to manufacturing or assembly facilities; f. the Work is defective, requiring correction or replacement; g. Owner has been required to correct defective Work in accordance with Paragraph 14.07, or has accepted defective Work pursuant to Paragraph 14.04; h. the Contract Price has been reduced by Change Orders; i. an event that would constitute a default by Contractor and therefore justify a termination for cause has occurred; j. liquidated damages have accrued as a result of Contractor’s failure to achieve Milestones, Substantial Completion, or final completion of the Work; k. Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific bond satisfactory to Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens; l. there are other items entitling Owner to a set off against the amount recommended. 2. If Owner imposes any set-off against payment, whether based on its own knowledge or on the written recommendations of Engineer, Owner will give Contractor immediate written notice (with a copy to Engineer) stating the reasons for such action and the specific amount of the reduction, and promptly pay Contractor any amount remaining after deduction of the amount so withheld. Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by Owner and Contractor, if Contractor remedies the reasons for such action. The reduction imposed shall be binding on Contractor unless it duly submits a Change Proposal contesting the reduction. 3. Upon a subsequent determination that Owner’s refusal of payment was not justified, the amount wrongfully withheld shall be treated as an amount due as determined by Paragraph 15.01.C.1 and subject to interest as provided in the Agreement.

Page 44 of 50

15.02 Contractor’s Warranty of Title A. Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials, and equipment furnished under the Contract will pass to Owner free and clear of (1) all Liens and other title defects, and (2) all patent, licensing, copyright, or royalty obligations, no later than seven days after the time of payment by Owner. 15.03 Substantial Completion A. When Contractor considers the entire Work ready for its intended use Contractor shall notify Owner and Engineer in writing that the entire Work is substantially complete and request that Engineer issue a certificate of Substantial Completion. Contractor shall at the same time submit to Owner and Engineer an initial draft of punch list items to be completed or corrected before final payment. B. Promptly after Contractor’s notification, Owner, Contractor, and Engineer shall make an inspection of the Work to determine the status of completion. If Engineer does not consider the Work substantially complete, Engineer will notify Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor. C. If Engineer considers the Work substantially complete, Engineer will deliver to Owner a preliminary certificate of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date of Substantial Completion. Engineer shall attach to the certificate a punch list of items to be completed or corrected before final payment. Owner shall have seven days after receipt of the preliminary certificate during which to make written objection to Engineer as to any provisions of the certificate or attached punch list. If, after considering the objections to the provisions of the preliminary certificate, Engineer concludes that the Work is not substantially complete, Engineer will, within 14 days after submission of the preliminary certificate to Owner, notify Contractor in writing that the Work is not substantially complete, stating the reasons therefor. If Owner does not object to the provisions of the certificate, or if despite consideration of Owner’s objections Engineer concludes that the Work is substantially complete, then Engineer will, within said 14 days, execute and deliver to Owner and Contractor a final certificate of Substantial Completion (with a revised punch list of items to be completed or corrected) reflecting such changes from the preliminary certificate as Engineer believes justified after consideration of any objections from Owner. D. At the time of receipt of the preliminary certificate of Substantial Completion, Owner and Contractor will confer regarding Owner’s use or occupancy of the Work following Substantial Completion, review the builder’s risk insurance policy with respect to the end of the builder’s risk coverage, and confirm the transition to coverage of the Work under a permanent property insurance policy held by Owner. Unless Owner and Contractor agree otherwise in writing, Owner shall bear responsibility for security, operation, protection of the Work, property insurance, maintenance, heat, and utilities upon Owner’s use or occupancy of the Work. E. After Substantial Completion the Contractor shall promptly begin work on the punch list of items to be completed or corrected prior to final payment. In appropriate cases Contractor may submit monthly Applications for Payment for completed punch list items, following the progress payment procedures set forth above. F. Owner shall have the right to exclude Contractor from the Site after the date of Substantial Completion subject to allowing Contractor reasonable access to remove its property and complete or correct items on the punch list. 15.04 Partial Use or Occupancy A. Prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work, Owner may use or occupy any substantially completed part of the Work which has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or which Owner, Engineer, and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by Owner for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor’s performance of the remainder of the Work, subject to the following conditions: 1. At any time Owner may request in writing that Contractor permit Owner to use or occupy any such part of the Work that Owner believes to be substantially complete. If and when Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, Contractor, Owner, and Engineer will follow the procedures of Paragraph 15.03.A through E for that part of the Work. 2. At any time Contractor may notify Owner and Engineer in writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work substantially complete and request Engineer to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. 3. Within a reasonable time after either such request, Owner, Contractor, and Engineer shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If Engineer does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, Engineer will notify Owner and Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor. If Engineer considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of Paragraph 15.03 will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. 4. No use or occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work may occur prior to compliance with the requirements of Paragraph 6.05 regarding builder’s risk or other property insurance. Page 45 of 50

15.05 Final Inspection A. Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, Engineer will promptly make a final inspection with Owner and Contractor and will notify Contractor in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work, or agreed portion thereof, is incomplete or defective. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. 15.06 Final Payment A. Application for Payment: 1. After Contractor has, in the opinion of Engineer, satisfactorily completed all corrections identified during the final inspection and has delivered, in accordance with the Contract Documents, all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance, certificates of inspection, annotated record documents (as provided in Paragraph 7.11), and other documents, Contractor may make application for final payment. 2. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: a. all documentation called for in the Contract Documents; b. consent of the surety, if any, to final payment; c. satisfactory evidence that all title issues have been resolved such that title to all Work, materials, and equipment has passed to Owner free and clear of any Liens or other title defects, or will so pass upon final payment. d. a list of all disputes that Contractor believes are unsettled; and e. complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to Owner) of all Lien rights arising out of the Work, and of Liens filed in connection with the Work. 3. In lieu of the releases or waivers of Liens specified in Paragraph 15.06.A.2 and as approved by Owner, Contractor may furnish receipts or releases in full and an affidavit of Contractor that: (a) the releases and receipts include all labor, services, material, and equipment for which a Lien could be filed; and (b) all payrolls, material and equipment bills, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which Owner might in any way be responsible, or which might in any way result in liens or other burdens on Owner's property, have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in full, Contractor may furnish a bond or other collateral satisfactory to Owner to indemnify Owner against any Lien, or Owner at its option may issue joint checks payable to Contractor and specified Subcontractors and Suppliers. B. Engineer’s Review of Application and Acceptance: 1. If, on the basis of Engineer’s observation of the Work during construction and final inspection, and Engineer’s review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation as required by the Contract Documents, Engineer is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor’s other obligations under the Contract have been fulfilled, Engineer will, within ten days after receipt of the final Application for Payment, indicate in writing Engineer’s recommendation of final payment and present the Application for Payment to Owner for payment. Such recommendation shall account for any set-offs against payment that are necessary in Engineer’s opinion to protect Owner from loss for the reasons stated above with respect to progress payments. At the same time Engineer will also give written notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 15.07. Otherwise, Engineer will return the Application for Payment to Contractor, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application for Payment. C. Completion of Work: The Work is complete (subject to surviving obligations) when it is ready for final payment as established by the Engineer’s written recommendation of final payment. D. Payment Becomes Due: Thirty days after the presentation to Owner of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation, the amount recommended by Engineer (less any further sum Owner is entitled to set off against Engineer’s recommendation, including but not limited to set-offs for liquidated damages and set-offs allowed under the provisions above with respect to progress payments) will become due and shall be paid by Owner to Contractor. 15.07 Waiver of Claims A. The making of final payment will not constitute a waiver by Owner of claims or rights against Contractor. Owner expressly reserves claims and rights arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after final inspection pursuant to Paragraph 15.05, from Contractor’s failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the

Page 46 of 50

terms of any special guarantees specified therein, from outstanding Claims by Owner, or from Contractor’s continuing obligations under the Contract Documents. B. The acceptance of final payment by Contractor will constitute a waiver by Contractor of all claims and rights against Owner other than those pending matters that have been duly submitted or appealed under the provisions of Article 17. 15.08 Correction Period A. If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion (or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents, or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents), any Work is found to be defective, or if the repair of any damages to the Site, adjacent areas that Contractor has arranged to use through construction easements or otherwise, and other adjacent areas used by Contractor as permitted by Laws and Regulations, is found to be defective, then Contractor shall promptly, without cost to Owner and in accordance with Owner’s written instructions: 1. correct the defective repairs to the Site or such other adjacent areas; 2. correct such defective Work; 3. if the defective Work has been rejected by Owner, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective, and 4. satisfactorily correct or repair or remove and replace any damage to other Work, to the work of others, or to other land or areas resulting therefrom. B. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of Owner’s written instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, Owner may have the defective Work corrected or repaired or may have the rejected Work removed and replaced. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or repair or such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). C. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Substantial Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if so provided in the Specifications. D. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected or removed and replaced under this paragraph, the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. E. Contractor’s obligations under this paragraph are in addition to all other obligations and warranties. The provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed as a substitute for, or a waiver of, the provisions of any applicable statute of limitation or repose.

ARTICLE 16 – SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION

16.01 Owner May Suspend Work A. At any time and without cause, Owner may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than 90 consecutive days by written notice to Contractor and Engineer. Such notice will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. Contractor shall be entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension. Any Change Proposal seeking such adjustments shall be submitted no later than 30 days after the date fixed for resumption of Work. 16.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause A. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events will constitute a default by Contractor and justify termination for cause: 1. Contractor’s persistent failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the Progress Schedule); 2. Failure of Contractor to perform or otherwise to comply with a material term of the Contract Documents; 3. Contractor’s disregard of Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; or 4. Contractor’s repeated disregard of the authority of Owner or Engineer.

Page 47 of 50

B. If one or more of the events identified in Paragraph 16.02.A occurs, then after giving Contractor (and any surety) ten days written notice that Owner is considering a declaration that Contractor is in default and termination of the contract, Owner may proceed to: 1. declare Contractor to be in default, and give Contractor (and any surety) notice that the Contract is terminated; and 2. enforce the rights available to Owner under any applicable performance bond. C. Subject to the terms and operation of any applicable performance bond, if Owner has terminated the Contract for cause, Owner may exclude Contractor from the Site, take possession of the Work, incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere, and complete the Work as Owner may deem expedient. D. Owner may not proceed with termination of the Contract under Paragraph 16.02.B if Contractor within seven days of receipt of notice of intent to terminate begins to correct its failure to perform and proceeds diligently to cure such failure. E. If Owner proceeds as provided in Paragraph 16.02.B, Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is completed. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds the cost to complete the Work, including all related claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals) sustained by Owner, such excess will be paid to Contractor. If the cost to complete the Work including such related claims, costs, losses, and damages exceeds such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the difference to Owner. Such claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred by Owner will be reviewed by Engineer as to their reasonableness and, when so approved by Engineer, incorporated in a Change Order. When exercising any rights or remedies under this paragraph, Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. F. Where Contractor’s services have been so terminated by Owner, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of Owner against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue, or any rights or remedies of Owner against Contractor or any surety under any payment bond or performance bond. Any retention or payment of money due Contractor by Owner will not release Contractor from liability. G. If and to the extent that Contractor has provided a performance bond under the provisions of Paragraph 6.01.A, the provisions of that bond shall govern over any inconsistent provisions of Paragraphs 16.02.B and 16.02.D. 16.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience A. Upon seven days written notice to Contractor and Engineer, Owner may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of Owner, terminate the Contract. In such case, Contractor shall be paid for (without duplication of any items): 1. completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; 2. expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials, or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; and 3. other reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination, including costs incurred to prepare a termination for convenience cost proposal. B. Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated overhead, profits, or revenue, or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. 16.04 Contractor May Stop Work or Terminate A. If, through no act or fault of Contractor, (1) the Work is suspended for more than 90 consecutive days by Owner or under an order of court or other public authority, or (2) Engineer fails to act on any Application for Payment within 30 days after it is submitted, or (3) Owner fails for 30 days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, then Contractor may, upon seven days written notice to Owner and Engineer, and provided Owner or Engineer do not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the contract and recover from Owner payment on the same terms as provided in Paragraph 16.03. B. In lieu of terminating the Contract and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if Engineer has failed to act on an Application for Payment within 30 days after it is submitted, or Owner has failed for 30 days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, Contractor may, seven days after written notice to Owner and Engineer, stop the Work until payment is made of all such amounts due Contractor, including interest thereon. The provisions of this paragraph are not intended to preclude Contractor from submitting a Change Proposal for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to Contractor’s stopping the Work as permitted by this paragraph. Page 48 of 50

ARTICLE 17 – FINAL RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES

17.01 Methods and Procedures A. Disputes Subject to Final Resolution: The following disputed matters are subject to final resolution under the provisions of this Article: 1. A timely appeal of an approval in part and denial in part of a Claim, or of a denial in full; and 2. Disputes between Owner and Contractor concerning the Work or obligations under the Contract Documents, and arising after final payment has been made. B. Final Resolution of Disputes: For any dispute subject to resolution under this Article, Owner or Contractor may: 1. elect in writing to invoke the dispute resolution process provided for in the Supplementary Conditions; or 2. agree with the other party to submit the dispute to another dispute resolution process; or 3. if no dispute resolution process is provided for in the Supplementary Conditions or mutually agreed to, give written notice to the other party of the intent to submit the dispute to a court of competent jurisdiction.

ARTICLE 18 – MISCELLANEOUS

18.01 Giving Notice A. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed to have been validly given if: 1. delivered in person, by a commercial courier service or otherwise, to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for which it is intended; or 2. delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the sender of the notice. 18.02 Computation of Times A. When any period of time is referred to in the Contract by days, it will be computed to exclude the first and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday by the law of the applicable jurisdiction, such day will be omitted from the computation. 18.03 Cumulative Remedies A. The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available hereunder to the parties hereto are in addition to, and are not to be construed in any way as a limitation of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by Laws or Regulations, by special warranty or guarantee, or by other provisions of the Contract. The provisions of this paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right, and remedy to which they apply. 18.04 Limitation of Damages A. With respect to any and all Change Proposals, Claims, disputes subject to final resolution, and other matters at issue, neither Owner nor Engineer, nor any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors, shall be liable to Contractor for any claims, costs, losses, or damages sustained by Contractor on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. 18.05 No Waiver A. A party’s non-enforcement of any provision shall not constitute a waiver of that provision, nor shall it affect the enforceability of that provision or of the remainder of this Contract. 18.06 Survival of Obligations A. All representations, indemnifications, warranties, and guarantees made in, required by, or given in accordance with the Contract, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract, will survive final payment, completion, and acceptance of the Work or termination or completion of the Contract or termination of the services of Contractor. 18.07 Controlling Law A. This Contract is to be governed by the law of the state in which the Project is located.

Page 49 of 50

18.08 Headings A. Article and paragraph headings are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute parts of these General Conditions.

Page 50 of 50

SECTION 000800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS

Table of Contents ARTICLE 1 – DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY ...... 2 ARTICLE 2 – PRELIMINARY MATTERS ...... 2 ARTICLE 5 – AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS ...... 3 ARTICLE 6 – BONDS AND INSURANCE ...... 3 ARTICLE 7 – CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES ...... 4 ARTICLE 10 – ENGINEER’S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION ...... 4 ARTICLE 13 – COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK ...... 7 ARTICLE 15 - PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR; SET-OFFS; COMPLETION; CORRECTION PERIOD ... 8 ARTICLE 17 – FINAL RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES ...... 8 ARTICLE 19 – FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS ...... 8

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000800 Supplementary Conditions HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 13 Town of Bridgton These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement the Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract, EJCDC® C-700 (2013 Edition). All provisions that are not so amended or supplemented remain in full force and effect. The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions have the meanings stated in the General Conditions. Additional terms used in these Supplementary Conditions have the meanings stated below, which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof. The address system used in these Supplementary Conditions is the same as the address system used in the General Conditions, with the prefix "SC" added thereto.

ARTICLE 1 – DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY

Add the following new paragraph after Paragraph 1.01.A.48:

49. Agency - The Project is financed in whole or in part by USDA Rural Utilities Service pursuant to the Consolidated Farm and Rural Development Act (7 USC Section 1921 et seq.). The Rural Utilities Service programs are administered through the USDA Rural Development offices; therefore, the Agency for these documents is USDA Rural Development.

ARTICLE 2 – PRELIMINARY MATTERS

SC-2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance

SC-2.01 Delete Paragraphs 2.01 B. and C. in their entirety and insert the following in their place: B. Evidence of Contractor’s Insurance: When Contractor delivers the executed counterparts of the Agreement to Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to Owner copies of the policies of insurance (including all endorsements, and identification of applicable self-insured retentions and deductibles) required to be provided by Contractor in Article 6. Contractor may block out (redact) any confidential premium or pricing information contained in any policy or endorsement furnished under this provision. C. Evidence of Owner’s Insurance: After receipt from Contractor of the executed counterparts of the Agreement and all required bonds and insurance documentation, Owner shall promptly deliver to Contractor copies of the policies of insurance to be provided by Owner under Article 6 (if any). Owner may block out (redact) any confidential premium or pricing information contained in any policy or endorsement furnished under this provision. SC-2.02 Copies of Documents SC-2.02 Delete Paragraph 2.02.A in its entirety and insert the following paragraph in its place: A. Owner shall furnish to Contractor one (1) copy of conformed Contract Documents incorporating and integrating all Addenda and any amendments negotiated prior to the Effective Date of the Contract (including one fully executed counterpart of the Agreement), and one copy in electronic portable document format (PDF). Additional printed copies of the conformed Contract Documents will be furnished upon request at the cost of reproduction. SC-2.03 Before Starting Construction SC-2.03 Add the following sentence immediately after Paragraph 2.03.A.3: The content shall be based on the Bid Table (000410A) and the format of the schedule shall be the Progress Estimate Schedule (000620 Contractor’s Application for Payment) or an equivalent form approved by the Engineer.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000800 Supplementary Conditions HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 2 of 13 Town of Bridgton ARTICLE 5 – AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS

SC-5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions

SC 5.03 Delete Paragraphs 5.03.A and 5.03.B in their entirety and insert the following: A. No reports of explorations or tests of subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site, or drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site, are known to Owner.

SC-5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions

SC 5.06 Delete Paragraphs 5.06.A and 5.06.B in their entirety and insert the following: A. No reports or drawings related to Hazardous Environmental Conditions at the Site are known to Owner. B. Not Used. SC 5.06 Delete Paragraph 5.06.I in its entirety.

ARTICLE 6 – BONDS AND INSURANCE

SC-6.02 Insurance—General Provisions

SC-6.02 Add the following paragraph immediately after Paragraph 6.02.B: 1. Contractor may obtain worker’s compensation insurance from an insurance company that has not been rated by A.M. Best, provided that such company (a) is domiciled in the state in which the project is located, (b) is certified or authorized as a worker’s compensation insurance provider by the appropriate state agency, and (c) has been accepted to provide worker’s compensation insurance for similar projects by the state within the last 12 months.

SC-6.03 Contractor’s Liability Insurance

SC 6.03 Add the following new paragraph immediately after Paragraph 6.03.J: K. The limits of liability for the insurance required by Paragraph 6.03 of the General Conditions shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts or greater where required by Laws and Regulations: 1. Workers’ Compensation, and related coverages under Paragraphs 6.03.A.1 and A.2 of the General Conditions:

State: Statutory Federal, if applicable (e.g., Longshoreman’s): Statutory Employer’s Liability: $ 1,000,000

Foreign voluntary worker compensation Statutory

2. Contractor’s Commercial General Liability under Paragraphs 6.03.B and 6.03.C of the General Conditions:

General Aggregate $ 2,000,000

Personal and Advertising Injury $ 1,000,000

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000800 Supplementary Conditions HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 3 of 13 Town of Bridgton Each Occurrence (Bodily Injury & Property Damage) $ 1,000,000

Products and Completed Operations $ 2,000,000

3. Automobile Liability under Paragraph 6.03.D. of the General Conditions:

Combined Single Limit $ 1,000,000

4. Excess/Umbrella Liability Insurance: $ 1,000,000 5. Contractor’s Pollution Liability: $ Not Required 6. Contractor’s Professional Liability $ Not Required 7. Additional Insureds: In addition to Owner, include as additional insureds the following: HEB Engineers, Inc.

SC-6.05 Property Insurance

SC-6.05.A.1 Add the following new subparagraph after subparagraph 6.05.A.1: a. In addition to Owner, Contractor, and all Subcontractors, include as insureds the following: HEB Engineers, Inc.

ARTICLE 7 – CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES

SC-7.02 Labor; Working Hours

SC-7.02.B. Add the following new subparagraphs immediately after Paragraph 7.02.B: 1. Regular working hours will be 7:00 AM to 6:00 PM. 7.16 Shop Drawings, Samples, and Other Submittals SC-7.16.E.2. Amend the first and second sentences of Paragraph 7.16.E.2 to state “…to obtain required approval of an item with no more than two submittals. Engineer will record Engineer’s time for reviewing a third submittal or subsequent submittal of a Shop Drawing, sample, or other item requiring approval...”

SC-7.07 Patent Fees and Royalties

SC-7.027.B. Delete Paragraph 7.07.B in its entirety.

ARTICLE 10 – ENGINEER’S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION

SC-10.03 Project Representative

SC-10.03 Add the following new paragraphs immediately after Paragraph 10.03.A: B. On this Project, by agreement with the Owner, Engineer may furnish a near full-time Resident Project Representative to represent Engineer at the Site or assist Engineer in observing the progress and quality of the Work. The Resident Project Representative (RPR) will be Engineer's representative at the Site, will act as directed by and under the supervision of Engineer, and will confer with Engineer regarding RPR's actions. 1. General: RPR's dealings in matters pertaining to the Work in general shall be with Engineer and Contractor. RPR's dealings with Subcontractors shall only be through or with the full knowledge and approval of Contractor. RPR shall generally

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000800 Supplementary Conditions HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 4 of 13 Town of Bridgton communicate with Owner only with the knowledge of and under the direction of Engineer. 2. Schedules: Review the progress schedule, schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample submittals, and Schedule of Values prepared by Contractor and consult with Engineer concerning acceptability. 3. Conferences and Meetings: Attend meetings with Contractor, such as preconstruction conferences, progress meetings, job conferences, and other Project-related meetings, and prepare and circulate copies of minutes thereof. 4. Liaison: a. Serve as Engineer’s liaison with Contractor. Working principally through Contractor’s authorized representative or designee, assist in providing information regarding the provisions and intent of the Contract Documents. b. Assist Engineer in serving as Owner’s liaison with Contractor when Contractor’s operations affect Owner’s on-Site operations. c. Assist in obtaining from Owner additional details or information, when required for proper execution of the Work. 5. Interpretation of Contract Documents: Report to Engineer when clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents are needed and transmit to Contractor clarifications and interpretations as issued by Engineer. 6. Shop Drawings and Samples: a. Record date of receipt of Samples and Contractor-approved Shop Drawings. b. Receive Samples which are furnished at the Site by Contractor, and notify Engineer of availability of Samples for examination. c. Advise Engineer and Contractor of the commencement of any portion of the Work requiring a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal for which RPR believes that the submittal has not been approved by Engineer. 7. Modifications: Consider and evaluate Contractor’s suggestions for modifications in Drawings or Specifications and report such suggestions, together with RPR’s recommendations, if any, to Engineer. Transmit to Contractor in writing decisions as issued by Engineer. 8. Review of Work and Rejection of Defective Work: a. Conduct on-site observations of Contractor’s work in progress to assist Engineer in determining if the Work is in general proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. b. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer a minimum of 24 hours in advance of key construction activities in order to have the Resident Project Representative present to observe the Work. The Contractor shall provide this advance notice for the following construction activities: A. Installation of Best Management Practices. B. Any ledge excavation encountered during construction. C. All backfilling and compaction activities underneath footings and in, around, behind, or over structures and drainage pipes. D. Completion of construction concrete formwork and placing reinforcing steel. E. All cast-in-place concrete placement operations. F. Installation of sewer drainage structures and pipes. G. Placement, compaction and fine grading of roadway subbase.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000800 Supplementary Conditions HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 5 of 13 Town of Bridgton H. All asphalt paving operations. c. Failure of Contractor to provide proper advance notice of construction activities as indicated in Paragraph 3.02 may be cause for rejection of the Work. Any Work rejected shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner.

d. Report to Engineer whenever RPR believes that any part of Contractor’s work in progress is defective, will not produce a completed Project that conforms generally to the Contract Documents, or will imperil the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged, or does not meet the requirements of any inspection, test or approval required to be made; and advise Engineer of that part of work in progress that RPR believes should be corrected or rejected or should be uncovered for observation, or requires special testing, inspection or approval. 9. Inspections, Tests, and System Start-ups: a. Verify that tests, equipment, and systems start-ups and operating and maintenance training are conducted in the presence of appropriate Owner’s personnel, and that Contractor maintains adequate records thereof. b. Observe, record, and report to Engineer appropriate details relative to the test procedures and systems start-ups. 10. Records: a. Prepare a daily report or keep a diary or log book, recording Contractor’s hours on the Site, Subcontractors present at the Site, weather conditions, data relative to questions of Change Orders, Field Orders, Work Change Directives, or changed conditions, Site visitors, deliveries of equipment or materials, daily activities, decisions, observations in general, and specific observations in more detail as in the case of observing test procedures; and send copies to Engineer. b. Record names, addresses, fax numbers, e-mail addresses, web site locations, and telephone numbers of all Contractors, Subcontractors, and major Suppliers of materials and equipment. c. Maintain records for use in preparing Project documentation. 11. Reports: a. Furnish to Engineer periodic reports as required of progress of the Work and of Contractor’s compliance with the Progress Schedule and schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample submittals. b. Draft and recommend to Engineer proposed Change Orders, Work Change Directives, and Field Orders. Obtain backup material from Contractor. c. Immediately notify Engineer of the occurrence of any Site accidents, emergencies, acts of God endangering the Work, force majeure or delay events, damage to property by fire or other causes, or the discovery of any Constituent of Concern or Hazardous Environmental Condition. 12. Payment Requests: Review applications for payment with Contractor for compliance with the established procedure for their submission and forward with recommendations to Engineer, noting particularly the relationship of the payment requested to the Schedule of Values, Work completed, and materials and equipment delivered at the Site but not incorporated in the Work. 13. Certificates, Operation and Maintenance Manuals: During the course of the Work, verify that materials and equipment certificates, operation and maintenance

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000800 Supplementary Conditions HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 6 of 13 Town of Bridgton manuals and other data required by the Contract Documents to be assembled and furnished by Contractor are applicable to the items actually installed and in accordance with the Contract Documents, and have these documents delivered to Engineer for review and forwarding to Owner prior to payment for that part of the Work. 14. Completion: a. Participate in Engineer’s visits to the Site to determine Substantial Completion, assist in the determination of Substantial Completion and the preparation of a punch list of items to be completed or corrected. b. Participate in Engineer’s final visit to the Site to determine completion of the Work, in the company of Owner and Contractor, and prepare a final punch list of items to be completed and deficiencies to be remedied. c. Observe whether all items on the final list have been completed or corrected and make recommendations to Engineer concerning acceptance and issuance of the notice of acceptability of the work. C. The RPR shall not: 1. Authorize any deviation from the Contract Documents or substitution of materials or equipment (including “or-equal” items). 2. Exceed limitations of Engineer’s authority as set forth in the Contract Documents. 3. Undertake any of the responsibilities of Contractor, Subcontractors, or Suppliers. 4. Advise on, issue directions relative to, or assume control over any aspect of the means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of Contractor’s work. 5. Advise on, issue directions regarding, or assume control over security or safety practices, precautions, and programs in connection with the activities or operations of Owner or Contractor. 6. Participate in specialized field or laboratory tests or inspections conducted off-site by others except as specifically authorized by Engineer. 7. Accept Shop Drawing or Sample submittals from anyone other than Contractor. 8. Authorize Owner to occupy the Project in whole or in part.

ARTICLE 13 – COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK

SC-13.03 Unit Price Work

SC 13.03.E Delete Paragraph 13.03.E in its entirety and insert the following in its place: E. The unit price of an item of Unit Price Work shall be subject to reevaluation and adjustment under the following conditions: 1. if the extended price of a particular item of Unit Price Work amounts to 25 percent or more of the Contract Price (based on estimated quantities at the time of Contract formation) and the variation in the quantity of that particular item of Unit Price Work actually furnished or performed by Contractor differs by more than 25 percent from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement; and 2. if there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work; and 3. if Contractor believes that Contractor has incurred additional expense as a result thereof, Contractor may submit a Change Proposal, or if Owner believes that the quantity variation entitles Owner to an adjustment in the unit price, Owner may make a Claim, seeking an adjustment in the Contract Price.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000800 Supplementary Conditions HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 7 of 13 Town of Bridgton ARTICLE 15 - PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR; SET-OFFS; COMPLETION; CORRECTION PERIOD

SC-15.03 Substantial Completion

SC 15.03.B Add the following new subparagraph to Paragraph 15.03.B: 1. If some or all of the Work has been determined not to be at a point of Substantial Completion and will require re-inspection or re-testing by Engineer, the cost of such re- inspection or re-testing, including the cost of time, travel and living expenses, shall be paid by Contractor to Owner. If Contractor does not pay, or the parties are unable to agree as to the amount owed, then Owner may impose a reasonable set-off against payments due under Article 15.

SC-15.05 Final Inspection

SC-15.05 Revise section title to “Final Completion”. SC 15.05.A Delete Paragraph 15.05.A in its entirety and insert the following in its place: A. When Contractor considers the entire Work complete Contractor shall notify Owner and Engineer in writing that the entire Work is finally complete and request that Engineer issue a certificate of Final Completion. Contractor shall at the same time submit to Owner and Engineer an initial draft of punch list items to be completed or corrected before final payment. B. Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, Engineer will promptly make a final inspection with Owner and Contractor and will notify Contractor in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work, or agreed portion thereof, is incomplete or defective. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. C. If Engineer considers the Work finally complete, Engineer will deliver to Owner a preliminary certificate of Final Completion which shall fix the date of Final Completion. Owner shall have seven days after receipt of the preliminary certificate during which to make written objection to Engineer as to any provisions of the certificate. If, after considering the objections to the provisions of the preliminary certificate, Engineer concludes that the Work is not finally complete, Engineer will, within 14 days after submission of the preliminary certificate to Owner, notify Contractor in writing that the Work is not finally complete, stating the reasons therefor. If Owner does not object to the provisions of the certificate, or if despite consideration of Owner’s objections Engineer concludes that the Work is finally complete, then Engineer will, within said 14 days, execute and deliver to Owner and Contractor a final certificate of Final Completion.

ARTICLE 17 – FINAL RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES

SC-17.01 Methods and Procedures

SC 17.01.C Add the following new paragraphs immediately after Paragraph 17.01.B: C. Unless otherwise agreed by the parties in writing, claims not resolved under the Claims Process of Article 12 may be submitted to court of appropriate jurisdiction in Cumberland County, Maine.

ARTICLE 19 – FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS

Add the following new paragraphs immediately after Article 18: 19.01 Agency Not a Party

A. This Contract is expected to be funded in part with funds provided by Agency. Neither Agency, nor any of its departments, entities, or employees is a party to this Contract.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000800 Supplementary Conditions HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 8 of 13 Town of Bridgton

19.02 Contract Approval

A. Owner and Contractor will furnish Owner’s attorney such evidence as required so that Owner’s attorney can complete and execute the “Certificate of Owner’s Attorney” (included at as an attachment to this section) before Owner submits the executed Contract Documents to Agency for approval.

B. Concurrence by the Agency in the award of the Contract is required before the Contract is effective.

19.03 Conflict of Interest

A. Contractor may not knowingly contract with a Subcontractor, Supplier or manufacturer if the individual or entity who prepared the Drawings and Specifications has a corporate or financial affiliation with the Subcontractor, Supplier or manufacturer. Owner’s officers, employees, or agents shall not engage in the award or administration of this Contract if a conflict of interest, real or apparent, would be involved. Such a conflict would arise when: (i) the employee, officer or agent; (ii) any member of their immediate family; (iii) their partner or (iv) an organization that employs, or is about to employ, any of the above, has a financial interest in Contractor. Owner’s officers, employees, or agents shall neither solicit nor accept gratuities, favors or anything of monetary value from Contractor or its Subcontractors or Suppliers.

19.04 Gratuities

A. If Owner finds after a notice and hearing that Contractor, or any of Contractor’s agents or representatives, offered or gave gratuities (in the form of entertainment, gifts, or otherwise) to any official, employee, or agent of Owner or Agency in an attempt to secure this Contract or favorable treatment in awarding, amending, or making any determinations related to the performance of this Contract, Owner may, by written notice to Contractor, terminate this Contract. Owner may also pursue other rights and remedies that the law or this Contract provides. However, the existence of the facts on which Owner bases such findings shall be an issue and may be reviewed in proceedings under the dispute resolution provisions of this Contract.

A. In the event this Contract is terminated as provided in paragraph 19.04.A, Owner may pursue the same remedies against Contractor as it could pursue in the event of a breach of this Contract by Contractor. As a penalty, in addition to any other damages to which it may be entitled by law, Owner may pursue exemplary damages in an amount (as determined by Owner) which shall not be less than three nor more than ten times the costs Contractor incurs in providing any such gratuities to any such officer or employee.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000800 Supplementary Conditions HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 9 of 13 Town of Bridgton

19.05 Audit and Access to Records

A. Owner, Agency, the Comptroller General of the United States, or any of their duly authorized representatives, shall have access to any books, documents, papers, and records of the Contractor which are pertinent to the Agreement, for the purpose of making audits, examinations, excerpts, and transcriptions. Contractor shall maintain all required records for three years after final payment is made and all other pending matters are closed.

19.06 Small, Minority and Women’s Businesses

A. If Contractor intends to let any subcontracts for a portion of the Work, Contractor shall take affirmative steps to assure that small, minority and women’s businesses are used when possible as sources of supplies, equipment, construction, and services. Affirmative steps shall consist of: (1) including qualified small, minority and women’s businesses on solicitation lists; (2) assuring that small, minority and women’s businesses are solicited whenever they are potential sources; (3) dividing total requirements when economically feasible, into small tasks or quantities to permit maximum participation of small, minority, and women’s businesses; (4) establishing delivery schedules, where the requirements of the work permit, which will encourage participation by small, minority and women’s businesses; (5) using the services and assistance of the Small Business Administration and the Minority Business Development Agency of the U.S. Department of Commerce; (6) requiring each party to a subcontract to take the affirmative steps of this section; and (7) Contractor is encouraged to procure goods and services from labor surplus area firms.

19.07 Anti-Kickback

A. Contractor shall comply with the Copeland Anti-Kickback Act (18 USC 874 and 40 USC 276c) as supplemented by Department of Labor regulations (29 CFR Part 3, “Contractors and Subcontractors on Public Buildings or Public Works Financed in Whole or in Part by Loans or Grants of the United States”). The Act provides that Contractor, Subcontractors, and Suppliers shall be prohibited from inducing, by any means, any person employed in the construction, completion, or repair of public facilities, to give up any part of the compensation to which they are otherwise entitled. Owner shall report all suspected or reported violations to Agency.

19.08 Clean Air and Pollution Control Acts

A. If this Contract exceeds $100,000, compliance with all applicable standards, orders, or requirements issued under section 306 of the Clean Air Act (42 USC 1857(h) and 42 USC 7401 et. seq.), section 508 of the Clean Water Act (33 USC 1368) and Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 USC 1251 et seq.), Executive Order 11738, and Environmental Protection Agency regulations is required. Contractor will report violations to the Agency and the Regional Office of the EPA.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000800 Supplementary Conditions HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 10 of 13 Town of Bridgton

19.09 State Energy Policy

A. Contractor shall comply with the Energy Policy and Conservation Act (Public Law 94- 163). Mandatory standards and policies relating to energy efficiency, contained in any applicable State Energy Conservation Plan shall be utilized.

19.10 Equal Opportunity Requirements

A. If this Contract exceeds $10,000, Contractor shall comply with Executive Order 11246, “Equal Employment Opportunity,” as amended by Executive Order 11375, “Amending Executive Order 11246 Relating to Equal Employment Opportunity,” and as supplemented by Regulations at 41 CFR Part 60, “Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Equal Employment Opportunity, Department of Labor”.

B. Contractor’s compliance with Executive Order 11246 shall be based on its implementation of the Equal Opportunity Clause, specific affirmative active obligations required by the Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications, as set forth in 41 CFR Part 60-4 and its efforts to meet the goals established for the geographical area where the Contract is to be performed. The hours of minority and female employment and training must be substantially uniform throughout the length of the Contract, and in each trade, and Contractor shall make a good faith effort to employ minorities and women evenly on each of its projects. The transfer of minority or female employees or trainees from Contractor to contractor or from project to project for the sole purpose of meeting Contractor’s goals shall be a violation of the Contract, the Executive Order, and the Regulations in 41 CFR part 60-4. Compliance with the goals will be measured against the total work hours performed.

C. Contractor shall provide written notification to the Director of the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs within 10 working days of award of any construction subcontract in excess of $10,000 at any tier for construction work under the Contract resulting from this Contract. The notification shall list the name, address, and telephone number of the Subcontractor; employer identification number; estimated dollar amount of subcontract; estimated starting and completion dates of the subcontract; and the geographical area in which the Contract is to be performed.

D. Comply with additional requirements in Section 00 73 37.

19.11 Restrictions on Lobbying

A. Contractor, Subcontractors, and Suppliers shall comply with Restrictions on Lobbying (Public Law 101-121, Section 319) as supplemented by applicable Agency regulations. This Law applies to the recipients of contracts and subcontracts that exceed $100,000 at any tier under a Federal loan that exceeds $150,000 or a Federal grant that exceeds $100,000. Contractor and each Subcontractor and Supplier must complete a certification form on lobbying activities related to a specific Federal loan or grant that is a funding source for this Contract. Each tier certifies to the tier above that it will not and has not used Federal appropriated funds to pay any person or organization for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a member of Congress, or an employee of a member of Congress in connection with obtaining any Federal contract, grant, or any other award covered by 31 USC 1352. Each tier shall disclose any lobbying with non-Federal funds that takes place in connection with obtaining any Federal award. Certifications and disclosures are forwarded from tier to tier up to the Owner.

1. USDA RD Instruction 1940-Q, Exhibit A-1, Certification for Contracts, Grants, and Loans (Lobbying) and Standard Form LLL Disclosure of Lobbying Activities is included at the end of this Section. Contractor shall have submitted this form with its Bid and obtained signed copies of this form from each Subcontractor and

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000800 Supplementary Conditions HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 11 of 13 Town of Bridgton Supplier at Notice of Award, which signed copies are incorporated into the Contract as attachments to the Agreement. Contractor shall obtain a signed form from additional Subcontractors and Suppliers.

19.12 Environmental Requirements

A. When constructing a project involving trenching and/or other related earth excavations, Contractor shall comply with the following environmental constraints:

1. Wetlands – When disposing of excess, spoil, or other construction materials on public or private property, Contractor shall not fill in or otherwise convert wetlands.

2. Floodplains – When disposing of excess, spoil, or other construction materials on public or private property, Contractor shall not fill in or otherwise convert 100- year floodplain areas delineated on the latest Federal Emergency Management Agency Floodplain Maps, or other appropriate maps, i.e., alluvial soils on NRCS Soil Survey Maps.

3. Historic Preservation – Any excavation by Contractor that uncovers an historical or archaeological artifact shall be immediately reported to Owner and a representative of Agency. Construction shall be temporarily halted pending the notification process and further directions issued by Agency after consultation with the State Historic Preservation Officer (SHPO).

4. Endangered Species – Contractor shall comply with the Endangered Species Act, which provides for the protection of endangered and/or threatened species and critical habitat. Should any evidence of the presence of endangered and/or threatened species or their critical habitat be brought to the attention of Contractor, Contractor will immediately report this evidence to Owner and a representative of Agency. Construction shall be temporarily halted pending the notification process and further directions issued by Agency after consultation with the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000800 Supplementary Conditions HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 12 of 13 Town of Bridgton

5. Mitigation Measures – The following environmental mitigation measures are required on this Project:

No cutting of trees with a diameter of 3-inches or greater will be permitted in the months of June or July for this project. All critical components, structures and related appurtenances of the project shall be constructed at least 1-foot above the base flood elevations as shown on the Drawings. No construction equipment, stored materials, temporary facilities and related appurtenances are allowed to be stored or located within the floodplain at any point throughout the duration of the project. 19.14 Debarment and Suspension

A. Pursuant to 40 CFR §31.35, 2 CFR Part 180 Subpart C (entitled “Responsibilities of Participants Regarding Transactions (Doing Business with Other Persons)”) and 2 CFR Part 1532 entitled “Nonprocurement Debarment and Suspension”, grantees and subgrantees of a federal grant must not make any award or permit any award (subgrant or contract) at any tier to any party which is debarred or suspended or is otherwise excluded from or ineligible for participation in Federal assistance programs under Executive Order 12549, ‘‘Debarment and Suspension.’’ Copies of such regulations are available at http://www.gpoaccess.gov/cfr/index.html). Contractors, Subcontractors, or Suppliers that appear on the Excluded Parties List System at www.epls.gov are not eligible for award of any contracts that are Federally funded.

6. Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion - Lower Tier Covered Transactions (AD-1048) (“lower tier participant” refers to Contractor or Subcontractor or Supplier) is included at the end of this Section. Contractor shall have submitted this form with its Bid and obtained signed copies of this form from each Subcontractor and Supplier at Notice of Award, which signed copies are incorporated into the Contract and attached to the Agreement. Contractor shall obtain a signed form from additional Subcontractors and Suppliers.

19.15 Certifications and Compliance Statements by Subcontractors and Suppliers

A. The Contractor shall have submitted the certifications and compliance statement included as attachments to this section prior to award and shall submit these for each Subcontractor and Supplier per Federal requirements after award.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000800 Supplementary Conditions HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 13 of 13 Town of Bridgton SECTION 000900

ADDENDA

The following pages, if any, are the addenda for this project. Subsequent addenda may be added by the Engineer. The Engineer will issue addenda to the bidding document holders. SECTION 000940 WORK CHANGE DIRECTIVE NO.

Date of Issuance: Effective Date: Owner: Town of Bridgton MDOT Project No.: Contractor: Contractor’s Project No.: Engineer: HEB Engineers, Inc. Engineer's Project No.: 2016-007A Project: Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME

Contractor is directed to proceed promptly with the following change(s): Description:

Attachments: [List documents supporting change]

Purpose for Work Change Directive: Directive to proceed promptly with the Work described herein, prior to agreeing to changes on Contract Price and Contract Time, is issued due to: [check one or both of the following] Non-agreement on pricing of proposed change. Necessity to proceed for schedule or other Project reasons. Estimated Change in Contract Price and Contract Times (non-binding, preliminary):

Contract Price $ [increase] [decrease]. Contract Time days [increase] [decrease]. Basis of estimated change in Contract Price: Lump Sum Unit Price Cost of the Work Other

RECOMMENDED: AUTHORIZED BY: RECEIVED: By: By: By: Engineer (Authorized Owner (Authorized Contractor (Authorized Signature) Signature) Signature) Title: Title: Title: Date: Date: Date:

Approved by Funding Agency (if applicable)

By: Date: Title:

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000940 Work Change Directive HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 1 Town of Bridgton SECTION 000941 CHANGE ORDER NO.

Date of Issuance: Effective Date: Owner: Town of Bridgton MDOT Project No.: Contractor: Contractor’s Project No.: Engineer: HEB Engineers, Inc. Engineer's Project No.: 2016-007A Project: Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME

The Contract is modified as follows upon execution of this Change Order: Description:

Attachments: [List documents supporting change]

CHANGE IN CONTRACT PRICE CHANGE IN CONTRACT TIMES [note changes in Milestones if applicable] Original Contract Price: Original Contract Times: Substantial Completion: $ Ready for Final Payment: days or dates [Increase] [Decrease] from previously approved [Increase] [Decrease] from previously approved Change Change Orders No. to No. : Orders No. to No. : Substantial Completion: $ Ready for Final Payment: days Contract Price prior to this Change Order: Contract Times prior to this Change Order: Substantial Completion: $ Ready for Final Payment: days or dates [Increase] [Decrease] of this Change Order: [Increase] [Decrease] of this Change Order: Substantial Completion: $ Ready for Final Payment: days or dates Contract Price incorporating this Change Order: Contract Times with all approved Change Orders: Substantial Completion: $ Ready for Final Payment: days or dates RECOMMENDED: ACCEPTED: ACCEPTED: By: By: By: Engineer (Authorized Signature) Owner (Authorized Signature) Contractor (Authorized Signature) Title: Title: Title: Date: Date: Date

Approved by Funding Agency (if applicable) By: Date: Title:

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000941 Change Order HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 1 Town of Bridgton SECTION 000942 FIELD ORDER NO.

Date of Issuance: Effective Date: Owner: Town of Bridgton MDOT Project No.: Contractor: Contractor’s Project No.: Engineer: HEB Engineers, Inc. Engineer's Project No.: 2016-007A Project: Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME

Contractor is hereby directed to promptly execute this Field Order, issued in accordance with General Conditions Paragraph 11.01, for minor changes in the Work without changes in Contract Price or Contract Times. If Contractor considers that a change in Contract Price or Contract Times is required, submit a Change Proposal before proceeding with this Work. Reference: Specification(s) Drawing(s) / Detail(s)

Description:

Attachments:

ISSUED: RECEIVED:

By: By: Engineer (Authorized Signature) Contractor (Authorized Signature)

Title: Title:

Date: Date:

Copy to: Owner

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 000942 Field Order HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 1 Town of Bridgton DIVISION 01

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

SECTION 011000 SUMMARY

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES:

A. Contract description.

B. Work by Owner or other Work at the Site.

C. Other Work by Contractor.

D. Owner-furnished products.

E. Contractor's use of Site.

F. Owner’s use of Site.

G. Future work.

H. Work sequence.

I. Permits and easements.

J. Specification conventions.

1.2 CONTRACT DESCRIPTION

A. Work of the Project includes the streetscape and sewer improvements throughout the downtown corridor in Bridgton. The project consists of sidewalk replacement, ADA improvements, new street lighting, pavement mill and overlay, and landscape amenities including new street trees, benches, litter receptacles and bicycle racks. Also included is the construction of new sewer main and service laterals within the project limits.

B. The work shall conform to such additional drawings and addenda to these Specifications and Drawings as may be published or exhibited prior to the opening of bids and to such drawings in explanation of details, or as may be furnished by the Engineer from time to time during construction.

C. Work and materials which are necessary in the construction but which are not specifically referred to in the Specification, or shown on the Drawings, but implied by the Contract shall be furnished by the Contractor at Contractor’s own cost and expense and shall be such as will correspond with the general character of the work as may be determined by the Engineer, whose decisions as to the necessity for and character of such work and materials shall be final and conclusive. It is the intent of these Specifications and Drawings to produce a complete, finished job whether shown in every detail or not.

1.3 WORK BY OWNER OR OTHER WORK AT THE SITE

A. Utility companies are responsible for utility pole relocation.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 011000 Summary HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 4 Town of Bridgton 1.4 OTHER WORK BY CONTRACTOR

A. If Contractor enters into agreement to utilize land outside established easement areas or to perform work for others adjacent to Site, Contractor shall provide agreement documentation to the Owner and Engineer prior to commencement of Work.

1.5 OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS

A. Owner's Responsibilities: 1. Arrange for and deliver Owner-reviewed Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples to Contractor. 2. Arrange and pay for delivery to Site. 3. Upon delivery, inspect products jointly with Contractor. 4. Submit claims for transportation damage and replace damaged, defective, or deficient items. 5. Arrange for manufacturers' warranties, inspections, and service.

B. Contractor's Responsibilities: 1. Review Owner-reviewed Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples. 2. Receive and unload products at Site; inspect for completeness or damage jointly with Owner. 3. Handle, store, install, and finish products. 4. Repair or replace items damaged after receipt.

C. Products furnished by Owner for installation by Contractor: 1. Granite blocks.

1.6 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF SITE

A. Limit use of Site to allow: 1. Vehicle and pedestrian access to all businesses during normal business hours. 2. Vehicle access will need to be coordinated for all residential driveways throughout construction. 3. In addition, Contractor will not be allowed to work on the following dates due to community events requiring full access: a. July 4, 2019 to September 2, 2019

B. If necessary, Contractor shall obtain and pay for use of additional storage or work areas if needed to perform the Work.

C. If directed by the Owner, Contractor shall move stored items which interfere with the operations of the Owner for no additional compensation.

1.7 OWNER’S USE OF SITE

A. Schedule and substantially complete designated portions of the Work for occupancy before Substantial Completion of the entire Work. 1. Owner intends to use the project site between July 4, 2019 and September 2, 2019. 2. Owner's use of designated areas before Substantial Completion of the entire Project do not relieve Contractor of responsibility to maintain specified insurance coverages on a 100 percent basis until date of final payment.

B. Schedule the Work to accommodate Owner’s use.

1.8 FUTURE WORK

A. Not used.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 011000 Summary HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 2 of 4 Town of Bridgton 1.9 WORK SEQUENCE

A. Construct Work as shown on the drawings, coordinate Schedule of Construction and operations with Engineer.

B. The proposed work sequence shall be in accordance with the approved Schedule of Construction submitted by the Contractor.

1.10 PERMITS AND EASEMENTS

A. The Owner shall be responsible for identifying and obtaining federal, state, and local permits as may be required due to the nature and location of construction except those required to be obtained by the Contractor such as trench permits, building permits, waste disposal permits, etc. To the extent possible, Owner procured permits shall be obtained prior to the Advertisement for Bids for construction, and copies of all permits so obtained shall be included in the Appendix. The status of the application on each permit, including the conditions thereof, not obtained prior to the Advertisement for Bids are indicated below: 1. None.

B. When construction permits are accompanied by regulations or requirements issued by a particular authority or agency, it shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to be familiar with and comply with such regulations or requirements as they apply to Contractor operations on this project.

C. The Owner shall be responsible for identifying and obtaining all easements for this contract prior to construction except as provided in 1.5.C. of this Section. To the extent possible, Owner procured easements shall be obtained prior to the Advertisement for Bids for construction, and copies of all easements so obtained shall be included in the Appendix. The status of each easement, including the conditions thereof, not obtained prior to the Advertisement for Bids are indicated below: 1. T/L 22/42: William D. Berghoff – Pending 2. T/L 22/43A: Charles & Leila Tuomi – Pending 3. T/L 22/43: 28 Main Street LLC – Pending 4. T/L 22/113: Maple Tree Properties, LLC – Pending 5. T/L 22/114: Fredric G. & Julie A. Whelchel – Pending 6. T/L 22/115: Kelvin M. Burke – Pending 7. T/L 22/123: 21 Main Street LLC – Pending 8. T/L 22/123A: Daniel A. Angelo – Pending 9. T/L 22/125: Roxanna R. Hagerman – Pending 10. T/L 22/125: William Butcher – Pending 11. T/L 22/90: Timothy S. Wile – Pending 12. T/L 22/97: Judith A. Evergreen – Pending 13. T/L 22/91: C&P New Horizons LLC – Pending 14. T/L 22/92: Chalmers Brothers LLC – Pending 15. T/L 22/94: C.N. Brown – Pending 16. T/L 22/95: Judith A. Evergreen – Pending 17. T/L 23/8: Chalmers Brothers LLC – Pending 18. T/L 23/9: Chalmers Brothers LLC – Pending 19. T/L 23/12: Beth’s Kitchen Café, Inc. – Pending 20. T/L 23/13: Allen S. & Kerry P. Hayes – Pending 21. T/L 23/14: Allen S. & Kerry P. Hayes – Pending 22. T/L 23/15: Allen S. & Kerry P. Hayes – Pending 23. T/L 23/145: Bridgton Public Library – Pending 24. T/L 23/18: Peter W. & Judith H. Oberg – Pending 25. T/L 23/27: Justin A. & Pamela J. Ward – Pending 26. T/L 23/28: Brian Lipsett – Pending 27. T/L 23/29: Peter W. & Judith H. Oberg – Pending 28. T/L 23/30: Peter W. & Judith H. Oberg – Pending Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 011000 Summary HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 3 of 4 Town of Bridgton 29. T/L 23/137: Snapdragon LLC – Pending 30. T/L 23/138: Rufus Porter Museum, Inc. – Pending 31. T/L 23/31: Orchard View LLC – Pending 32. T/L 23/32: Homestead Farm Group, LLC – Pending 33. T/L 23/33: Kermit G. & Esther H. Foster – Pending 34. T/L 23/34: Chung Yang, Inc. – Pending 35. T/L 23/54: Charles J. & Jayne L. Hamaty – Pending 36. T/L 23/121: Craig E. & Jane E. Jud – Pending 37. T/L 23/122: Karibu House, LLC – Pending 38. T/L 23/123: Mark H. Grenada – Pending 39. T/L 23/124: N.C.M.H. Guild – Pending 40. T/L 23/125: Ren-Bro Inc. – Pending 41. T/L 23/126: Ren-Bro Inc. – Pending 42. T/L 23/128: Ren-Bro Inc. – Pending 43. T/L 23/60: Christopher McHugh – Pending 44. T/L 23/61: Bridgton United Methodist Church – Pending 45. T/L 23/62: Sara D. Sprague – Pending 46. T/L 23/78: Lakes Environmental Association – Pending 47. T/L 23/117: Patricia McDonald-Scholz – Pending 48. T/L 23/119: Reed Valley – Pending 49. T/L 23/120: James L. & Marilyn B. Thompson – Pending 50. T/L 23/79: Key Bank – Pending 51. T/L 23/81: David D. Diller – Pending 52. T/L 23/82: Kirk M. & Chao Wohlmuth – Pending 53. T/L 23/83: BHOP Pizza LLC – Pending 54. T/L 23/85: Marinis Hrokarakis – Pending 55. T/L 23/86: George E. Maguire – Pending 56. T/L 23/87: Judy Warren – Pending 57. T/L 23/88: Van My & Andy Tran, and Linh Ngoc Quach – Pending 58. T/L 23/89: Andy Tran – Pending 59. T/L 23/105: Macdonald Properties L.P. – Pending 60. T/L 23/106: Macdonald Properties L.P. – Pending 61. T/L 23/107: George E. Maguire – Pending 62. T/L 23/108: Pondicherry Properties Inc. – Pending 63. T/L 23/109: Heathrow Corporation – Pending 64. T/L 23/114: H.A. Maples, Inc. – Pending

1.11 SPECIFICATION CONVENTIONS

A. These Specifications are written in imperative mood and streamlined form. This imperative language is directed to Contractor unless specifically noted otherwise. The words "shall be" are included by inference where a colon (:) is used within sentences or phrases.

PART 2 PRODUCTS - Not Used

PART 3 EXECUTION - Not Used

END OF SECTION

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 011000 Summary HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 4 of 4 Town of Bridgton

SECTION 012000 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Cash allowances.

B. Contingency allowances.

C. Testing and inspection allowances.

D. Schedule of Values.

E. Application for Payment.

F. Change procedures.

G. Defect assessment.

H. Unit prices.

I. Alternates.

1.2 CASH ALLOWANCES

A. Engineer Responsibilities: 1. Consult with Contractor for consideration and selection of products suppliers and installers. 2. Select products in consultation with Owner and transmit decision to Contractor. 3. Prepare Change Order.

B. Contractor Responsibilities: 1. Assist Engineer in selection of products, suppliers, and installers. 2. Obtain proposals from suppliers and installers and offer recommendations. 3. Upon notification of selection by Engineer, execute purchase agreement with designated supplier and installer. 4. Arrange for and process Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples. Arrange for delivery. 5. Promptly inspect products upon delivery for completeness, damage, and defects. Submit claims for transportation damage.

C. Differences in costs will be adjusted by Change Order.

1.3 CONTINGENCY ALLOWANCES.

A. Not Used.

1.4 TESTING AND INSPECTION ALLOWANCES.

A. Not Used.

1.5 SCHEDULE OF VALUES.

A. Submit Schedule of Values within 10 days after the Effective Date of the Contract. Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 012000 Price and Payment Procedures HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 4 Town of Bridgton

1.6 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT

A. Submit three copies of each Application for Payment on EJCDC C-620 - Contractor's Application for Payment or an equivalent form accepted by the Engineer.

B. Content and Format: Use Schedule of Values for listing items in Application for Payment.

C. Submit an updated construction Progress Schedule with each Application for Payment.

D. Payment Period: Submit at intervals stipulated in the Agreement.

E. Submit submittals with transmittal letter as specified in Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures.

1.7 CHANGE PROCEDURES

A. Submittals: Submit name of individual who is authorized to receive change documents and is responsible for informing others in Contractor's employ or Subcontractors of changes to the Work.

B. Carefully study and compare Contract Documents before proceeding with fabrication and installation of Work. Promptly advise Engineer of any error, inconsistency, omission, or apparent discrepancy.

C. Requests for Interpretation (RFI) and Clarifications: Allot time in construction scheduling for liaison with Engineer; establish procedures for handling queries and clarifications. 1. Use standardized form for requesting interpretations. 2. Engineer may respond with a direct answer on the Request for Interpretation form or EJCDC C-942 - Field Order.

D. Engineer will advise of minor changes in the Work not involving adjustment to Contract Sum/Price or Contract Time by issuing supplemental instructions on EJCDC C-942.

E. Engineer may issue Change Order including a detailed description of proposed change with supplementary or revised Drawings and Specifications, a change in Contract Time for executing the change. Contractor will prepare and submit estimate within three (3) days or as otherwise indicated by Engineer.

F. Contractor may propose changes by submitting a request for change to Engineer, describing proposed change and its full effect on the Work. Include a statement describing reason for the change and the effect on Contract Sum/Price and Contract Time with full documentation and a statement describing effect on the Work by separate or other Contractors.

G. Document requested substitutions according to Section 01 25 00 - Substitution Procedures.

H. Stipulated Sum/Price Change Order: Based on Change Order and Contractor's fixed price quotation or Contractor's request for Change Order as approved by Engineer.

I. Unit Price Change Order: For Contract unit prices and quantities, the Change Order will be executed on a fixed unit price basis. For unit costs or quantities of units of that which are not predetermined, execute Work under Work Change Directive. Changes in Contract Sum/Price or Contract Time will be computed as specified for Time and Material Change Order.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 012000 Price and Payment Procedures HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 2 of 4 Town of Bridgton

J. Work Change Directive: Engineer may issue directive, on EJCDC C-940 - Work Change Directive signed by Owner, instructing Contractor to proceed with change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. Document will describe changes in the Work and designate method of determining any change in Contract Sum/Price or Contract Time. Promptly execute change.

K. Time and Material Change Order: Submit itemized account and supporting data after completion of change, within time limits indicated in Conditions of the Contract. Engineer will determine change allowable in Contract Sum/Price and Contract Time as provided in Contract Documents.

L. Maintain detailed records of Work done on time and material basis. Provide full information required for evaluation of proposed changes and to substantiate costs for changes in the Work.

M. Document each quotation for change in Project Cost or Time with sufficient data to allow evaluation of quotation.

N. Change Order Forms: EJCDC C-941 - Change Order.

O. Execution of Change Orders: Engineer will issue Change Orders for signatures of parties as provided in Conditions of the Contract.

P. Correlation of Contractor Submittals: 1. Promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each authorized Change Order as separate line item and adjust Contract Sum/Price. 2. Promptly revise Progress Schedules to reflect change in Contract Time, revise subschedules to adjust times for other items of Work affected by the change, and resubmit. 3. Promptly enter changes in Record Documents.

1.8 DEFECT ASSESSMENT

A. Replace the Work, or portions of the Work, not conforming to specified requirements.

B. If, in the opinion of Engineer, it is not practical to remove and replace the Work, Engineer will direct appropriate remedy or adjust payment.

C. Individual Specification Sections may modify these options or may identify specific formula or percentage sum/price reduction.

D. Authority of Engineer to assess defects and identify payment adjustments is final.

E. Nonpayment for Rejected Products: Payment will not be made for rejected products for any of the following reasons: 1. Products wasted or disposed of in a manner that is not acceptable. 2. Products determined as unacceptable before or after placement. 3. Products not completely unloaded from transporting vehicle. 4. Products placed beyond lines and levels of the required Work. 5. Products remaining on hand after completion of the Work. 6. Loading, hauling, and disposing of rejected products.

1.9 UNIT PRICES

A. Authority: Measurement methods are delineated in individual Specification Sections.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 012000 Price and Payment Procedures HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 3 of 4 Town of Bridgton B. Take measurements and compute quantities. Engineer will verify measurements and quantities. Provide assistance in taking of measurements

C. Unit Quantities: Quantities and measurements indicated on Bid Table are for Contract purposes only. Actual quantities provided shall determine payment.

D. Payment includes: Full compensation for required labor (including taxes), products, tools, equipment, plant and facilities, transportation, services and incidentals; erection, application or installation of any item of Work; overhead and profit.

E. Final payment for Work governed by unit prices will be made on basis of actual measurements and quantities accepted by Engineer multiplied by unit sum/price for Work incorporated in or made necessary by the Work.

F. Measurement of Quantities: Reference MDOT Div 100 – Section 108.01.

1.10 ALTERNATES

A. Alternates quoted on Bid Forms will be reviewed and accepted or rejected at Owner's option. Accepted Alternates will be identified in Owner-Contractor Agreement. The Owner-Contractor Agreement may identify certain Alternates to remain an Owner option for a stipulated period of time.

B. Coordinate related Work and modify surrounding Work. Description for each Alternate is recognized to be abbreviated but requires that each change shall be complete for scope of Work affected. 1. Coordinate related requirements among Specification Sections as required. 2. Include as part of each Alternate: Miscellaneous devices, appurtenances, and similar items incidental to or necessary for complete installation. 3. Coordinate Alternate with adjacent Work and modify or adjust as necessary to ensure integration.

C. Schedule of Alternates: a. None.

PART 2 PRODUCTS - Not Used

PART 3 EXECUTION - Not Used

END OF SECTION

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 012000 Price and Payment Procedures HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 4 of 4 Town of Bridgton SECTION 012500 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Quality assurance.

B. Product options.

C. Product Substitution Procedures.

D. Subcontractor replacement procedures.

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Contract is based on products and standards established in Contract Documents without consideration of proposed substitutions.

B. Products specified define standard of quality, type, function, dimension, appearance, and performance required.

C. Substitution Proposals: Permitted for specified products except where specified otherwise. Do not substitute products unless substitution has been accepted and approved in writing by Engineer.

1.3 PRODUCT OPTIONS

A. See Section 016000 - Product Requirements.

1.4 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES

A. Document 000200 - Instructions to Bidders specifies time restrictions for submitting requests for substitutions during Bidding period.

B. Substitutions may be considered when a product becomes unavailable through no fault of Contractor.

C. Document each request with complete data, substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents, including: 1. Manufacturer's name and address, product, trade name, model, or catalog number, performance and test data, and reference standards. 2. Itemized point-by-point comparison of proposed substitution with specified product, listing variations in quality, performance, and other pertinent characteristics. 3. Reference to Article and Paragraph numbers in Specification Section. 4. Cost data comparing proposed substitution with specified product and amount of net change to Contract Sum. 5. Changes required in other Work. 6. Availability of maintenance service and source of replacement parts as applicable. 7. Certified test data to show compliance with performance characteristics specified. 8. Samples when applicable or requested. 9. Other information as necessary to assist Engineer's evaluation.

D. A request constitutes a representation that the Contractor:

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 012500 Substitution Procedures HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 2 Town of Bridgton 1. Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds quality level of specified product. 2. Will provide same warranty for substitution as for specified product. 3. Will coordinate installation and make changes to other Work that may be required for the Work to be complete with no additional cost to Owner. 4. Waives claims for additional costs or time extension that may subsequently become apparent. 5. Will reimburse Owner for review or redesign services associated with reapproval by authorities having jurisdiction.

E. Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on Shop Drawing or Product Data submittals without separate written request or when acceptance will require revision to Contract Documents.

F. Substitution Submittal Procedure: 1. Submit three copies of Request for Substitution for consideration. Limit each request to one proposed substitution. 2. Submit Shop Drawings, Product Data, and certified test results attesting to proposed product equivalence. Burden of proof is on proposer. 3. Engineer will notify Contractor in writing of decision to accept or reject request.

1.5 SUBCONTRACTOR REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES

A. Engineer will consider requests for substitutions only within 15 days after date established in Notice to Proceed.

B. Document each request with: 1. Subcontractor's qualifications. 2. Subcontractor's experience in work similar to that specified. 3. Other information as necessary to assist Engineer's evaluation.

C. Substitution Submittal Procedure: 1. Submit three copies of Request for Substitution for consideration. Limit each request to one proposed substitution. 2. Engineer will notify Contractor in writing of decision to accept or reject request.

PART 2 PRODUCTS - Not Used

PART 3 EXECUTION - Not Used

END OF SECTION

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 012500 Substitution Procedures HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 2 of 2 Town of Bridgton SECTION 013000 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Coordination and Project conditions.

B. Preconstruction conference.

C. Site mobilization meeting.

D. Progress meetings.

E. Preinstallation meetings.

F. Closeout meeting.

G. Alteration procedures.

1.2 COORDINATION AND PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and Work of various Sections of Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of construction elements.

B. Coordination Drawings: Prepare as required to coordinate all portions of Work. Show relationship and integration of different construction elements that require coordination during fabrication or installation to fit in space provided or to function as intended. Indicate locations where space is limited for installation and access and where sequencing and coordination of installations are important.

C. After Substantial Completion, coordinate access to Site for correction of defective Work and Work not complying with Contract Documents, to minimize disruption.

1.3 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE

A. Engineer will schedule and preside over meeting after Notice of Award before any Work at the Site is initiated.

B. Attendance Required: Engineer, Owner, appropriate governmental agency representatives, major Subcontractors, and Contractor.

C. Engineer: Record minutes and distribute to participants.

D. Minimum Agenda: 1. Use of Site by Owner and Contractor. 2. Work by Owner or others. 3. Owner-furnished products. 4. Future work. 5. Permits and easements. 6. Change procedures. 7. Product substitution. 8. Subcontractor replacement procedures. 9. Temporary utilities. 10. Survey and Site layout.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 013000 Administrative Requirements HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 3 Town of Bridgton 11. Security and housekeeping procedures. 12. Procedures for testing. 13. Procedures for maintaining record documents.

1.4 SITE MOBILIZATION MEETING

A. Not Used.

1.5 PROGRESS MEETINGS

A. Engineer will schedule and administer meetings throughout progress of the Work at maximum two week intervals.

B. Engineer will make arrangements for meetings, prepare agenda with copies for participants, and preside over meetings.

C. Attendance Required: Contractor, Engineer, Resident Engineer, and Owner, as appropriate to agenda topics for each meeting.

D. Minimum Agenda: 1. Review minutes of previous meetings. 2. Review of Work progress. 3. Field observations, problems, and decisions. 4. Identification of problems impeding planned progress. 5. Review of submittal schedule and status of submittals. 6. Review of off-Site fabrication and delivery schedules. 7. Maintenance of Progress Schedule. 8. Corrective measures to regain projected schedules. 9. Planned progress during succeeding work period. 10. Coordination of projected progress. 11. Maintenance of quality and work standards. 12. Effect of proposed changes on Progress Schedule and coordination. 13. Other business relating to Work.

E. Engineer: Record minutes and distribute to participants.

1.6 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS

A. When required in individual Specification Sections, Engineer will convene preinstallation meetings before starting Work of specific Section.

1.7 CLOSEOUT MEETING

A. Schedule Project closeout meeting with sufficient time to prepare for requesting Substantial Completion. Preside over meeting and be responsible for minutes.

B. Attendance Required: Contractor, Engineer, Owner, and others appropriate to agenda.

C. Minimum Agenda: 1. Contractor's inspection of Work. 2. Contractor's preparation of an initial "punch list." 3. Procedure to request Engineer inspection to determine date of Substantial Completion. 4. Completion time for correcting deficiencies. 5. Inspections by authorities having jurisdiction. 6. Transfer of insurance responsibilities. 7. Final cleaning. 8. Preparation for final inspection. 9. Closeout Submittals. Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 013000 Administrative Requirements HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 2 of 3 Town of Bridgton 10. Final Application for Payment. 11. Contractor's demobilization of Site. 12. Bond release requirements. 13. Maintenance.

D. Record minutes and distribute to participants within two days after meeting.

1.8 ALTERATION PROCEDURES

A. Not Used.

PART 2 PRODUCTS - Not Used

PART 3 EXECUTION - Not Used

END OF SECTION

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 013000 Administrative Requirements HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 3 of 3 Town of Bridgton SECTION 013300 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Definitions.

B. Submittal procedures.

C. Construction progress schedules.

D. Proposed product list.

E. Product data.

F. Electronic CAD files of Project Drawings.

G. Shop Drawings.

H. Samples.

I. Other submittals.

J. Test reports.

K. Certificates.

L. Manufacturer's instructions.

M. Manufacturer's field reports.

N. Erection Drawings.

O. Engineer review.

1.2 DEFINITIONS.

A. Not Used.

1.3 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

A. Transmit each submittal with Engineer-accepted form.

B. Sequentially number transmittal forms. Mark revised submittals with original number and sequential alphabetic suffix.

C. Identify: Project, Contractor, Subcontractor and supplier, pertinent Drawing and detail number, and Specification Section number appropriate to submittal.

D. Do not make "mass submittals" to Engineer. "Mass submittals" are defined as six or more submittals or items in one day or 15 or more submittals or items in one week. If "mass submittals" are received, Engineer's review time stated below will be extended as necessary to perform proper review. Engineer will review "mass submittals" based on priority determined by Engineer after consultation with Owner and Contractor. Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 013300 Submittal Procedures HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 6 Town of Bridgton E. Informational submittals and other similar data are for Engineer's information, do not require Engineer's responsive action, and will not be reviewed or returned with comment.

F. Apply Contractor's stamp, signed or initialed, certifying that review, approval, verification of products required, field dimensions, adjacent construction Work, and coordination of information is according to requirements of the Work and Contract Documents.

G. Schedule submittals to expedite Project, and deliver a minimum of four copies to Engineer at business address or submit electronic submittals via email as PDF electronic files. Coordinate submission of related items.

H. For each submittal for review, allow 15 days excluding delivery time to and from Contractor.

I. Identify variations in Contract Documents and product or system limitations that may be detrimental to successful performance of completed Work.

J. Allow space on submittals for Contractor and Engineer review stamps.

K. When revised for resubmission, identify changes made since previous submission.

L. Distribute copies of reviewed submittals as appropriate. Instruct parties to promptly report inability to comply with requirements.

M. Submittals not requested will not be recognized nor processed.

N. Incomplete Submittals: Engineer will not review. Complete submittals for each item are required. Delays resulting from incomplete submittals are not the responsibility of Engineer.

O. The cost of furnishing drawings and details, calculations, product data, samples, test reports and certificates shall be included in the Contract unit price for the item involved.

P. Submit the following in accordance with this Section: 1. Record Drawings: The Contractor is required to update the drawings with As-Built information on a monthly basis, as a minimum. As-Built drawings will be reviewed monthly by the Owner or Engineer with the Contractor. 2. The Contractor shall submit copies of field records and record drawings each month with project invoices. Field data shall be updated each month as applicable.

1.4 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULES

A. Format: 1. Horizontal Bar Chart Schedule, to include at least: a. Identification and listing in chronological order of those activities reasonably required to complete the Work, including: 1) Activities that describe the essential features of the work, activities that might delay Contract completion, and other critical activities. 2) The planned start and completion dates for each activity, the duration of each activity (stated in work days and with activities of more than 15 work days in duration broken into two or more activities distinguished by location or some other feature), and the sequencing of all activities. 3) For Contracts without weather day allowances, the Contractor shall provide a written indication of how the schedule accommodates adverse weather days for each month. 4) Activities related to the procurement of significant materials, equipment, and articles of special manufacture. 5) Dates related to the submission of working drawings, plans, and other data specified for review or approval by the Engineer. 6) Dates related to Engineer’s observations. Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 013300 Submittal Procedures HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 2 of 6 Town of Bridgton 7) Dates related to specified activities by the Engineer/Owner and third parties. b. Listings identified by Specification Section number. c. Identification of the following: 1) Overall percent complete. 2) Horizontal time frame by year, month, and week. 3) Duration, start, and completion for each activity and subactivity. 4) Finish-to-start relationships. 5) Critical activities and Project float. 6) Subschedules to further define critical portions of Work (interim, milestone, substantial completion, and final payment dates).

B. Review and Evaluation: 1. Participate in joint review and evaluation of schedules with Engineer at each submittal. 2. Evaluate Project status to determine Work behind schedule and Work ahead of schedule. 3. After review, revise schedules incorporating results of review, and resubmit within 10 days.

C. Updating Schedules: 1. Maintain schedules to record actual start and finish dates of completed activities. 2. Contractor to submit updated schedule at least every two weeks and as otherwise required by Engineer or Owner. 3. Indicate progress of each activity to date of revision, with projected completion date of each activity. 4. Identify changes since previous submittal. 5. Schedule Updates: a. Changes in Work scope and activities modified since submittal. b. Delays in submittals or resubmittals, deliveries, or Work. c. Adjusted or modified sequences of Work. d. Other identifiable changes. e. Revised projections of progress and completion. 6. Narrative Progress Report: a. Submit with each submission of Progress Schedule as needed to define: 1) Differences between summary of Work completed and Work planned in previously submitted report. 2) Current and anticipated delaying factors and estimated impact on other activities and completion milestones. 3) Corrective action taken or proposed. 7. Upon approval of a Change Order, include the change in the next schedule submittal. 8. Indicate changes required to maintain Date of Substantial Completion.

D. Distribution: 1. After review, revise schedules incorporating results of review, and resubmit within 10 days. 2. Instruct recipients to promptly report, in writing, problems anticipated by projections shown in schedules.

1.5 PROPOSED PRODUCT LIST

A. Within 15 days after date of Notice to Proceed, submit list of major products proposed for use, with name of manufacturer, trade name, and model number of each product.

B. For products specified only by reference standards, indicate manufacturer, trade name, model or catalog designation, and reference standards.

1.6 PRODUCT DATA

A. Product Data: Submit to Engineer for review for assessing conformance with information given and design concept expressed in Contract Documents. Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 013300 Submittal Procedures HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 3 of 6 Town of Bridgton B. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data. Supplement manufacturers' standard data to provide information specific to this Project.

C. After review, produce copies and distribute according to "Submittal Procedures" Article and for record documents described in Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements.

1.7 ELECTRONIC CAD FILES OF PROJECT DRAWINGS

A. Not Used.

1.8 SHOP DRAWINGS

A. Shop Drawings: Submit to Engineer for assessing conformance with information given and design concept expressed in Contract Documents.

B. When required by individual Specification Sections, provide Shop Drawings signed and sealed by a professional Engineer responsible for designing components shown on Shop Drawings. 1. Include signed and sealed calculations to support design. 2. Submit Shop Drawings and calculations in form suitable for submission to and approval by authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Make revisions and provide additional information when required by authorities having jurisdiction.

C. After review, produce copies and distribute according to "Submittal Procedures" Article and for record documents described in Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements.

1.9 SAMPLES

A. Samples: Submit to Engineer for assessing conformance with information given and design concept expressed in Contract Documents.

B. Samples for Selection as Specified in Product Sections: 1. Submit to Engineer for aesthetic, color, and finish selection. 2. Submit Samples of finishes, textures, and patterns for Engineer selection.

C. Submit Samples to illustrate functional and aesthetic characteristics of products, with integral parts and attachment devices. Coordinate Sample submittals for interfacing work.

D. Include identification on each Sample, with full Project information.

E. Submit number of Samples specified in individual Specification Sections; Engineer will retain one Sample.

F. Reviewed Samples that may be used in the Work are indicated in individual Specification Sections.

G. Samples will not be used for testing purposes unless specifically stated in Specification Section.

H. After review, produce copies and distribute according to "Submittal Procedures" Article and for record documents described in Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements.

1.10 OTHER SUBMITTALS

A. Closeout Submittals: Comply with Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 013300 Submittal Procedures HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 4 of 6 Town of Bridgton B. Submit design data for assessing conformance with information given and design concept expressed in Contract Documents.

1.11 TEST REPORTS

A. Submit test reports for assessing conformance with information given and design concept expressed in Contract Documents.

1.12 CERTIFICATES

A. Submit certification by manufacturer, installation/application Subcontractor, or Contractor to Engineer, in quantities specified for Product Data.

B. Indicate material or product conforms to or exceeds specified requirements. Submit supporting reference data, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate.

C. Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or product but must be acceptable to Engineer.

1.13 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS

A. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions for Engineer's knowledge as Contract administrator or for Owner.

B. Submit printed instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, adjusting, and finishing, to Engineer in quantities specified for Product Data.

C. Indicate special procedures, perimeter conditions requiring special attention, and special environmental criteria required for application or installation.

1.14 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD REPORTS

A. Informational Submittal: Submit reports for Engineer's knowledge as Contract administrator or for Owner.

B. Submit report in duplicate within 5 days of observation to Engineer for information.

C. Submit reports for assessing conformance with information given and design concept expressed in Contract Documents.

1.15 ERECTION DRAWINGS

A. Submit erection Drawings for assessing conformance with information given and design concept expressed in Contract Documents.

B. Data indicating inappropriate or unacceptable Work may be subject to action by Engineer or Owner.

1.16 ENGINEER REVIEW

A. Drawings and procedures identified as “approved as noted” indicate that specific clarification or conditional changes have been identified and take precedence over submitted information. Withholding of approval by the Engineer for selected details, calculations or procedures will not constitute a basis for delay.

B. Submittal approval does not authorize changes to Contract requirements unless accompanied by Change Order, Field Order or Work Change Directive.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 013300 Submittal Procedures HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 5 of 6 Town of Bridgton PART 2 PRODUCTS - Not Used

PART 3 EXECUTION - Not Used

END OF SECTION

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 013300 Submittal Procedures HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 6 of 6 Town of Bridgton SECTION 014000 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Examination.

B. Engineering Survey.

C. Quality control.

D. Tolerances.

E. References.

F. Labeling.

G. Mockup requirements.

H. Testing and inspection services.

I. Manufacturers' field services.

1.2 EXAMINATION

A. Examination of Site and Verification of Conditions: 1. Before starting operations, examine site to become acquainted with conditions to be encountered. 2. Verify exact locations of pipes, overhead utilities, conduits and structures which may interfere with work. 3. Perform all exploratory excavations (test pit) prior to any excavations for structures. No excavation for structures will be allowed within 150 feet of a designated test pit until the test pit has been excavated. Contractor shall perform test pit excavations in locations where the Contractor feels information is required to perform work. 4. Contract DIG-SAFE 72 hours prior to beginning construction.

1.3 ENGINEERING SURVEY

A. Employ land surveyor registered in State of Maine and acceptable to Engineer. Licensed Land Surveyor shall employ experienced personnel and provide adequate supervision to the satisfaction of the Engineer at all times when operations are in progress. Submit land surveyor credentials with information as required in General Conditions 7.06.D.

B. Contractor shall locate and protect survey control and reference points. Promptly notify Engineer of discrepancies discovered.

C. Control datum for survey is indicated on Drawings. The Licensed Land Surveyor shall establish certain reference points and benchmarks in the immediate vicinity of the work areas. The Contractor may lay out all additional lines and grades, and otherwise do all layout and measurement necessary for the proper completion of the work.

D. Prior to beginning Work, verify and establish elevations of existing features to ensure that new Work will meet existing elevations in smooth and level alignment except where specifically detailed or indicated otherwise.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 014000 Quality Requirements HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 5 Town of Bridgton E. Verify setbacks and easements; confirm Drawing dimensions and elevations.

F. Provide engineering survey services. Establish elevations, lines, and levels using recognized engineering survey practices.

G. The Contractor shall furnish assistance to the Engineer as requested to check the layout or otherwise control the work. Such assistance shall be understood to include the provision of suitable manpower to assist the Engineer in taping measurements, holding a survey rod for checking grades, and the like. The Contractor shall keep on site, at all times during construction operations, a level and transit and allow Engineer unrestricted use of same at the Site. Any check by Engineer shall not be considered as approval of Contractor’s work.

H. The Engineer reserves the right to inspect or check any of this work, and the Contractor shall not claim added compensation for any delay occasioned by the Engineer exercising this right, nor for any corrective work which is required as a result of the Engineer’s inspections.

I. Remove and reconstruct Work that is improperly located as determined by the Engineer at no additional cost to Owner.

J. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings or as instructed by the manufacturer.

K. Secure Products in place with positive anchorage devises as designed and sized by a Structural Engineer licensed in the State of Maine to withstand stresses, vibration, physical distortion or disfigurement.

1.4 QUALITY CONTROL

A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, Site conditions, and workmanship, to produce Work of specified quality.

B. Comply with specified standards as the minimum quality for the Work except where more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship.

C. Perform Work using persons qualified to produce required and specified quality.

D. Products, materials, and equipment may be subject to inspection by Engineer and Owner at place of manufacture or fabrication. Such inspections shall not relieve Contractor of complying with requirements of Contract Documents.

E. Supervise performance of Work in such manner and by such means to ensure that Work, whether completed or in progress, will not be subjected to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during construction period.

1.5 TOLERANCES

A. Monitor fabrication and installation tolerance control of products to produce acceptable Work. Do not permit tolerances to accumulate.

B. Comply with manufacturers' recommended tolerances and tolerance requirements in reference standards. When such tolerances conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Engineer before proceeding.

C. Adjust products to appropriate dimensions; position before securing products in place.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 014000 Quality Requirements HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 2 of 5 Town of Bridgton 1.6 REFERENCES

A. For products or workmanship specified by association, trade, or other consensus standards, comply with requirements of standard except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes.

B. Conform to reference standard by date of issue current as of date of Contract Documents except where specific date is established by code.

C. Obtain copies of standards and maintain on Site when required by product Specification Sections.

D. When requirements of indicated reference standards conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Engineer before proceeding.

E. Neither contractual relationships, duties, or responsibilities of parties in Contract nor those of Engineer shall be altered from Contract Documents by mention or inference in reference documents.

1.7 LABELING

A. Attach label from agency approved by authorities having jurisdiction for products, assemblies, and systems required to be labeled by applicable code.

B. Label Information: Include manufacturer's or fabricator's identification, approved agency identification, and the following information, as applicable, on each label: 1. Model number. 2. Serial number. 3. Performance characteristics.

C. Manufacturer's Nameplates, Trademarks, Logos, and Other Identifying Marks on Products: Not allowed on surfaces exposed to view in public areas, interior or exterior.

1.8 MOCK-UP REQUIREMENTS

A. Tests will be performed under provisions identified in this Section and identified in individual product Specification Sections.

B. Assemble and erect specified or indicated items with specified or indicated attachment and anchorage devices, flashings, seals, and finishes.

C. Accepted mockups shall be comparison standard for remaining Work.

D. Where mockup has been accepted by Engineer and is specified in product Specification Sections to be removed, remove mockup and clear area when directed to do so by Engineer.

1.9 TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES

A. Employ and pay for services of an independent testing agency or laboratory acceptable to Owner to perform specified testing. 1. Before starting Work, submit testing laboratory name, address, and telephone number, and names of full-time Manager and responsible officer. 2. Submit copy of report of laboratory facilities' inspection made by Materials Reference Laboratory of National Bureau of Standards during most recent inspection, with memorandum of remedies of deficiencies reported by inspection.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 014000 Quality Requirements HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 3 of 5 Town of Bridgton B. Independent firm will perform tests, inspections, and other services specified in individual Specification Sections and as required by Engineer. 1. Laboratory: Authorized to operate at Project location. 2. Laboratory Staff: Maintain full-time Manager on staff to review services. 3. Testing Equipment: Calibrated at reasonable intervals with devices of an accuracy traceable to National Bureau of Standards or accepted values of natural physical constants.

C. Testing, inspections, and source quality control may occur on or off Project Site. Perform off- Site testing as required by Engineer or Owner.

D. Reports shall be submitted by independent firm to Engineer and Contractor, indicating observations and results of tests and compliance or noncompliance with Contract Documents. 1. Submit final report indicating correction of Work previously reported as noncompliant.

E. Cooperate with independent firm; furnish samples of materials, design mix, equipment, tools, storage, safe access, and assistance by incidental labor as requested. 1. Notify Engineer and independent firm 48 hours before expected time for operations requiring services. 2. Make arrangements with independent firm and pay for additional Samples and tests required for Contractor's use.

F. Employment of testing agency or laboratory shall not relieve Contractor of obligation to perform Work according to requirements of Contract Documents.

G. Retesting or re-inspection required because of nonconformance with specified or indicated requirements shall be performed by same independent firm on instructions from Engineer. The Contractor shall take immediate corrective measures as suggested by the testing laboratory and/or directed by the Engineer to make the materials meet or exceed the specifications, conducted and paid for by the Contractor.

H. Testing Agency Responsibilities: 1. Test Samples of mixes submitted by Contractor. 2. Provide qualified personnel at Site. Cooperate with Engineer and Contractor in performance of services. 3. Perform indicated sampling and testing of products according to specified standards. 4. Ascertain compliance of materials and mixes with requirements of Contract Documents. 5. Promptly notify Engineer and Contractor of observed irregularities or nonconformance of Work or products. 6. Perform additional tests required by Engineer.

I. Testing Agency Reports: After each test, promptly submit report to Engineer, Contractor, and authorities having jurisdiction. When requested by Engineer, provide interpretation of test results. Include the following: 1. Date issued. 2. Project title and number. 3. Name of inspector. 4. Date and time of sampling or inspection. 5. Identification of product and Specification Section. 6. Location in Project. 7. Type of inspection or test. 8. Date of test. 9. Results of tests. 10. Conformance with Contract Documents.

J. Limits on Testing Authority:

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 014000 Quality Requirements HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 4 of 5 Town of Bridgton 1. Agency or laboratory may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. 2. Agency or laboratory may not approve or accept any portion of the Work. 3. Agency or laboratory may not assume duties of Contractor. 4. Agency or laboratory has no authority to stop the Work.

1.10 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES

A. When specified in individual Specification Sections, require material or product suppliers or manufacturers to provide qualified staff personnel to observe Site conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, as applicable, and to initiate instructions when necessary.

B. Submit qualifications of observer to Engineer 30 days in advance of required observations. Observer is subject to approval of Engineer.

C. Report observations and Site decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturer's written instructions.

D. Refer to Section 013300 - Submittal Procedures, "Manufacturer's Field Reports" Article.

PART 2 PRODUCTS - Not Used

PART 3 EXECUTION - Not Used

END OF SECTION

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 014000 Quality Requirements HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 5 of 5 Town of Bridgton SECTION 015000 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Temporary Utilities: 1. Temporary electricity. 2. Temporary lighting for construction purposes. 3. Temporary heating. 4. Temporary cooling. 5. Temporary ventilation. 6. Communication services. 7. Temporary water service. 8. Temporary sanitary facilities.

B. Construction Facilities: 1. Field offices and sheds. 2. Vehicular access. 3. Parking. 4. Progress cleaning and waste removal. 5. Project identification. 6. Traffic regulation. 7. Fire-prevention facilities.

C. Temporary Controls: 1. Barriers. 2. Enclosures and fencing. 3. Security. 4. Water control. 5. Dust control. 6. Erosion and sediment control. 7. Noise control. 8. Pest and rodent control. 9. Pollution control. 10. Adverse Conditions. 11. Protection of Construction and Equipment. 12. Care and Protection of Property.

D. Removal of utilities, facilities, and controls.

1.2 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY

A. Provide and pay for temporary power service required as needed for construction operation.

1.3 TEMPORARY LIGHTING FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES

A. Provide and maintain sufficient lighting for construction operations after dark for safety.

B. Provide and maintain 1 watt/sq ft (10.8 watts/sq m) lighting to storage areas and entire Site after dark for security purposes.

C. Provide branch wiring from power source to distribution boxes with lighting conductors, pigtails, lamps, and the like, for specified lighting levels.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 015000 Temporary Facilities and Controls HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 7 Town of Bridgton D. Maintain lighting and provide routine repairs.

1.4 TEMPORARY HEATING

A. Provide and pay for heating devices and heat as needed to maintain specified conditions for construction operations.

1.5 TEMPORARY COOLING

A. Not Used.

1.6 TEMPORARY VENTILATION

A. Not Used.

1.7 COMMUNICATION SERVICES

A. Not Used.

1.8 TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE

A. Provide and pay for suitable quality water service as needed to maintain specified conditions for construction operations.

B. Extend branch piping with outlets located so that water is available by hoses with threaded connections. Provide temporary pipe insulation and heat tape to prevent freezing.

C. The Contractor is prohibited from withdrawal of water from adjacent water bodies or water courses.

D. The Contractor is further prohibited from utilizing abutting property owners’ water unless prior written authorization from the abutting property owner is obtained and provided to the Engineer and Owner.

1.9 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES

A. Provide and maintain required facilities and enclosures. Provide facilities at time of Project mobilization.

1.10 FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS

A. Coordinate the location of field offices and sheds with Owner or Engineer.

B. Construction: Portable or mobile buildings, or buildings constructed with floors raised aboveground, securely fixed to foundations with steps and landings at entrance doors. 1. Construction: Structurally sound, secure, weathertight enclosures for office and storage spaces. Maintain during progress of Work; remove enclosures when no longer needed. 2. Thermal Resistance of Floors, Walls, and Ceilings: Compatible with occupancy and storage requirements. 3. Exterior Materials: Weather-resistant, finished in one color acceptable to Engineer. 4. Interior Materials in Storage Sheds: As required to provide specified conditions for storage of products.

C. Environmental Control: 1. Heating, Cooling, and Ventilating for Offices: Automatic equipment to maintain comfort conditions.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 015000 Temporary Facilities and Controls HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 2 of 7 Town of Bridgton D. Storage Areas and Sheds: Size to storage requirements for products of individual Sections, allowing for access and orderly provision for maintenance and inspection of products to suit requirements in Section 016000 - Product Requirements.

E. Preparation: Fill and grade Sites for temporary structures sloped for drainage.

F. Maintenance and Cleaning: 1. Periodic cleaning and maintenance for field offices, sheds and storage areas. 2. Maintain walks free of mud, water, snow, and the like.

G. Removal: At completion of Work remove buildings, foundations, utility services, and debris. Restore areas to same or better condition as original condition.

1.11 VEHICULAR ACCESS

A. Construct temporary access roads from public thoroughfares to serve construction area, of width and load-bearing capacity to accommodate unimpeded traffic for construction purposes.

B. Construct temporary bridges and culverts to span low areas and allow unimpeded drainage.

C. Extend and relocate vehicular access as Work progress requires and provide detours as necessary for unimpeded traffic flow.

D. Locate as indicated on Drawings and/or approved by Engineer.

E. Provide and maintain access to fire hydrants and control valves free of obstructions.

F. Provide means of removing mud from vehicle wheels before entering streets.

G. Use designated existing on-Site roads for construction traffic as approved by the Engineer.

1.12 PARKING

A. Provide temporary gravel surface parking areas to accommodate construction personnel.

B. Locate as indicated on Drawings and/or approved by Engineer.

C. If Site space is not adequate, provide additional off-Site parking.

D. Designate one parking space for Engineer or Owner.

E. Maintenance: 1. Maintain traffic and parking areas in sound condition free of excavated material, construction equipment, products, mud, snow, ice, and the like. 2. Maintain existing and permanent paved areas used for construction; promptly repair breaks, potholes, low areas, standing water, and other deficiencies, to maintain paving and drainage in original condition.

F. Removal, Repair: 1. Remove temporary materials and construction before Substantial Completion. 2. Repair facilities damaged by use, to original condition.

G. Mud from Site vehicles: Provide means of removing mud from vehicle wheels before entering streets.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 015000 Temporary Facilities and Controls HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 3 of 7 Town of Bridgton 1.13 PROGRESS CLEANING AND WASTE REMOVAL

A. Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain Site in clean and orderly condition.

B. Collect and remove waste materials, debris, and rubbish from Site and dispose of off-Site.

C. Notify Engineer with documentation regarding all disposal agreements.

1.14 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION

A. See federal sign requirements in Appendix B.

1.15 TRAFFIC REGULATION

A. Signs, Signals, and Devices: 1. Post-Mounted and Wall-Mounted Traffic Control and Informational Signs: As approved by authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Automatic Traffic Control Signals: As approved by local jurisdictions. 3. Traffic Cones, Drums, Flares, and Lights: As approved by authorities having jurisdiction. 4. Flag Person Equipment: As required by authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Flag Persons: Provide trained and equipped flag persons to regulate traffic when construction operations or traffic encroach on public traffic lanes.

C. Flares and Lights: Use flares and lights during hours of low visibility to delineate traffic lanes and to guide traffic.

D. Haul Routes: 1. Consult with authorities having jurisdiction and establish public thoroughfares to be used for haul routes and Site access. 2. Confine construction traffic to designated haul routes. 3. Provide traffic control at critical areas of haul routes to regulate traffic and to minimize interference with public traffic.

E. Traffic Signs and Signals: 1. Provide signs at approaches to Site and on Site, at crossroads, detours, parking areas, and elsewhere as needed to direct construction and affected public traffic. 2. Provide, operate, and maintain traffic control signals to direct and maintain orderly flow of traffic in areas under Contractor's control and areas affected by Contractor's operations. 3. Relocate signs and signals as Work progresses, to maintain effective traffic control.

F. Removal: 1. Remove equipment and devices when no longer required. 2. Repair damage caused by installation.

1.16 FIRE-PREVENTION FACILITIES

A. Not Used.

1.17 BARRIERS

A. Provide barriers to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas and to protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage from construction operations and demolition.

B. Provide barricades and covered walkways required by authorities having jurisdiction for public rights-of-way.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 015000 Temporary Facilities and Controls HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 4 of 7 Town of Bridgton C. Tree and Plant Protection: Preserve and protect existing trees and plants designated to remain.

D. Protect non-owned vehicular traffic, stored materials, Site, and structures from damage.

1.18 ENCLOSURES AND FENCING

A. Not used.

1.19 SECURITY

A. Security Program: 1. Protect Work and facilities from theft, vandalism, and unauthorized entry.

B. Entry Control: 1. Restrict entrance of persons and vehicles to Project Site.

1.20 WATER CONTROL

A. Grade Site to drain. Maintain excavations free of water. Provide, operate, and maintain necessary pumping equipment.

B. Protect Site from puddles or running water. Provide erosion-control measures as required to protect Site from soil erosion.

1.21 DUST CONTROL

A. Execute Work by methods that minimize raising dust from construction operations.

B. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, tools and equipment necessary to apply water on roads or traveled surfaces within the Site as necessary to control dust. Calcium chloride will not be allowed to be used on this project due to the potential for contaminating nearby surface water or groundwater.

C. Water for sprinkling shall be clean, free of salt, oil and other injurious materials.

D. When dust control is not included as a separate item in the Contract, the work shall be considered incidental to the appropriate item(s) of the Contract.

E. Provide positive means to prevent airborne dust from dispersing into atmosphere and into Owner-occupied areas.

1.22 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL

A. Plan and execute construction by methods to control surface drainage from cuts and fills from borrow and waste disposal areas. Prevent erosion and sedimentation.

B. Minimize surface area of bare soil exposed at one time.

C. Provide temporary measures including berms, dikes, drains, and other devices to prevent water flow.

D. Construct fill and waste areas by selective placement to avoid erosive surface silts and clays.

E. Periodically inspect earthwork to detect evidence of erosion and sedimentation. Promptly apply corrective measures.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 015000 Temporary Facilities and Controls HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 5 of 7 Town of Bridgton F. Comply with sediment and erosion control plan indicated on Drawings.

1.23 NOISE CONTROL

A. Provide methods, means, and facilities to minimize noise produced by construction operations.

1.24 PEST AND RODENT CONTROL

A. Not Used.

1.25 POLLUTION CONTROL

A. Comply with pollution and environmental control requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

1.26 ITIONS

A. Night Work: 1. Work after dark will not be permitted except under extreme emergency, or only under special directions, and only if permitted by the Owner. 2. Whenever the Contractor finds it necessary or expedient to work at night, such night work shall be performed by the Contractor without additional or extra cost to the Owner, and only with the Owner’s approval. The Contractor shall provide all lights required for the proper and expeditious carrying on of any work. 3. The placing of concrete shall be started early enough in the daylight hours to insure completion of the section under construction before dark.

B. Weather Conditions: 1. No work shall be done when the weather is unsuitable. The Contractor shall take necessary precautions (in the event of impending storms) to protect all work, materials and equipment from damage or deterioration due to floods, driving rain, wind or snowstorms. The Owner reserves the right, through the opinion of the Engineer, to order that additional protective measures over and beyond those proposed by the Contractor, be taken to safeguard all components of the project. The Contractor shall not claim any compensation for such precautionary measures so ordered, nor claim any compensation from the Owner for damage to the work from weather elements. 2. The mixing and placing of concrete or pavement courses, the laying of masonry, and installation of sewers and water mains shall be stopped during rain storms; all freshly placed work shall be protected by canvas or other suitable covering in such a manner as to prevent running water from coming in contact with it. Sufficient coverings shall be provided and kept ready at hand for this purpose. The limitations and requirements for mixing and placing concrete, or laying of masonry, in cold weather shall be as described elsewhere in these specifications.

1.27 PROTECTION OF CONSTRUCTION AND EQUIPMENT

A. All newly constructed work shall be carefully protected from any injury or damage. Wheeling, walking or placing of heavy loads on work shall not be allowed and all portions of the work injured or damaged shall be reconstructed by the Contractor at Contractor’s expense.

B. All structures shall be protected in a manner approved by the Engineer. Should any parts of the structures become heaved, cracked or otherwise damaged all such damage shall be completely repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the Engineer. All work shall be completed at Contractor’s expense.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 015000 Temporary Facilities and Controls HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 6 of 7 Town of Bridgton C. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to prevent damage to any structure due to water pressure during and after construction until such structure is accepted and taken over by the Owner.

D. If, in the in final inspection of the work, any defects, faults or omissions are found, the Contractor shall cause the same to be repaired or removed and replaced by proper materials and workmanship without additional compensation for the materials and labor required.

E. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the satisfactory maintenance and repair of the construction and other work undertaken herein for a least the guarantee period provided in the Contract Documents.

1.28 CARE AND PROTECTION OF PROPERTY

A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the preservation of all public and private property, and shall use every precaution necessary to prevent damage thereto. If any direct or indirect damage is done to public or private property by or on account of any act, omission, neglect or misconduct in the execution of the work on the part of the Contractor, such property shall be restored by the Contractor at Contractor’s expense to a condition similar or equal to that existing before the damage was done.

B. Along the location of this work, all signs, driveways, fences, walks, lawns, bushes, trees, shrubbery, and other physical features shall be protected and restored in a thoroughly workmanlike manner. Features removed or damaged by the Contractor shall be replaced in the location indicated on the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer as soon as conditions permit. All grass areas beyond the limits of construction which have been damaged or disturbed by the Contractor shall be graded and seeded at no additional cost to the Owner.

C. Trees close to the work shall be boxed or otherwise protected against injury. The Contractor shall trim all branches that are liable to be damaged because of Contractor operations, but in no case shall any trees be cut or removed without prior notification of the Owner. All injuries to bark, trunk, limbs and roots of trees shall be repaired by dressing, cutting and painting according to approved methods using only approved tools and at no cost to the Owner.

D. The protection, removal and replacement of existing physical features along the line of work shall be a part of the work under the Contract and all costs in connection therewith shall be included in the Bid.

1.29 REMOVAL OF UTILITIES, FACILITIES, AND CONTROLS

A. Remove temporary utilities, equipment, facilities, and materials before Final Application for Payment inspection.

B. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary Work.

C. Restore to original condition.

PART 2 PRODUCTS - Not Used

PART 3 EXECUTION - Not Used

END OF SECTION

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 015000 Temporary Facilities and Controls HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 7 of 7 Town of Bridgton SECTION 016000 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Products.

B. Product delivery requirements.

C. Product storage and handling requirements.

D. Product options.

E. Equipment electrical characteristics and components.

1.2 PRODUCTS

A. At minimum, comply with specified requirements and reference standards.

B. Specified products define standard of quality, type, function, dimension, appearance, and performance required.

C. Furnish products of qualified manufacturers that are suitable for intended use. Furnish products of each type by single manufacturer unless specified otherwise. Confirm that manufacturer's production capacity can provide sufficient product, on time, to meet Project requirements.

D. Do not use materials and equipment removed from existing premises except as specifically permitted by Contract Documents.

E. Furnish interchangeable components from same manufacturer for components being replaced.

1.3 PRODUCT DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS

A. Transport and handle products according to manufacturer's instructions.

B. Promptly inspect shipments to ensure products comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and products are undamaged.

C. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products; use methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage.

1.4 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS

A. Store and protect products according to manufacturer's instructions.

B. Store products with seals and labels intact and legible.

C. Store sensitive products in weathertight, climate-controlled enclosures in an environment suitable to product.

D. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place products on sloped supports aboveground.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 016000 Product Requirements HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 2 Town of Bridgton E. Provide bonded off-Site storage and protection when Site does not permit on-Site storage or protection.

F. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilation to prevent condensation and degradation of products.

G. Store loose granular materials on solid flat surfaces in well-drained area. Prevent mixing with foreign matter.

H. Provide equipment and personnel to store products; use methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage.

I. Arrange storage of products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to verify products are undamaged and are maintained in acceptable condition.

1.5 PRODUCT OPTIONS

A. Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Products complying with specified reference standards or description.

B. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers: Products of one of manufacturers named and complying with Specifications; no options or substitutions allowed.

C. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with Provision for Substitutions: Submit Request for Substitution for any manufacturer not named, according to Section 012500 - Substitution Procedures.

1.6 EQUIPMENT ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND COMPONENTS

A. Not Used.

PART 2 PRODUCTS - Not Used

PART 3 EXECUTION - Not Used

END OF SECTION

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 016000 Product Requirements HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 2 of 2 Town of Bridgton SECTION 017000 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Closeout procedures.

B. Starting of systems.

C. Demonstration and instructions.

D. Testing, adjusting, and balancing.

E. Project record documents.

F. Operation and maintenance data.

G. Manual for materials and finishes.

H. Manual for equipment and systems.

I. Spare parts and maintenance products.

J. Product warranties and product bonds.

K. Maintenance service.

1.2 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES

A. Prerequisites to Substantial Completion: Complete following items before requesting Certification of Substantial Completion, either for entire Work or for portions of Work: 1. Submit record documents, and other similar final record data in compliance with this Section. 2. The following major items of work shall be completed for Substantial Completion: a. All site components are to be constructed to the satisfaction of the Owner. b. Sewer and drainage facilities are to be complete and functional to the satisfaction of the Owner. c. All lighting and site amenities are installed to the satisfaction of the Owner. d. All paving is completed to the satisfaction of the Owner. 3. Conduct inspection to establish basis for request that Work is substantially complete. Create comprehensive list (initial punch list) indicating items to be completed or corrected, value of incomplete or nonconforming Work, reason for being incomplete, and date of anticipated completion for each item. Include copy of list with request for Certificate of Substantial Completion. 4. Obtain and submit releases enabling Owner's full, unrestricted use of Project and access to services and utilities. Include releases from authorities having jurisdiction and utility companies. 5. Advise Owner's personnel of change-over in security provisions. 6. Perform final cleaning according to this Section.

B. Prerequisites for Final Completion: Complete following items before requesting final acceptance and final payment. 1. When Contractor considers Work to be complete, submit written certification that: a. Contract Documents have been reviewed.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 017000 Execution and Closeout Requirements HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 4 Town of Bridgton b. Work has been examined for compliance with Contract Documents. c. Work has been completed according to Contract Documents. d. Work is completed and ready for final inspection. 2. The following major items of work shall be completed for Final Completion: a. Landscaping and mulch are complete to the satisfaction of the Owner. b. Vegetation is established on all disturbed areas to the satisfaction of the Owner. c. All signs and pavement markings are complete to the satisfaction of the Owner. 3. Perform final cleaning for Contractor-soiled areas according to this Section.

C. Final Completion Inspection: 1. Within seven days after receipt of request for final inspection, Engineer will make inspection to determine whether Work or designated portion is complete. 2. Should Engineer consider Work to be incomplete or defective: a. Engineer will promptly notify Contractor in writing, listing incomplete or defective Work. b. Contractor shall remedy stated deficiencies and send second written request to Engineer that Work is complete. c. Engineer will reinspect Work. d. Redo and Inspection of Deficient Work: Repeated until Work passes Engineer's inspection.

1.3 STARTING OF SYSTEMS

A. Not Used.

1.4 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTIONS

A. Not Used.

1.5 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING

A. Not Used.

1.6 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS

A. Maintain on Site one set of the following record documents; record actual revisions to the Work: 1. Drawings. 2. Specifications. 3. Addenda. 4. Change Orders and other modifications to the Contract. 5. Reviewed Shop Drawings, product data, and Samples. 6. Manufacturer's instruction for assembly, installation, and adjusting.

B. Ensure entries are complete and accurate, enabling future reference by Owner.

C. Store record documents separate from documents used for construction.

D. Record information concurrent with construction progress, not less than weekly.

E. Specifications: Legibly mark and record, at each product Section, description of actual products installed, including the following: 1. Manufacturer's name and product model and number. 2. Product substitutions or alternates used. 3. Changes made by Addenda and modifications.

F. Record Drawings and Shop Drawings: Legibly mark each item to record actual construction as follows: Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 017000 Execution and Closeout Requirements HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 2 of 4 Town of Bridgton 1. Include Contract modifications such as Addenda, supplementary instructions, change directives, field orders, minor changes in the Work, and change orders. 2. Include locations of concealed elements of the Work. 3. Identify depth of buried utility lines and provide dimensions showing distances from permanent components that are parallel to utilities. 4. Dimension ends, corners, and junctions of buried utilities to components using triangulation. 5. Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements. 6. Field changes of dimension and detail. 7. Details not on original Drawings.

G. Submit marked-up paper copy documents to Engineer with claim for final Application for Payment.

1.7 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA

A. Not Used.

1.8 MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES

A. Not Used.

1.9 MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS

A. Not Used.

1.10 SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE PRODUCTS

A. Not Used.

1.11 PRODUCT WARRANTIES AND PRODUCT BONDS

A. Obtain warranties and bonds executed in duplicate by responsible Subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers.

B. Execute and assemble transferable warranty documents and bonds from Subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers.

C. Verify documents are in proper form, contain full information, and are notarized.

D. Co-execute submittals when required.

E. Include table of contents and assemble in three D side ring binder with durable cover.

F. Submit prior to final Application for Payment.

1.12 MAINTENANCE SERVICE

A. Furnish service and maintenance of all work for one year from date of Substantial Completion.

B. Do not assign or transfer maintenance service to agent or Subcontractor without prior written consent of Owner.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 017000 Execution and Closeout Requirements HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 3 of 4 Town of Bridgton PART 2 PRODUCTS - Not Used

PART 3 EXECUTION - Not Used

END OF SECTION

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 017000 Execution and Closeout Requirements HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 4 of 4 Town of Bridgton DIVISION 02

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

All work shall be in accordance with “State of Maine Department of Transportation Standard Specifications – November 2014 Edition” (Standard Specifications).

The Standard Specifications are hereby amended as follows:

1. Wherever in the Specifications and in this Contract the term “Department”, “the Department of Transportation”, “MDOT”, or any reference to the “State of Maine, Department of Transportation” or its “Engineers” is mentioned, the intent and meaning shall be interpreted to refer to the TOWN OF BRIDGTON, MAINE, or their authorized representative.

All applicable portions of Sections 201 through 699 of the Standard Specifications (English Units) apply to this project, unless modified by Supplemental Specifications or Special Provisions within this document.

The MaineDOT Standard Specifications are periodically supplemented with updates posted on the MaineDOT website.

All applicable Supplemental Specifications for Sections 201 through 699 available at the Bid Due Date will be considered part of this Contract.

These lists are not all inclusive and do not relieve the Contractor from complying with any or all MDOT specifications or plans referred to by the Contract Documents or referred to by sections of the MDOT specifications that apply. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to obtain copies of these specifications and plans. These plans may be downloaded, free of charge, from the MDOT website.

END OF SECTION

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME Technical Specifications HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 1 Town of Bridgton

SPECIAL ATTENTIONS

The following Special Attentions are to be used in conjunction with the Standard Specifications and are herein made a part of the Contract Documents and apply to this project:

MaineDOT November 2014 Standard Details

Supplemental Specifications (Corrections, Additions, & Revisions to Standard Specifications – November 2014 (As of Bid Date)

MaineDOT Qualified Products List (As of Bid Date)

Permits applied for or obtained by the OWNER, if any, are included in the Appendix. The Contractor is responsible for complying with the project-specific conditions outlined in the permit(s). If the Contractor intends to proceed with construction means and methods that are outside the General Conditions and Specific Conditions of the permit(s), it is the Contractor’s responsibility to obtain new permit(s) for these means and methods and to bear all costs associated with applying for and obtaining new permit(s).

END OF SECTION

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME Special Attentions HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 1 Town of Bridgton SPECIAL PROVISIONS

The following Special Provisions are to be used in conjunction with the “State of Maine Department of Transportation Standard Specifications – November 2014 Edition” and are herein made a part of the Contract Documents and apply to this project:

Section Description

202 Removing Structures and Obstructions 203 Excavation and Embankment 403 Hot Mix Asphalt Pavement 409 Bituminous Tack Coat 507 Railings 603 Pipe Culverts and Storm Drains 604 Manholes, Inlets and Catch Basins 605 Underdrains 608 Sidewalks 609 Curb 615 Loam 621 Landscaping 626 Foundations, Conduit, and Junction Boxes 627 Pavement Markings 634 Highway Lighting 635 Repair Retaining Wall 641 Rest Area Facilities 642 Steps 645 Highway Signing 652 Maintenance of Traffic 656 Temporary Soil Erosion and Water Pollution Control 659 Mobilization

Main Street Streetscape Project Special Provisions HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 1 Town of Bridgton

S P E C I A L P R O V I S I O N SECTION 202 – REMOVING OF STRUCTURES AND OBSTRUCTIONS

The provisions of Section 202 of the Standard Specifications shall apply with the following additions and modifications:

202.01 DESCRIPTION

This work shall consist of removal (milling, grinding or planning) of the surface if the bituminous concrete pavement to the depth, width, grade and cross sections as directed by the Engineer.

202.061 REMOVING MATERIAL The equipment for removing the bituminous surface shall be a power operating planing machine or grinder capable of removing the bituminous concrete pavement to the required depth. The equipment shall be capable of accurately establishing profile grade by referencing from either the existing paving or from an independent grade control and shall have a positive means for removing excess material from the surface and for preventing accidents from flying material in compliance with subsection 107.24, Safety and Accident Prevention, of the Standard Specification. Pavement millings shall become the property of the Town and shall be delivered to the Public Works Facility (31 Willett Road, Bridgton). Coordinate with Jim Kidder (207-647-1127).

202.07 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT

Measurement for removing pavement surface shall be based on the square yard of material removed to the dept specified on the plans, or as directed.

202.08 BASIS OF PAYMENT

The accepted quantity of removing pavement surface will be paid for at the contract unit price per square yard which price will be full compensation for removing, hauling, clean up and stockpiling the material.

Payment will be made under:

Pay Item Pay Unit

202.202 Milling Existing Bituminous Surfaces Square Yard

END OF SECTION

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME Special Provision 202 – Removing of Structures and Obstructions HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 1 Town of Bridgton S P E C I A L P R O V I S I O N SECTION 203 – EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT

The provisions of Section 203 of the Standard Specifications shall apply with the following additions and modifications:

203.01 DESCRIPTION

This work shall consist of the removal of existing pavement and subgrade materials for the installation of new sidewalks and planting beds, or as directed by the Engineer

203.18 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT

Measurement shall be in accordance with MaineDOT Standard Specifications Subsection 203.18.

203.19 BASIS OF PAYMENT

The accepted quantity of common excavation will be paid for in accordance with MaineDOT Standard Specifications Subsection 203.19.

Payment will be made under:

Pay Item Pay Unit

203.2 Common Excavation Cubic Yard

END OF SECTION

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME Special Provision 203 – Excavation and Embankment HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 1 Town of Bridgton S P E C I A L P R O V I S I O N SECTION 403 – HOT MIX ASPHALT PAVEMENT

The provisions of Section 403 of the Standard Specifications shall apply with the following additions and modifications:

403.01 DESCRIPTION

This work shall include machine placing HMA as indicated on the Contract Drawings. Materials and their use shall conform to the requirements of all related and applicable sections of this contract. HMA shall be placed and compacted with a minimum of two lifts where the total thickness of pavement to be placed exceeds 2”. The most recently revised special provision Section 108 using the New England Selling Price shall apply to this contract.

403.02 GENERAL

This work shall include machine placing HMA as indicated on the Contract Drawings. Materials and their use shall conform to the requirements of all related and applicable sections of this contract. HMA shall be placed and compacted

403.04 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT

Measurement of hot mix asphalt pavement shall be in accordance with MaineDOT Standard Specifications Subsection 401.21.

403.05 BASIS OF PAYMENT

The accepted quantities of hot mix asphalt pavement will be paid for at the contract unit price per ton for the mixtures, including hot mix asphalt material complete in place.

Payment will be made under:

Pay Item Pay Unit

403.207 Hot Mix Asphalt, 19 mm (Binder Course – 4.5 Inch) Ton 403.209 Hot Mix Asphalt, 9.5 mm (Drives – 1.5 Inch) Ton 403.210 Hot Mix Asphalt, 9.5 mm (Wearing Course and Overlay) – 1.5 Inch) Ton 403.211 Hot Mix Asphalt, 9.5 mm (Shim) Ton

END OF SECTION

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME Special Provision 403 – Hot Mix Asphalt Pavement HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 1 Town of Bridgton S P E C I A L P R O V I S I O N SECTION 409 – BITUMINOUS TACK COAT

The provisions of Section 409 of the Standard Specifications shall apply with the following additions and modifications:

409.07 APPLICATION OF BITUMINOUS MATERIAL

The rate of application shall be 0.025 gallons per square yard for existing pavement and 0.050 gallons per square yard for milled pavement. During application, care shall be taken to assure areas outside of the work area shall not be discolored. Tack coat shall be required between all layers of Hot Mix Asphalt. Tack coat shall also be required on all longitudinal and transverse joints.

409.09 BASIS OF PAYMENT

The accepted quantity of bituminous tack coat will be paid for at the contract unit price per gallon for the designated type of material complete in place. Bituminous tack coat applications as specified in Section 401.18 will not be paid for by the gallon but considered as incidental to the work.

Payment will be made under:

Pay Item Pay Unit

409.15 Bituminous Tack Coat, Applied Gallon

END OF SECTION

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME Special Provision 409 – Bituminous Tack Coat HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 1 Town of Bridgton S P E C I A L P R O V I S I O N SECTION 507 – RAILINGS

The provisions of Section 507 of the Standard Specifications shall apply with the following additions and modifications:

507.01 DESCRIPTION

This work shall consist of the installation of new handrails per the plans, or as directed by the Engineer

507.08 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT

Measurement shall be measured per railing, fabricated, delivered, erected and accepted.

507.09 BASIS OF PAYMENT

The accepted quantity of railing will be paid for in accordance with MaineDOT Standard Specifications Subsection 507.09.

Payment will be made under:

Pay Item Pay Unit

507.084 Site Amenities - Color Galvanizing Handrail Each

END OF SECTION

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME Special Provision 507 - Railings HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 1 Town of Bridgton S P E C I A L P R O V I S I O N SECTION 603 – PIPE CULVERTS AND STORM DRAINS

The provisions of Section 603 of the Standard Specifications shall apply with the following additions and modifications:

603.031 GENERAL

The Contractor shall furnish the following pipe under Option III: High Density Polyethylene Pipe.

603.11 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT

Measurement shall be in accordance with MaineDOT Standard Specifications Subsection 603.11.

603.12 BASIS OF PAYMENT

The Basis of Payment shall be in accordance with MaineDOT Standard Specifications Subsection 603.12 with the addition of the following paragraphs:

Connection of new 12” HDPE pipe into existing 12” HDPE pipe at the west side of the Corn Shop Brook Culvert shall be considered incidental to the installation of the new pipe that is being connected.

Payment will be made under:

Pay Item Pay Unit

603.159 12 Inch Storm Drain Pipe Linear Foot 603.970 Green Infrastructure – Treebox Filter Each

END OF SECTION

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME Special Provision 603 – Pipe Culverts and Storm Drains HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 1 Town of Bridgton S P E C I A L P R O V I S I O N SECTION 604 – MANHOLES, INLETS, AND CATCH BASINS

The provisions of Section 604 of the Standard Specifications shall apply with the following additions and modifications:

604.01 DESCRIPTION

This work consists of constructing catch basins and manholes in accordance with the requirements of Section 604 of the Standard Specifications and as shown in the Standard Details.

604.05 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT

Measurement shall be in accordance with MaineDOT Standard Specifications Subsection 604.05. This subsection shall be amended by the addition of the following paragraph:

Installation of proposed catch basins as shown on the contract plans shall be measured per each, complete in place, regardless of overall depth.

604.06 BASIS OF PAYMENT

The last paragraph of Subsection 604.06, Basis of Payment is revised by the addition of the following:

Payment will be made under:

Pay Item Pay Unit

604.131 Catch Basin 4 Foot Diameter Each 604.15 Drainage Manhole 4 Foot Diameter Each 604.16 Altering Catch Basin to Manhole Each 604.17 Altering Manhole to Catch Basin Each 604.18 Adjust Catch Basin or Manhole to Grade Each 604.27 Core into Existing Structure Each

END OF SECTION

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME Special Provision 604 – Manholes, Inlets and Catch Basins HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 1 Town of Bridgton S P E C I A L P R O V I S I O N SECTION 605 – UNDERDRAIN

The provisions of Section 605 of the Standard Specifications shall apply with the following additions and modifications:

605.02 MATERIALS

All pipe supplied on this project shall be High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) or Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) pipe unless otherwise specified.

605.06 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT

Measurement shall be in accordance with MaineDOT Standard Specifications Subsection 605.06.

605.07 BASIS OF PAYMENT

Payment will be made under:

Pay Item Pay Unit

605.09 6” Underdrain (Type B) Linear Foot

END OF SECTION

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME Special Provision 605 – Underdrain HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 1 Town of Bridgton S P E C I A L P R O V I S I O N SECTION 608 - SIDEWALKS

The provisions of Section 608 of the Standard Specifications shall apply with the following additions and modifications:

608.01 DESCRIPTION

This work shall consist of removal of existing concrete and brick sidewalks, preparation of subgrade and incidental construction for reinforced concrete sidewalks at locations shown on the plans, or as authorized by the Engineer. This work shall include standard broom-finish gray concrete as well as decorative colored stamped concrete.

608.03 SIDEWALK CONSTRUCTION

PREPARATION OF BASE Existing sidewalk and pavers shall be removed and the existing subgrade shall be graded and compacted as directed by the Engineer to provide adequate and uniform load-bearing characteristics. Prior to concrete placement, the foundation bed shall be thoroughly and uniformly saturated with water and shall be free of puddles and excessive water.

PLACEMENT OF CONCRETE Concrete shall be placed in a continuous operation between preformed expansion joints. No construction joints will be allowed. Expansion Joints shall have an approved expansion joint sealer matching the color of the concrete, installed as detailed on the plans. Preformed Expansion Joints shall be continuous and of an approved material; and, Control Joints shall be soft cut 24 hours after the placement.

WEATHER AND CURING LIMITATIONS Concrete shall only be placed between the dates of May 1 and October 1, provided the air temperature as determined by an approved thermometer placed in the shade at the site location is 10 degrees C (50 degrees F) or higher. During the curing process, the concrete shall not be covered with plastic sheeting, burlap, or other material which might disturb the uniformity of color throughout the concrete. A curing compound compatible with the coloring admixture shall be used.

MIXING, PLACING AND FINISHING The concrete mix shall be controlled to provide good batch-to-batch uniformity. Ready-mix trucks shall be in good condition. If required by the Engineer, the Contractor shall wet-check the approximate color of each load before placing in accordance with the color admixture manufacturer's recommendations.

The surface of the concrete shall receive a float finish in accordance with Subsection 502.14(A) of the Standard Specifications. Immediately following the float finish, the surface shall be textured perpendicular the direction of traffic flow using an approved open pile, stiff bristle broom or mat. Extra precautions shall be taken to ensure that the surface is uniformly finished so that it will not be slippery. Surrounding areas, landscaping, and adjacent surfaces shall be protected. The work area shall be roped off, nearby vehicles removed, and appropriate sections closed to traffic.

608.05 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT

Measurement for reinforced concrete sidewalk shall be based on the length and width of surface installed. Measurement shall be per square yard of finished surface.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME Special Provision 608 – Sidewalks HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 2 Town of Bridgton Reinforced colored stamped concrete sidewalks satisfactorily placed and accepted, will be measured for payment by the number of square feet of Reinforced Colored Stamped Concrete Sidewalks accepted in place, in accordance with the dimensions shown on the plans or authorized by the Engineer. There will be no separate measurement for test slabs, admixtures, reinforcement, expansion and contraction joints, joint filler material, joint sealant, concrete coloring or finishing, or related and incidental construction.

608.06 BASIS OF PAYMENT

The accepted quantities of reinforced concrete sidewalk and colored stamped concrete will be paid for at the contract unit price complete in-place.

Payment for reinforced sidewalk and colored stamped concrete shall include all labor, equipment, tools and other materials required; for sawcut, excavation, transportation and disposal of existing material to the subgrade surface; for preparation including grading and compaction of the subgrade surface, for furnishing, transporting, placing and finishing of reinforced concrete; protection from vandalism; placement of colored concrete and reinforcement, admixtures, furnishing and placement of expansion and contraction joints and joint filler material and sealant, and the furnishing and application of curing agents and protective coatings, and for all other work and expense incidental thereto for which payment is not provided under other items.

Payment will be made under:

Pay Item Pay Unit

608.08 Reinforced Concrete Sidewalk Square Yard 608.085 Colored Stamped Concrete Sidewalk Square Feet

END OF SECTION

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME Special Provision 608 – Sidewalks HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 2 of 2 Town of Bridgton S P E C I A L P R O V I S I O N SECTION 609 – CURB

The provisions of Section 609 of the Standard Specifications shall apply with the following additions and modifications:

609.01 DESCRIPTION

This work shall also consist of sawcutting existing asphalt, excavation, providing and placing concrete base fill for the stabilization of granite curb and patching bituminous asphalt at curb locations shown on the plans, or as authorized by the Engineer.

609.02 MATERIALS

Granite curbing, which contains pink quartz (Caledonia Type), shall not be used on the project. All granite curbing shall be predominately gray in color.

A mix design for the Portland Cement Concrete shall be submitted to the Town. Concrete shall be used for the base for the curb with a minimum designed compressive strength of 1,500 psi.

Except as provided below, the materials used shall meet the requirements specified in Section 700 – Materials:

Portland Cement and Portland Pozzolan Cement 701.01 Water 701.02 Fine Aggregate for Concrete 703.01 Coarse Aggregate for Concrete 703.02

609.03 GENERAL – CONCRETE BASE FILL

a. Preparation of Base: Prior to placing concrete base, the area being filled shall be thoroughly cleaned of all foreign and objectionable material. The Contractor shall not place the concrete base fill on or within a frozen base material. b. Placing: Concrete fill shall be placed at to the pay limits shown on the plans, or as directed by the Resident. Forms may be omitted at the Contractor’s option. Vibration of concrete will not be required. c. Protection: Concrete base fill must be adequately protected by traffic control devices as necessary after placement. d. The concrete shall be allowed to cure for at least 72 hours. e. During cold weather conditions, when temperatures drop below a temperature of 36°F (2.2°C) after placement, concrete base fill shall be protected by concrete blankets or a combination of plastic sheeting and straw. f. Acceptance: Concrete base fill for curb shall be accepted in place by visual inspection. All rejected concrete fill shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor’s expense.

609.09 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT

Measurement shall be in accordance with MaineDOT Standard Specifications Subsection 609.09

609.10 BASIS OF PAYMENT

The accepted quantities of granite curb will be paid for at the contract unit price complete in-place. Any required sawcutting existing asphalt, placing concrete base and asphalt patching shall be incidental to granite curb placement.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME Special Provision 609 – Curb HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 2 Town of Bridgton

Payment will be made under:

Pay Item Pay Unit

609.11 Vertical Curb, Type 1 Linear Foot 609.12 Vertical Curb, Type 1 – Circular Linear Foot 609.234 Terminal Curb Type 1 – 4 Foot Each 609.2341 Terminal Curb Type 1 – 4 Foot – Circular Each 609.237 Terminal Curb Type 1 – 7 Foot Each 609.2371 Terminal Curb Type 1 – 7 Foot – Circular Each 609.38 Remove and Reset Existing Curb Linear Foot 609.441 Remove and Stack Existing Curb Linear Foot

END OF SECTION

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME Special Provision 609 – Curb HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 2 of 2 Town of Bridgton S P E C I A L P R O V I S I O N SECTION 615– LOAM

The provisions of Section 615 of the Standard Specifications shall apply with the following modifications:

615.01 DESCRIPTION

This work shall consist of furnishing and placing loam and structural soil for seeding and planting. Refer to Section 02930 Loam and Seed, and 02940 Planting for additional information.

615.05 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT

Measurement shall be the actual number of square feet or cubic yards complete in place after finishing to the required depth on the plans.

615.06 BASIS OF PAYMENT

Payment for accepted quantities of loam or structural soils shall be made at the contract unit price per units installed.

Payment will be made under:

Pay Item Pay Unit

615.071 6” Loam and Seed Square Foot 615.075 Planting Soil at Plant Beds and Tree Pits Cubic Yard 615.082 Cornell University (CU) Structural Soils Cubic Yard

END OF SECTION

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME Special Provision 615 - Loam HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 1 Town of Bridgton S P E C I A L P R O V I S I O N SECTION 621 – LANDSCAPING

The provisions of Sections 621 of the Standard Specifications shall apply with the following modifications:

621.0001 DESCRIPTION

This work shall consist of furnishing and planting trees, shrubs and other plants. Refer to Section 02940 Planting for additional information.

621.0037 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT

Measurement shall be the actual number of plants furnished and accepted, excluding replacements.

621.0038 BASIS OF PAYMENT

Payment for accepted quantities of plants shall be made at the contract unit price per units installed.

Payment will be made under:

Pay Item Pay Unit

621.285 Canopy Trees Install with Mulch, Stakes, and Warranty Each 621.286 Canopy Trees Install with Mulch, Stakes, and Warranty Each 621.542 Shrubs Each 621.57 Perennials Each 621.58 Bulbs Each

END OF SECTION

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME Special Provision 621 – Landscaping HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 1 Town of Bridgton

S P E C I A L P R O V I S I O N SECTION 626 – FOUNDATIONS, CONDUIT, AND JUNCTION BOXES

The provisions of Section 626 of the Standard Specifications shall apply with the following additions and modifications:

This work shall consist of installing new electrical conduit, junction boxes, light pole base foundations, ground mounted cabinet foundations, and meter enclosure, at locations shown on the plans, or as authorized by the Engineer. Refer to Section 16500 Lighting for additional information.

626.04 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT

Measurement shall be the actual number of units or linear feet installed.

626.05 BASIS OF PAYMENT

Payment for installation of composite junction boxes, meter enclosures, and service connections shall be made at the contract unit price per units installed. Payment for junction boxes shall include furnishing and installing precast composite boxes as designated, including that portion of conduit extending 12 inches outside the box.

Payment for non-metallic conduit shall include installation of all underground conduit, pull strip cables and preparation of all work shall be made at the per linear foot bid. The bid shall also include the contractor providing design services for the underground conduit and wire. Payment shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, equipment, tools and other materials and expenses incidental thereto for which payment is not provided under other items.

Payment for light pole bases shall include installation of all underground conduit, cables, pole foundation and preparation of all work shall be made at the per each bid. The bid shall also include the contractor providing design services for the conduit sleeves and concrete foundation. Payment shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, equipment, tools and other materials and expenses incidental thereto for which payment is not provided under other items.

Payment for meter enclosure and service connection shall include furnishing and installing meter enclosure and all labor, equipment and materials required to connect electric service to the meter.

Payment will be made under:

Pay Item Pay Unit

626.112 Precast Composite Junction Box Each 626.22 Non-Metallic Conduit Linear Feet 626.32 16” Foundation – Light Pole Base Each 626.38 Ground Mounted Cabinet Foundation Each 626.385 Service Connection Each

END OF SECTION

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME Special Provision 626 – Foundations, Conduits and Junction HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 1 Town of Bridgton S P E C I A L P R O V I S I O N SECTION 627 – PAVEMENT MARKINGS

The provisions of Section 627 of the Standard Specifications shall apply with the following additions and modifications:

627.01 DESCRIPTION

This work shall consist of installing new pavement marking lines and symbols, at locations shown on the plans, or as authorized by the Engineer. This work shall also include the furnishing and placing of decorative stamped asphalt crosswalks, at locations shown on the plans.

627.02 MATERIALS

Decorative crosswalks shall be TrafficPatternsXD as manufactured by Ennis-Flint, or an approved equal. The stamping pattern shall be diagonal herringbone with standard border, and the color shall be Colonial Brick.

Retroreflective preformed thermoplastic tape shall be used for standard crosswalks, stop bars and for 12” white edge lines of the decorative crosswalks. Retroreflective preformed thermoplastic symbols shall be used for traffic arrows. Preformed thermoplastic materials shall be PreMark as manufactured by Ennis-Flint, or an approved equal.

627.04 GENERAL

Contractor shall follow manufacturer’s guidelines and specifications for the installation of the decorative crosswalks and preformed thermoplastic materials.

627.09 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT

Measurement shall be the actual square feet of symbol, decorative crosswalk or linear feet of paint or tape installed.

627.10 BASIS OF PAYMENT

Payment for installation of symbols and decorative crosswalk shall be made at the contract unit price per square foot of actual units installed. Payment for installation of paint and tape shall be made at the contract unit price per linear foot of actual units installed.

Payment will be made under:

Pay Item Pay Unit

627.733 4 Inch White or Yellow Paint Pavement Markings LF 627.75 Retroreflective Preformed Thermoplastic Symbol SF

627.94 Retroreflective Preformed Thermoplastic Tape LF 627.95 Decorative Stamped Asphalt Crosswalk SF

END OF SECTION

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME Special Provision 627 – Pavement Markings HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 1 Town of Bridgton

S P E C I A L P R O V I S I O N SECTION 634 – HIGHWAY LIGHTING

The provisions of Section 634 of the Standard Specifications shall apply with the following additions and modifications:

This work shall consist of removing existing street lights and installing new street lighting with all associated wiring, hardware and appurtenances, at locations shown on the plans, or as authorized by the Owner’s representatives. Refer to Section 16500 Lighting for additional information.

634.092 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT

Measurement shall be the actual number of light poles and fixtures installed or removed.

634.093 BASIS OF PAYMENT

The accepted quantities of LED luminaires and removal of existing lights will be paid for at the contract unit price complete in-place. Payment for installation of all poles, fixtures and electric connections to utilities shall be made at the per each bid. The per each bid shall include furnishing all labor, equipment, tools and other materials and expenses incidental thereto for which payment is not provided under other items.

Payment will be made under:

Pay Item Pay Unit

634.2042 LED Luminaire – Single with Pole Each 634.208 Remove Existing Light Standard Each

END OF SECTION

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME Special Provision 634 – Highway Lighting HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 1 Town of Bridgton

S P E C I A L P R O V I S I O N SECTION 635 – REPAIR RETAINING WALL

The provisions of Section 635 of the Standard Specifications shall apply with the following additions and modifications:

635.01 DESCRIPTION

This work shall consist of the repair of a failing mortared rock retaining wall as indicated per the plans, or as directed by the Engineer.

635.02 CONSTRUCTION

The Contractor shall submit a design and plan for repair of the retaining wall to the Engineer for approval prior to construction.

635.03 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT

Measurement of repair of retaining wall shall be measured by the unit or lump sum.

635.04 BASIS OF PAYMENT

The accepted quantity of repair of retaining wall will be paid for at the contract unit price each or lump sum which payment shall be full compensation for repair of the retaining wall. The per each bid shall include furnishing all labor, equipment, tools and other materials and expenses incidental thereto for which payment is not provided under other items.

Payment will be made under:

Pay Item Pay Unit

635.35 Repair Retaining Wall Lump Sum

END OF SECTION

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME Special Provision 635 – Repair Retaining Wall HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 1 Town of Bridgton S P E C I A L P R O V I S I O N SECTION 641 – REST AREA FACILITIES

The provisions of Section 641 of the Standard Specifications shall apply with the following modifications:

641.01 DESCRIPTION

This work shall consist of furnishing and installing site amenities, including benches, granite blocks, trash receptacles and bike racks. Refer to Section 02870 Site Furnishings additional information.

641.02 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT

Measurement shall be the actual number of square feet or cubic yards complete in place after finishing to the required depth on the plans.

641.03 BASIS OF PAYMENT

Payment for accepted quantities of site amenities shall be made at the contract unit price per units installed. Payment for site amenities shall include all labor, equipment, tools and other materials required and for all other work and expense incidental thereto for which payment is not provided under other items.

Payment will be made under:

Pay Item Pay Unit

641.126 Site Amenities – 6’ Bench Each 641.128 Site Amenities – 8’ Bench Each 641.129 Site Amenities - Granite Block Benches - Deliver and Install Only Each 641.34 Site Amenities - Trash-Recycling Dual Receptacle Each 641.80 Site Amenities - Bicycle Rack Each

END OF SECTION

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME Special Provision 641 – Rest Area Facilities HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 1 Town of Bridgton S P E C I A L P R O V I S I O N SECTION 642 – STEPS

The provisions of Section 642 of the Standard Specifications shall apply with the following modifications:

642.01 DESCRIPTION

This work shall consist of furnishing and installing granite steps. Refer to Section 02870 Site Furnishings for additional information.

642.06 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT

Measurement shall be the actual number of square feet complete in place.

642.07 BASIS OF PAYMENT

Payment for accepted quantities of granite steps shall be made at the contract unit price per square foot installed. Payment for granite steps shall include all labor, equipment, tools and other materials required and for all other work and expense incidental thereto for which payment is not provided under other items.

Payment will be made under:

Pay Item Pay Unit

642.183 Granite Steps Square Foot

END OF SECTION

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME Special Provision 642 – Steps HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 1 Town of Bridgton S P E C I A L P R O V I S I O N SECTION 645 – HIGHWAY SIGNING

The provisions of Section 645 of the Standard Specifications shall apply with the following modifications:

645.01 DESCRIPTION

This work shall consist of furnishing and installing new signs and relocating existing signs. Refer to Section 02870 Site Furnishings for additional information.

645.08 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT

Measurement for regulatory, warning signs shall be the actual number of square feet of area, as determined by the overall height multiplied by the overall width.

Measurement for removing and resetting signs shall be the actual number of signs relocated.

645.09 BASIS OF PAYMENT

Payment for accepted quantities of reinstalled signs shall be made at the contract unit price per units installed. Such price shall include all labor, equipment, tools and other materials required and for all other work and expense incidental thereto for which payment is not provided under other items. All signs and posts designated to be reinstalled that are damaged by the Contractor shall be replaced by the Contractor with new signs or posts at no additional cost to the project.

The accepted quantities of regulatory, warning signs will be paid for at the contract unit price per square foot. Such payment will be full compensation for furnishing and installing signs, assembly hardware and all incidentals necessary to complete the work.

The accepted quantities of informational signs will be paid for at the contract unit price per each unit. Such payment will be full compensation for furnishing and installing signs, assembly hardware and all incidentals necessary to complete the work.

Payment will be made under:

Pay Item Pay Unit

645.113 Remove and Reset Sign Each 645.271 Regulatory, Warning Confirmation Sign - Type 1 Square Feet 645.51 Informational Sign Fabrication and Installation - Graphics by Others Each

END OF SECTION

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME Special Provision 645 – Highway Signing HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 1 Town of Bridgton S P E C I A L P R O V I S I O N SECTION 652 – MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC

The provisions of Section 652 of the Standard Specifications shall apply with the following additions and modifications.

652.3.6 TRAFFIC CONTROL

The Contractor must submit a written Traffic Control Plan before the Preconstruction Meeting to the Engineer for approval.

652.7 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT

The subsection is amended by the addition of the following:

Work Zone Traffic Control shall be measured as a percentage of work completed to date relative to the total work as shown on the Contract Plans.

652.8 BASIS OF PAYMENT

This work shall consist of providing and maintaining all equipment, labor and materials necessary to provide for a safe work zone to the travelling public including all transportation modes. Traffic control items include but are not limited to: flaggers, construction signs, barrels, cones, barricades, flashing lights, raised plastic markers, etc. All work shall be in accordance with the MUTCD. Payment for all related work will be Lump Sum.

Payment will be made under:

Pay Item Pay Unit 652.39 Maintenance of Traffic Control Lump Sum

END OF SECTION

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME Special Provision 652 – Maintenance of Traffic HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 1 Town of Bridgton

S P E C I A L P R O V I S I O N SECTION 656 – TEMPORARY SOIL EROSION AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL

The provisions of Section 656 of the Standard Specifications shall apply with the following additions and modifications.

656.5.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT

Basis of payment shall be in accordance with MaineDOT Standard Specifications Subsection 656.5.1.

Payment will be made under:

Pay Item Pay Unit

656.75 Temporary Soil Erosion and Water Pollution Control Lump Sum

END OF SECTION

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME Special Provision 656 – Temporary Soil Erosion HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 1 Town of Bridgton S P E C I A L P R O V I S I O N SECTION 659 – MOBILIZATION

The provisions of Section 659 of the Standard Specifications shall apply with the following additions and modifications.

659.1 DESCRIPTION

This subsection shall be amended by the addition of the following paragraph:

This item shall consist of preparatory work and operations including, but not limited to those necessary to the movement of personnel, equipment, supplies and incidentals to the project site; and for all other work and operations which must be performed or costs incurred prior to beginning work on the various items on the project site.

659.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT

This subsection shall be amended by the addition of the following paragraph:

Partial payments will be made in accordance with Section 108.2.3 Mobilization of the Standard Specifications.

Payment will be made under:

Pay Item Pay Unit

659.10 Mobilization Lump Sum

END OF SECTION

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME Special Provision 659 – Mobilization HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 1 Town of Bridgton

SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS

The following Supplemental Specifications are to be used in conjunction with the Standard Specifications and are herein made a part of the Contract Documents and apply to this project:

Section Description 02750 Decorative Concrete 02870 Site Furnishings 02930 Loam and Seed 02940 Planting 16500 Lighting 030105 Concrete Repair 030106 Cementious Crystalline Leak Repair 036300 Injection Grouting 099000 Painting and Coating 330523 Horizontal Directional Drilling 333100 Sanitary Utility Sewerage Piping 333913 Sanitary Utility Sewerage Manholes

END OF SECTION

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME Supplemental Specifications HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 1 Town of Bridgton SECTION 02750 DECORATIVE CONCRETE

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification sections, apply to Work of this Section.

B. Section Includes: 1. Integrally colored concrete sidewalks. 2. Concrete stamping 3. Curing of integrally colored and stamped concrete. 4. Sealing of integrally colored and stamped concrete. 5. Adding traction to integrally colored and stamped concrete.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. American Concrete Institute (ACI): 1. ACI 301 "Specification for Structural Concrete for Buildings." 2. ACI 302 IR "Recommended Practice for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction." 3. ACI 303.1 "Standard Specification for Cast-In-Place Architectural Concrete." 4. ACI 304 "Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing of Concrete." 5. ACI 305R "Recommended Practice for Hot Weather Concreting." 6. ACI 306R "Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting."

B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM C309 "Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete." 2. ASTM C494 "Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete." 3. ASTM C979 "Standard Specification for Pigments for Integrally Colored Concrete."

C. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO): 1. AASHTO M194 "Chemical Admixtures."

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer’s complete technical data sheets for the following: 1. Colored Admixture. 2. Powder Antiquing Release Agent. 3. Imprinting/Texturing Tools. 4. Curing and Sealing Compound. 5. Traction Additive

B. Design Mixes: For each type of integrally colored concrete.

C. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts showing full range of colors available.

D. Qualification Data: For firms indicated in "Quality Assurance" Article, including list of completed projects.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 02750 Decorative Concrete HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 5 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Manufacturer with 10-years experience in production of specified products.

B. Installer Qualifications: An installer with a minimum of 5-years’ experience with work of similar scope and quality and a minimum of five municipal projects of a similar scope and quality.

C. Comply with the requirements of ACI 301.

D. Obtain each specified material from same source and maintain high degree of consistency in workmanship throughout Project.

E. Notification of manufacturer's authorized representative shall be given at least 1 week before start of Work.

F. Integrally Colored Concrete Mockups: 1. At location on Project selected by Landscape Architect, place and finish 10 feet by 10 feet area. 2. For accurate color, the quantity of concrete mixed to produce the sample should not be less than 3 cubic yards (or not less than 1/3 the capacity of the mixing drum on the ready-mix truck) and should always be in full cubic yard increments. Excess material shall be discarded according to local regulations. 3. Construct mockup using processes and techniques intended for use on permanent work, including curing procedures. Include samples of control, construction, and expansion joints in sample panels. Mockup shall be produced by the individual workers who will perform the work for the Project. 4. Retain samples of cements, sands, aggregates and color additives used in mockup for comparison with materials used in remaining work. 5. Accepted mockup provides visual standard for work of Section. 6. Mockup shall remain through completion of the work for use as a quality standard for finished work. 7. Remove mockup when directed.

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Colored Admixture: Comply with manufacturer's instructions. Deliver colored admixtures in original, unopened packaging. Store in dry conditions.

1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Integrally Colored Concrete Environmental Requirements: 1. Schedule placement to minimize exposure to wind and hot sun before curing materials are applied. 2. Avoid placing concrete if rain, snow, or frost is forecast within 24-hours. Protect fresh concrete from moisture and freezing. 3. Comply with professional practices described in ACI 305R and ACI 306R.

B. Schedule delivery of concrete to provide consistent mix times from batching until discharge. Mix times shall meet manufacturer’s written recommendations.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 02750 Decorative Concrete HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 2 of 5 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019 1.7 PRE-JOB CONFERENCE

A. One week prior to placement of integrally colored concrete, a meeting shall be held to discuss the Project and application methods.

B. It is suggested that the Landscape Architect, Engineer, General Contractor, Town’s Representative, Subcontractor, Ready-Mix Concrete Representative, and a Manufacturer's Representative be present.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER

A. L.M. SCOFIELD COMPANY, Douglasville, Georgia and Los Angeles, California (800) 800-9900 or the appropriate local contact: Eastern Division – 201-672-9050; Western Division – 714-568- 1870; Central Division Office – 630-377-5959.

2.2 MATERIALS

A. Colored Admixture for Integrally Colored Concrete: CHROMIX P® Admixture and CHROMIX ML®; L.M. SCOFIELD COMPANY. 1. Admixture shall be a colored, water-reducing, admixture containing no calcium chloride with coloring agents that are lime proof and UV resistant. 2. Colored admixture shall conform to the requirements of ACI 303.1, ASTM C979, ASTM C494, and AASHTO M194.

B. Stamping/Imprinting Tools and Materials: LITHOTEX Pavecrafters imprinting tools; L.M. SCOFIELD COMPANY.

C. Powder Antiquing Release Agent: LITHOCHROME Antiquing Release; L.M. SCOFIELD COMPANY. 1. Powder antiquing release agent shall be recommended by pattern tool manufacturer and compatible with integral color additives.

D. Curing and Sealing Compound: Cureseal-S™ Matte; L.M. SCOFIELD COMPANY. Curing and sealing compound shall comply with ASTM C309 and be of same manufacturer as colored admixture, for use with integrally colored concrete.

E. Traction Additive: Scofield Traction Additive; L.M. SCOFIELD COMPANY.

F. SUBSTITUTIONS: The use of products other than those specified will be considered providing that the Contractor requests its use in writing within 14-days prior to bid date. This request shall be accompanied by the following: 1. A certificate of compliance from the material manufacturer stating that proposed products meet or exceed requirements of this Section, including standards ACI 303.1, ASTM C979, ASTM C494 and AASHTO M194. 2. Documented proof that proposed materials have a 10-year proven record of performance for staining concrete substrates, confirmed by at least 5 local projects that Landscape Architect can examine.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 02750 Decorative Concrete HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 3 of 5 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019 2.3 COLORS AND PATTERNS

A. Concrete Color: 1. Cement: Color shall be gray. 2. Sand: Color shall be locally available natural sand. 3. Aggregate: Concrete producer's standard aggregate complying with specifications. 4. Colored Admixture: As selected by Landscape Architect from Scofield Color Chart A-312. 5. Stamp/Imprinting Pattern: Landscape Architect from Scofield LITHOTEX Pavecrafters pattern sheets. 6. Powder Antiquing Release Agent: As selected by Landscape Architect from manufacturer's standard colors.

B. Curing Compound: Color to match colored concrete.

2.4 CONCRETE MIX DESIGN

A. Minimum Cement Content: 5 sacks per cubic yard of concrete.

B. Slump of concrete shall be consistent throughout Project at 4-inches or less. At no time shall slump exceed 5-inches.

C. Do not add calcium chloride to mix as it causes mottling and surface discoloration.

D. Supplemental admixtures shall not be used unless approved by manufacturer.

E. Do not add water to the mix in the field.

F. Add colored admixture to the mix according to manufacturer’s written instructions in premeasured bags, not by weight of cement content.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Install concrete according to MDOT Specifications.

B. Do not add water to the mix in the field.

C. Surfaces shall be finished uniformly with the following finish: 1. Stamped/Imprinted: Apply pattern according to tool manufacturer's instructions. Touch-up pattern and finish edges with hand tools as necessary.

3.2 CURING

A. Integrally Colored Concrete: Apply curing and sealing compound for integrally colored concrete according to manufacturer's instructions using manufacturer's recommended application techniques. Apply curing and sealing compound at consistent time for each pour to maintain close color consistency.

B. Curing compound shall be same color as the colored concrete and supplied by same manufacturer of the colored admixture.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 02750 Decorative Concrete HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 4 of 5 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019 C. Precautions shall be taken in hot weather to prevent plastic cracking resulting from excessively rapid drying at surface as described in CIP 5 Plastic Shrinkage Cracking published by the National Ready Mixed Concrete Association.

D. Do not cover concrete with plastic sheeting.

3.3 TOLERANCES

A. Minor variations in appearance of colored concrete, which are similar to natural variations in color and appearance of uncolored concrete, are acceptable.

3.4 APPLICATORS

A. For a list of qualified contractors, contact your local Scofield representative or the appropriate Division Office: Eastern Division – 201-672-9050; Western Division – 714-568-1870; Central Division Office – 630-377-5959.

END OF SECTION

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 02750 Decorative Concrete HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 5 of 5 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019

SECTION 02870 SITE FURNISHINGS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 REFERENCES

A. The General Documents, as listed on the Table of Contents, and applicable parts of Division 01, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, shall be included in and made a part of this Section.

B. Examine all Drawings and all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements therein affecting the work of this trade.

C. Coordinate work with that of all other trades affecting or affected by work of this Section. Cooperate with such trades to assure the steady progress of all work under the Contract.

1.02 SCOPE

A. The work of this Section consists of all Site Furnishings work and related items as indicated on the Drawings and/or specified herein and includes, but is not limited to, the following:

1. Wood Benches 2. Bicycle Racks 3. Litter Receptacles 4. Stone Benches 5. Informational Placard

1.03 RELATED WORK

A. Examine all Drawings and all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements affecting the work described below.

1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Request for Deviations from the Specifications: If any deviations from the specifications are proposed, include written description and reasons for deviations.

B. Shop Drawings: Prior to ordering the below listed materials, submit Shop Drawings and/or product literature to Landscape Architect for approval as follows:

1. Coordinated Shop Drawings shall show required sizes, dimensions, sections, profiles of units, the arrangement of and provision for jointing, anchoring, fastening, and supports, and other necessary details for delivery and lifting devices and reception or installation of other work. 2. Show in large scale details any unique fabrication and setting requirements for wall veneers, caps, bases, special wall end conditions, or any other specified areas seen as necessary or as directed by the Landscape Architect. 3. Do not order materials until Landscape Architect’s approval has been obtained.

a. Wood Benches—Product literature with specified elements highlighted b. Bicycle Racks—Product literature with specified elements highlighted c. Litter Receptacles— Product literature with specified elements highlighted d. Non-shrinking epoxy grout—Product literature

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 02870 Site Furnishings HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 5 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019 C. Informational Panel Color Proof: Supply Landscape Architect with color proof prepared by manufacturer of informational panel. Do not order until approval has been obtained.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Source Limitations: Provide products of the same kind, from a single source.

B. Compatibility of Options: When the Contractor is given the option of selecting between two or more products for use on the Project; the product selected shall be compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options.

1.06 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE

A. Deliver materials in original sealed containers marked with name of manufacturer and identification of contents. Store materials under waterproof covers on planking clear of ground and protect from handling damage, dirt, stain, water and wind.

B. Take all necessary precautions to prevent all items from chipping, cracking, or other damage during the transportation of these materials to the project, unloading and storage on the site. Do not use pinch or wrecking bars without protecting edges of stone, concrete masonry units, and brick with wood or other rigid materials. Lift with wide-belt type slings or vacuum lifts wherever possible; do not use wire rope or ropes containing tar or other substances that might cause staining. If required, use wood rollers and provide cushion at end of wood slides. Damaged items shall not be installed, and should any damaged items be found in constructed work, such items shall be removed immediately and replaced, and the Contractor shall assume all expenses incurred therefrom.

C. Stored materials shall be adequately protected against moisture by (1) stacking in such a manner as to allow a complete circulation of air under each stack, and (2) covering each stack, top and sides with a waterproof paper or membrane. Coverings shall remain in place always, when not working from the stack.

1.07 EXAMINATION OF CONDITIONS

A. The Contractor shall fully inform himself/herself of existing conditions of the site and shall be fully responsible for carrying out all work required to fully and properly execute the work of the Contract, regardless of the conditions encountered in the actual work. No claim for extra compensation or extension of time will be allowed because of actual conditions inconsistent with those assumed. B. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for judging the potential need for storing materials temporarily and/or re-handling items prior to final installation.

1.08 STANDARDS

A. Except as modified by governing code and by the Contract Documents, comply with applicable provisions and recommendations of the following:

1. MDOT Standard Specifications, latest edition 2. AASHTO: American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials, latest edition 3. ASTM: American Society for Testing and Materials, latest edition. 4. ADA: Americans with Disabilities Act, latest edition

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 02870 Site Furnishings HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 2 of 5 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019

1.09 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Site improvement work shall be assigned to experienced and qualified subcontractors with a minimum of five years’ experience employing experienced workmen who will work under the full-time supervision of a qualified foreman with a minimum of five years of experience on projects comparable to this project. Submit references for subcontractors for approval of Landscape Architect.

1.10 ACCESSIBILITY CODES AND BUILDING CODES

A. From time to time there are changes made in the Federal and /or State accessibility and building codes or it is determined that different codes are applicable to a site. Such determinations or changes may occur during the course of the construction of this project. If changes become necessary to meet codes a change order shall be issued by the Town to cover statutory requirements.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 BENCH

A. Benches shall be the style of the Plainwell Bench as manufactured by Landscape Forms, Inc. 431 Lawndale Avenue Kalamazoo, MI 49048, (800)-521-2546, also (269)-381-0396. Wood: Domestically Sourced Thermally Modified Ash (DSTMA) Color: Black Mounting: Surface Mount See landscape plans for dimensions and other options.

B. The bench shall be surface mounted. All mounting hardware shall be stainless steel conforming to ANSI Type 304 and ASTM A193 latest requirements, sizes as shown on the Drawings. Anchor bolts and carriage bolts shall be grouted in with threads down. All exposed bolts shall be painted to match castings

C. Grout shall be non-shrinking, non-metallic, non-staining, such as Hallenite "Por-Rok," Sonneborn "Sonogrout," Penn Dixie or Master Builders, or an approved equal.

2.02 BICYCLE RACKS

A. Bicycle racks shall be the ground mounted U/2 Inverted-U Rack Vintage Racks as manufactured by Cycle-Safe, Inc., 4630 Ada Drive, Suite B, Ada, MI 49301, (888)-950- 6531, or approved equal, at the locations shown on the Plans, and in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications. The Bike rack shall be surface mounted. i. Color: Black

B. Steel hardware, handrail fittings, post caps, extruded rail shapes, and accessories shall be fabricated from steel conforming to ASTM A307 requirements. Aluminum items shall be cast from Almag 35. All hardware and accessories shall be steel unless they are not available in steel. Contractor shall provide all hardware as required for installation and in accordance with approved Shop Drawings.

C. Steel parts shall be comprised of One and 7/8-inch O.D. steel round posts, and continuous top rail. Steel pipe shall conform to ASTM A53 latest addition.

D. Fabrication: Comply with requirements of ASTM A 143, ASTM A 384 and ASTM A 385. Fabricator shall submit shop drawings of all tubular fabrications.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 02870 Site Furnishings HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 3 of 5 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019

E. All steel parts shall be color galvanized. Manufacturer shall provide touch-up paint to match factory finish.

F. Surface appearance: Contractor shall be responsible for surface defects due to manufacture or fabrication of steel components. Contractor shall provide materials with acceptable appearance and smoothness.

2.03 LITTER RECEPTACLES

A. Litter Receptacles shall be the style of the Ironsites Series SD-242 Side Door Recycling Station as manufactured by Victor Stanley, Inc. PO Drawer 330, Dunkirk, MD 20754 (800)-368-2573. Color: Black Lid: Standard Taper Formed Mount: Surface Mount Include Decaled Lid and Top Band for Trash and Recyclables.

B. All mounting hardware shall be stainless steel conforming to AISI Type 304 and ASTM A193 latest requirements, sizes as shown on the Drawings. Anchor bolts and carriage bolts shall be grouted in with threads down. All exposed bolts shall be painted to match castings.

2.04 STONE BENCHES

A. Granite blocks to be used for benches shall be salvaged from Town stockpile. Blocks shall be tagged by Landscape Architect for delivery and installation.

B. See landscape plans for dimensions.

2.05 INFORMATIONAL PLACARD

A. Informational placard shall be the style of Outline Double Leg Pedestal (DLP) by KVO Industries, Inc. of 1825 Empire Industrial Court, Suite A, Santa Rosa CA 95403, Phone: 707 573 6868. Frame Dimensions: 44”x26” Material and Finish: Black Power Coat Aluminum Mounting: Embedded (see contract drawings) Panel: Exterior Grade High Pressure Laminate 1/8” thick Graphic: By Others

PART 3 - EXECUTION

A. Locate and install benches, bicycle racks, and litter receptacles, complete, in locations shown on the Drawings in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and in accordance with approved Shop Drawings.

B. The Contractor shall be responsible for timing the delivery of site furnishings to minimize on-site storage time prior to installation. All stored materials and items must be protected from weather, careless handling or vandalism.

C. Workmanship and finish shall be equal to the best practice of modern shops for each item of work. Exposed surfaces shall have smooth finish and sharp, well defined lines and rises. Sections shall be well formed to shape and size with sharp lines and angles; curved work shall be sprung evenly to curves. Castings shall have sharp corners and edges, and shall be clean, smooth, and true to pattern.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 02870 Site Furnishings HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 4 of 5 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019

D. Provide stainless steel anchors, supports, fasteners and other attachments shown, specified or necessary to secure work in place. When provided, use manufacturer- supplied hardware. Shim and adjust grate and frame as required for to achieve a flush condition with surrounding pavement or curb. Completely fill holes, slots and other sink depressions for anchors, dowels, fasteners and supports with non-shrinking epoxy grout.

F. Touch-up and Repair: For damaged surfaces, bolted connections and abraded areas. 1. At factory-primed or factory-finished surfaces, touch up finish in conformance with coating manufacturer’s recommendations. Provide touch-up such that repair is not visible from 6 feet.

G. Protection: Protect materials, fabrications and assemblies with metal coatings form damage during construction using methods approved by fabricator, galvanizer and coating manufacturer.

END OF SECTION

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 02870 Site Furnishings HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 5 of 5 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019

SECTION 02930 LOAM AND SEED

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 REFERENCES

A. The General Documents, as listed on the Table of Contents, and applicable parts of Division 01, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, shall be included in and made a part of this Section.

B. Examine all Drawings and all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements therein affecting the work of this trade.

C. Coordinate work with that of all other trades affecting, or affected by work of this Section. Cooperate with such trades to assure the steady progress of all work under the Contract.

1.02 SCOPE

A. The work of this Section consists of all lawn and fine grading work and related items as indicated on the Drawings and/or as specified herein, and includes, but is not limited to, the following:

1. Loam 2. Fine grading 3. Seed mix 4. Maintenance and protection

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Samples: Prior to ordering the below listed materials, submit representative samples to Landscape Architect for selection and approval, as follows. Do not order materials until Landscape Architect’s approval has been obtained. Delivered materials shall closely match the approved samples.

1. Existing Topsoil from Stockpile and Screened Loam: The Contractor shall provide representative samples for testing and approval. Two test samples of ten pounds each shall be taken and analyzed from each potential loam source and two samples of ten pounds each shall be taken and analyzed of existing screened topsoil stockpiled on site. Contractor shall deliver samples to testing laboratory, have testing reports sent directly to the Landscape Architect, and pay all associated costs. Report shall be submitted at least one month before any loaming is to be done.

a. Mechanical and chemical (pH soluble salts) analysis shall be by a public extension service agency or a certified private testing laboratory in accordance with the current Standards of the Association of Official Agricultural Chemists. b. Soil Test Report shall include a mechanical sieve analysis with soil classification. Organic content and Cation Exchange Capacity (CEC) shall be reported. Chemical analysis shall include pH (1:1 soil-water ratio), buffer pH, Soluble Salts (1:2 soil-water ratio), Nitrate Nitrogen, Ammonium Nitrogen, Phosphorus, Potassium, Calcium, Aluminum, Magnesium, Manganese, Ferric Iron and Sulfate. c. Soil test report shall clearly recommend appropriate limestone, fertilizer and other additives required to adjust loam as specified.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 02930 Loam and Seed HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 10 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019

B. Certificates of Compliance: Submit a manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance to the specifications with each shipment of each type of seed. These certificates shall include the guaranteed percentages of purity, weed content and germination of the seed and also the net weight and date of shipment. No seed may be sown until the Contractor has submitted the certificates.

C. The Landscape Architect reserves the right to approve or disapprove all samples submitted.

1.04 RELATED WORK

A. Examine all Drawings and all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements affecting the work described below.

1.05 CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE

A. The Landscape Architect will inspect all work for Acceptance upon request of the Contractor. The request for inspection shall be made a minimum of 14 days prior to the desired inspection date.

B. Seeded lawns shall be reviewed for acceptance only after all areas have a close stand of grass with no bare spots greater than two inches in diameter, at least 90% of the grass established shall be permanent grass species and the lawns have been maintained for a minimum of 60 days prior to inspection.

C. Landscape Architect's inspection shall determine if the seeded lawns are acceptable and whether maintenance shall continue in any part.

D. After all necessary corrective work and clean-up has been completed the Landscape Architect will certify in writing the acceptance of the lawns. The Contractor's responsibility for maintenance of lawns or parts of lawns shall cease on receipt of the Certificate of Acceptance.

1.06 EXAMINATION OF CONDITIONS

A. All areas to be seeded shall be inspected by the Contractor before starting work and any defects, such as incorrect grading, drainage problems, etc., shall be reported to the Landscape Architect prior to beginning this work. The commencement of work by the Contractor shall indicate his acceptance of the areas to be seeded, and he shall assume full responsibility for the work of this Section.

1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Storage and Handling: Store and handle packaged materials in strict compliance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Protect all materials from damage, injury and theft.

B. Subcontractor Qualifications: Landscaping work shall be assigned to an experienced and qualified landscaping subcontractor with a minimum of five years of experience who employs experienced workmen who work under the full- time supervision of a qualified foreman.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 TOPSOIL

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 02930 Loam and Seed HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 2 of 10 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019

A. Topsoil shall be existing topsoil stripped and stockpiled in conformance with MDOT Standard Specifications, latest edition.

2.02 SCREENED LOAM

A. Screened loam shall be a "sandy loam" determined by based on the USDA Textural Classification:

Material % Sand less than 52%

Silt 28%-50% Clay 7%-27%

Soil test shall include breakdown of sands from coarse to very fine.

B. Loam shall be a "sandy loam" as determined by mechanical analysis (ASTM D- 422) conforming to the following grain size distribution:

U.S. Sieve No. Percent Passing by Weight Maximum Minimum

4 100 100 10 95 90 40 85 60 100 60 38 200 35 22 0.002 mm 5 0

C. Maximum grain size shall be one and one-quarter inches largest dimension. The maximum retained on the one-quarter inch sieve shall be 20 percent by weight of the total sample. Test shall be by combined hydrometer and wet sieving in compliance with ASTM D422 after destruction of organic matter by ignition.

D. Screened loam shall be uncontaminated by salt, water, foreign matter and substances harmful to plant growth. The electrical conductivity (EC2) of a 1:2 soil- water suspension shall be equal to or less than 1.0 milliohms/cm. (Test material passing #4 Sieve).

E. Screened loam shall have an acidity range of pH 6.0 to pH 7.0 and shall contain not less than 5% nor more than 10% organic matter as determined by the loss on ignition of oven- dried samples. Test samples shall be oven-dried to a constant weight at a temperature of 230°F plus or minus 9°F. To adjust organic matter content, the soil may be amended, prior to site delivery, by the addition of compost. Use of organic amendments is acceptable only if random soil sampling indicates thorough incorporation.

F. Screened loam shall have a Cation Exchange Capacity (CEC) of between 10 and 15 milli- equivalents per 100 grams of material.

G. All screened loam provided from offsite sources shall be brought to the site meeting all specification requirements. The screened loam must not be handled or moved when in a wet or frozen condition.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 02930 Loam and Seed HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 3 of 10 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019

H. Topsoil that has been stockpiled on the site, may be used provided it can be made to comply with this Specification and that it has been screened to meet the above requirements.

I. To assure screened loam fulfills requirements regarding textural analysis, organic matter content, CEC and pH, soil testing results will be obtained by the Contractor and submitted to the Landscape Architect for approval before any soil is delivered to the site.

2.03 LOAM AMENDMENTS

A. Commercial fertilizer, compost, sand or other additives shall be used to counteract soil deficiencies as recommended by the soil analysis and as directed by the Landscape Architect.

B. Fertilizers and Biostimulants shall be delivered to the site in the original unopened containers each showing the manufacturer's certificate of compliance and guaranteed analysis and shall comply with the State and United States Fertilizer Laws. Store fertilizer so that when used it shall be dry and free flowing. At least 50% by weight of the Nitrogen content shall be derived from organic materials. Fertilizer shall contain not less than the percentages of weight of ingredients or as recommended by the soil analysis. The recommended Fertilizers and Biostimulants are:

1. Endoroots® Granular biostimulant by Roots Inc. (www.rootsinc.com) or approved equal 2. 7-7-7 Turf Food, by Roots Inc., (www.rootsinc.com) or approved equal Application timing and rates are described under Section 3.03 herein.

C. Lime shall be ground limestone of an approved agricultural dolomite limestone containing not less than 85% of total calcium or manganese carbonates. Limestone shall be ground to such fineness that 50% will pass through a 100-mesh sieve and 95% will pass through a 20-mesh sieve.

D. Superphosphate shall be composed of finely ground phosphate rock as commonly used for agricultural purposes containing not less than 18% available phosphoric acid.

E. Sand used for soil amendment shall be coarse, clean, natural or manufactured non- compacting sand, composed of hard, durable inert material, free of clay, surface coatings, salt or toxic materials as specified under 2.05 herein. Beach sand will not be accepted.

F. Aluminum sulphate for adjustment of loam pH shall be commercial sulphur, unadulterated, delivered in containers with the name of the manufacturer, material analysis and net weight appearing on each container.

G. Bone meal shall be finely ground, steam cooked, packinghouse bone with minimum 23% phosphoric acid and 4% nitrogen.

I. Compost: Compost shall be mature, stable, weed free, and produced by aerobic decomposition of organic matter. 1. Compost shall be comprised of mature leaf compost, mature composted animal manure, other aged, composted vegetable materials, or chemically tested toxin- free processed sludge products safe for plants, humans and soil organisms. The product must not contain any visible refuse or other physical contaminants, substances toxic to plants, or over 5% sand, silt, clay or rock material by dry weight. The product shall possess no objectionable odors.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 02930 Loam and Seed HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 4 of 10 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019

2. The product must meet all applicable USEPA CFR, Title 40, Part 503 Standards for Class A biosolids. The moisture level shall be such that no visible water or dust is produced when handling the material. 3. Compost shall have a strong aerobic (sweet) odor. Compost lacking a strong aerobic odor or that has an anaerobic (sour) odor shall be rejected. 4. Compost shall be free from excessive amounts of zinc, low in wood content, free from hard lumps, and in a shredded or granular form. 5. Testing: The results of compost analysis shall be provided by the compost supplier. Before delivery of the compost, the supplier must provide the following documentation: a. Feedstock percentage in the final compost product b. A statement that the compost meets federal and state health and safety regulations 6. Physical Requirements for Composted Organic Matter:

Parameter Range Testing Method pH 5.5 - 7.5 TMECC 4.11A Soluble Salt < 4dS/m TMECC 4.10-A Moisture 35-55% wet weight Organic Matter >35% dry weight TMECC 5.07-A Carbon to nitrogen 10:1 - 20:1 ratio 99% pass through 2 inch screen or TMECC 2.02-B Particle Size smaller; 25% pass through 3/8 inch screen or smaller Maturity Index 6 to 8 Solvita Physical contaminants <1% dry weight basis TMECC 3.08-A Chemical Meet or exceed US EPA Class A standard, 40 CFR § contaminants 503.13, Tables 1 and 3 levels: Arsenic < 41ppm TMECC 4.06-AS Cadmium < 39 ppm TMECC 4.06-CD Copper < 1,500 ppm TMECC 4.05-CU Lead < 300 ppm TMECC 4.06-PB Mercury < 17 ppm TMECC 4.06-HG Molybdenum < 75 ppm TMECC 4.05-MO Nickel < 420 ppm TMECC 4.06-NI Selenium < 100 ppm TMECC 4.06-SE Zinc < 2,800 ppm TMECC 4.06-ZN Biological Meet or exceed US EPA Class A standard, 40 CFR contaminants Part 503.32(a) levels: (pathogens) < 1,000 MPN per gram, TMECC 7.01 Fecal coliform dry weight basis Salmonella < 3 MPN per 4 grams, TMECC 7.02 dry

J. Peat Moss: Peat moss may not be used to amend soils. Additionally, other materials that are harvested from natural wetlands and whose removal depletes natural wetlands, may not be used to amend soils.

K. Sand: Coarse concrete sand shall meet, ASTM C-33 Fine Aggregate, with a Fines Modulus Index of 2.8 and 3.2. 1. Sands shall be clean, sharp, natural sands free of limestone, shale and slate particles. Sand pH shall be lower than 7.0. 2. Provide the following particle size distribution:

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 02930 Loam and Seed HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 5 of 10 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019

Sieve No. % Passing 3/8 in. 100 No. 4 95-100 No. 8 80-100 No. 16 50-85 No. 30 25-60 No. 50 10-30 No. 100 2-10

L. Meal: Bone meal shall be fine ground, steam cooked, packing-house bone with a minimum analysis of 23% phosphoric acid and 4% nitrogen.

M. Lime: Lime shall be used for the adjustment of pH: An acceptable dolomite limestone containing not less than 85% of total carbonates, ground so that 50% will pass a 100 mesh sieve and 90% will pass a 20 mesh sieve.

N. Aluminum Sulfate for adjustment of pH: Unadulterated, 57% (Ortho Division, Chevron Chemical Company), or equal.

2.04 SEED

A. Lawn seed: Seed mixture shall be fresh, clean, new crop seed. Grass shall be of the previous year's crop and in no case shall weed seed content exceed 1% by weight. The seed shall be furnished and delivered in the proportion specified below in new, clean, sealed and properly labeled containers. All seed shall comply with State and Federal seed laws. Submit manufacturer's Certificates of Compliance. Seed that has become wet, moldy or otherwise damaged is unacceptable.

B. Lawn seed shall be composed of the following varieties that shall be mixed in the proportions and shall test to minimum percentages, purity and germination specified.

Lawn Common Name Scientific Name Percent by weight 40% Calmfine, Rebel II or Tribute Tall Fescue 15% Palmer II Perennial Ryegrass 10% Jamestown Chewings Fescue 10% Reliant Hard Fescue 10% Birdsfoot Trefoil Arvenis variety 5% Switchgrass 5% White Clover 5% Redtop Streaker variety Apply at a rate of 265/pounds/acre

C. Seed may be mixed by an approved method on the site or may be mixed by a dealer. If the seed is mixed on site, each variety shall be delivered in the original containers bearing the dealer's guaranteed analysis. If the seed is mixed by a dealer, the Contractor shall furnish to the Landscape Architect the dealer's guaranteed statement of the composition of the mixture.

2.05 HYDROMULCH

A. Hydromulch shall be used as post-seeding protection mulch. Hydromulch shall not be the primary application method for seeding.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 02930 Loam and Seed HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 6 of 10 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019

B. Hydromulch for Grass Seeds shall be Mat-Blend Plus with Added Tackifier as manufactured by Mat Inc., 12402 Hwy. 2, Floodwood, MN 55736, (888)-477-3028 or approved equal.

C. Hydromulch shall contain a pre-mixed blend of wood fiber and clean recycled newsprint, plus 3% high-grade organic tackifier. It shall contain a specified range of fiber lengths, with a minimum of 30% of the fibers averaging 0.15 inches or longer. All matter shall be non- toxic to plant or animal life.

Ingredients Wood fiber content 60%-10% Recycled clean paper content 40%-10% Tackifier content by weight 3% Basic green dye <1% Trade secret <1% Composition Organic matter 97% Inorganic matter (ash) (max.) 3% Moisture content (total weight base) 12%-3% pH at 3% consistency in water slurry (avg.) 5.7 Water-holding capacity (min.) 1.2 gallon/pound

1. The wood fiber mulch shall contain no growth or germination-inhibiting factors, and shall be colored green with a non-toxic dye to facilitate visual monitoring during application. It shall disperse rapidly in water to form homogenous slurry, and remain in such a state when agitated in the hydraulic mulching unit with any other specified and approved materials.

2. The wood fiber mulch and any specified additives, when applied, shall form an absorptive mat, but not a growth inhibiting membrane, to allow moisture, natural or mechanical, to percolate into the underlying soil.

D. Hydromulch Wood Fiber with Tackifier shall be applied at a rate of 1,200-1,500 pounds per acre on 3:1 slopes or flatter, or at 1,500-2,000 pounds per acre on slopes steeper than 3:1.

2.06 WATER

A. The Contractor shall be responsible for furnishing his own supply of water to the site at no extra cost unless other arrangements are made in advance.. Any work injured or damaged due to the lack of water, or the use of too much water, shall be the Contractor's responsibility to correct. Water shall be free from impurities that may be injurious to vegetation.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 FINE GRADING AND LOAMING

A. After the areas to be loamed have been brought to grade, and immediately prior to dumping and spreading the approved screened loam or screened topsoil, the subgrade shall be loosened by disking or rototilling to a depth of at least three inches to permit bonding of the loam to the subsoil. Remove from loosened subsoil all stones greater than two inches and all debris or rubbish from the loosened subsoil. Such material shall be removed from the site.

B. Screened loam or screened topsoil from stockpile shall be placed and spread over approved areas to a depth sufficiently greater than six (6) inches so that after natural

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 02930 Loam and Seed HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 7 of 10 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019

settlement and light rolling, the completed work will conform to the lines, grades, and elevations indicated. Supply additional loam, after testing and approval as may be needed, to give the specified depths and finished grades under the Contract without additional cost to the Town.

C. No subsoil or loam shall be handled in any way if it is in a wet or frozen condition.

D. Sufficient grade stakes shall be set for checking the finished grades. Stakes must be set in the bottom of swales and at top of slopes. Grades shall be established which are accurate to one tenth of a foot either way. Connect contours and spot elevations with an even slope.

E. After screened topsoil or screened loam has been spread, it shall be carefully prepared by hand raking. Screened loam shall also be free of smaller stones in excessive quantities as determined by the Landscape Architect.

F. The whole surface shall then be rolled with a hand roller weighing not more than 100 pounds per foot of width. During the rolling, all depressions caused by settlements or rolling shall be filled with additional loam and the surface shall be regraded and rolled until it presents a smooth and even finish to the required grade.

G. Contractor shall obtain Landscape Architect's written approval of fine grading and bed preparation before doing any seeding.

3.02 SEEDING

A. Lawn Areas: 1. Contractor shall obtain Landscape Architect's written approval of fine grading and bed preparation before doing any seeding. 2. Areas to be seeded shall be as indicated on the Drawings. All disturbed lawn areas outside the limit of seeding shall be loamed and seeded only after approval of the Landscape Architect. 3. Seeding shall be done only during the period from April 1 to May 30 or August 15 to October 15. The actual planting of seed shall be done, however, only during periods within this season that are normal for such work as determined by weather conditions and by accepted practice in this locality. At his option, and on his responsibility, the Contractor may plant seed under unseasonable conditions at no increased cost to the Client. 4. Seed only when the bed is in a friable condition, not muddy or hard. 5. For lawn areas, fertilizers shall only be applied immediately prior to first mowing and shall not be a component of a slurry applied hydraulically. 6. Seeding shall be done in two directions at right angles to each other. Sow the seed with an approved seeding device at the rate of ten pounds per 1000 square feet. No seeding shall be done in windy weather or as a component of a slurry applied hydraulically. 7. If covering and rolling is not properly accomplished by the seeding machine, the seed shall be lightly raked into the ground, after which the ground shall be rolled with a one hundred pound roller and thoroughly and evenly watered with a fine spray to penetrate the soil to a depth of at least two (2) inches. 8. After vegetation has appeared, reseed all areas and parts of areas, which fail to show a uniform stand of vegetation. Reseed repeatedly until all areas are satisfactorily covered. An established seeded area shall have a minimum count of 60 plants per square foot. 9. In order to prevent unnecessary erosion of newly graded slopes and unnecessary siltation of drainage ways the Contractor shall carry out seeding and mulching as

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 02930 Loam and Seed HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 8 of 10 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019

soon as he/she has satisfactorily completed a unit or portion of the project. A unit of the work will be defined as not more than 20,000 square feet. 10. Erosion control matting shall be installed according to manufacturer's specifications in all drainage swales and all slopes of one vertical foot to three horizontal, or steeper, immediately after such areas have been seeded.

3.03 MAINTENANCE AND PROTECTION

A. Lawn Areas: 1. Maintenance shall begin immediately after any area is seeded, and shall continue until final written acceptance by the Landscape Architect. 2. Maintenance shall include reseeding, mowing, watering, weeding, liming and fertilizing. 3. Watering of Seeded Areas: a. First Week: The Contractor shall provide all labor and arrange for all watering necessary to establish an acceptable lawn. In the absence of an adequate rainfall, watering shall be performed daily or as often as necessary during the first week and in sufficient quantities to maintain moist soil to a depth of at least two (2) inches. b. Second and Subsequent Weeks: The Contractor shall water the lawn as required to maintain adequate moisture, in the upper two (2) inches of soil, necessary for the promotion of deep root growth. c. Watering shall be done in a manner that will provide uniform coverage, prevent erosion due to application of excessive quantities over small areas, and prevent damage to the finished surface by the watering equipment. The Contractor shall furnish sufficient watering equipment to apply one complete coverage to the seeded areas in an eight (8) hour period. 4. Protection: a. Seeded areas shall be protected by a three (3) foot high barrier constructed of two-by-four stakes or iron pipes set eighteen inches in the ground at ten (10) foot intervals and connected by No. 10 wire. Flags of white cloth shall be secured to the wire at center points between stakes. b. Barriers must be raised immediately after seeding and shall be maintained until acceptance. 5. Reseeding: a. After the grass in seeded areas has appeared, all areas and parts of areas which, in the opinion of the Landscape Architect, fail to show a uniform stand of grass, for any reason whatsoever, shall be reseeded and such areas and parts of areas shall be seeded repeatedly until all areas are covered with a satisfactory growth of grass. Reseeding together with necessary grading, trimming, fertilizing and watering shall be done at the expense of the Contractor. 6. Mowing: a. Seeded Areas: The Contractor shall keep seeded areas mowed until written acceptance of the seeding by the Landscape Architect by cutting to a height of two (2) inches when growth reaches three (3) inches or as directed by the Landscape Architect. b. Mowing shall include removal of clippings.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 02930 Loam and Seed HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 9 of 10 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019

7. Fertilizing: a. A second application of fertilizer, as specified herein, shall be applied after one (1) season of growth of a minimum of two (2) months duration, but only during the months of April, May, August or September. Fertilizer shall be applied at the rate of thirty (30) pounds per one thousand (1,000) square feet. 8. Liming: a. If more than one initial application of limestone is required by the soils analysis to bring the pH of the stockpiled topsoil/screened loam to a specified range, the Contractor shall be responsible for all additional required lime applications.

END OF SECTION

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 02930 Loam and Seed HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 10 of 10 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019

SECTION 02940 PLANTING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 REFERENCES

A. The GENERAL DOCUMENTS, as listed on the table of Contents, and applicable parts of Division 01, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, shall be included in and made a part of this Section.

B. Examine all Drawings and all other Section of the Specifications for requirements therein affecting the work of this Section.

C. Coordinate work with that of all other trades affecting or affected by work of this Section. Cooperate with such trades to assure the steady progress of all work under the Contract.

1.02 SCOPE

A. The work of this Section consists of all planting work and related items as indicated on the Drawings and/or as specified herein, and includes, but is not limited to, the following:

1. Standard planting mix 2. Planting Mix for Tree Box Filter 3. Cornell University (CU)-Structural Soil® 4. Pine bark mulch 5. Plant materials 6. Maintenance

1.03 RELATED WORK

A. Examine all Drawings and all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements affecting the work described below.

1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Request for Deviations from the Specifications: If any deviations from the specifications are proposed, include written description and reasons for deviations.

B. Product Information: Prior to ordering the below listed materials, submit detailed product literature to Landscape Architect for approval. Do not order materials listed below until Landscape Architect’s approval has been obtained.

1. CU-Structural soil: Soil test analysis reports for sample of clay loam from an independent soil-testing laboratory. (Soil testing laboratory may include a public agricultural extension service agency.) 2. Guying and Staking products: Provide manufacturers cut sheets. 3. Nursery List: Provide a list of nurseries from which the plant material will be supplied. If plant material is grown at a nursery other than the one where it is purchased from, the list must include the growing location for all plant material. Plant Material must be grown in USDA Hardiness Plant Zone 1-6.

C. Samples: Prior to ordering the below listed materials, submit representative samples to Landscape Architect for selection and approval, as follows. Do not order materials listed

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 02940 Planting HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 13 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019

below until Landscape Architect’s approval has been obtained. Delivered materials shall closely match the approved samples.

1. CU-Structural soil: 1/2 cubic foot sample of clay loam, one cubic foot representative sample of crushed stone, and one cubic foot representative sample of CU-Structural Soil mix. 2. Pine bark mulch: Submit one sample 3. Anti-desiccant: Submit product literature 4. Fertilizer: Submit one sample packet of fertilizer and certificate showing composition and analysis for fertilizer.

D. Qualifications: The planting work shall be performed by a landscape contractor who is fully experienced in projects of this scope, has been in landscaping business for at least five years, and whose primary business is landscaping.

1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Delivered CU-Structural Soil shall be at or near optimum compaction moisture content as determined by AASHTO T 99 (ASTM D 698) and should not be placed in frozen, wet or muddy sites. B. Protect CU-Structural Soil from exposure to excess water and from erosion at all times. Do not store CU-Structural Soil unprotected. Do not allow excess water to enter site prior to compaction. If water is introduced into the CU-Structural Soil after grading, allow water to drain to optimum compaction moisture content.

1.06 CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE AND GUARANTEE

A. Following completion of all plant material installation, the Contractor shall request the Landscape Architect in writing for a formal inspection of the planting work. If plant materials and workmanship are acceptable, written notice will be provided by the Landscape Architect to the Contractor stating that the work has received provisional acceptance and that the ninety (90) day maintenance period shall commence.

1. The 90-day maintenance period shall occur only during the growing season May1 to October 15. 2. If final inspection occurs at the end of the growing season, the 90-day maintenance period shall be extended, and shall start at the beginning of the next growing season starting as of May 1 of the next year. 3. If the 90-day maintenance period is not complete by October 15, it shall be extended into the next growing season starting again as of May 1. 4. Plants that die or show obvious decline or loss of 5% of healthy growth during the maintenance period, shall be removed and replaced at once, unless designated otherwise in writing by the Landscape Architect.

B. After the minimum 90-day maintenance period, the Contractor shall again request the Landscape Architect, in writing, for an inspection to determine whether the plant material is acceptable. If the plant material and workmanship are acceptable, written notice will be given by the Landscape Architect to the Contractor followed by a Certificate of Acceptance. The one - year guarantee period begins from the date of the Certificate of Acceptance.

C. If a substantial number of plants are sickly or dead at the time of final inspection, acceptance will not be granted, and the Contractor's responsibility for maintenance of all plants shall be extended until replacements are made. All dead and unsatisfactory plants shall be promptly removed from the project. Replacements shall conform in all respects to the specifications for new plants and shall be planted in the same manner.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 02940 Planting HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 2 of 13 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019

Replacements shall be maintained by the Contractor for 90 days after written approval of the replacements by the Landscape Architect.

D. Plants shall be guaranteed for a period of one year after the Certificate of Acceptance and shall be alive and in satisfactory growth at the end of the guarantee period. Plants that die, show obvious decline or loss of 5% of healthy growth during the guarantee period, shall be removed and replaced at once, unless designated otherwise by the Landscape Architect.

E. The sum of 10% of the total cost of the planting contract shall be retained by the Town paid to the Contractor after replacements have been made, but not sooner than one year from the Date of Acceptance of the original planting.

F. At the end of the one - year guarantee period, inspection shall be made again by the Landscape Architect. Any plant required under this contract that is dead or unsatisfactory shall be removed from the site. Each plant shall show at least 95% percent healthy growth and shall have the natural character of a plant of its species in accordance with the American Nurserymen's Association Standards. Dead or unsatisfactory plants shall be replaced during the normal planting season, until the plants live through one year. A final inspection for acceptance shall be made by the Landscape Architect after the replacements have lived through one year.

G. All replacements shall be plants of the same kind and size specified in the PLANT SCHEDULE and all costs shall be borne by the Contractor, except for possible replacements due to vandalism or neglect on the part of others.

1.07 EXAMINATION OF CONDITIONS

A. All areas to be planted shall be inspected by the Contractor before starting work and any defects, such as incorrect grading, etc., shall be reported to the Landscape Architect prior to beginning this work. The commencement of work by the Contractor shall indicate his acceptance of the areas to be planted, and he shall assume full responsibility for the work of this Section.

B. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for judging the full extent of work requirements involved, including but not limited to the potential need for storing and maintaining plants temporarily and/or re-handling plants prior to final installation.

C. The Contractor shall verify all utility locations and elevations prior to excavation. Before construction starts, all utility companies, public and private must be contacted including those in control of utilities not shown on this plan and “DIG SAFE” (1-800-322-4844). The Contractor must report any discrepancies in writing to the Landscape Architect and receive written instructions prior to proceeding.

1.08 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Contractor must be knowledgeable of National Arborist Association standards and have at least five years experience involving this work. Contractor must be a licensed contractor or arborist in the State of Maine. Submit license for approval to the Landscape Architect.

B. Storage and Handling: Store and handle packaged materials in strict compliance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Protect all materials from damage, injury and theft.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 02940 Planting HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 3 of 13 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019

C. Subcontractor Qualifications: Landscaping work shall be assigned to an experienced and qualified landscaping subcontractor employing experienced workmen under the full-time supervision of a qualified foreman with a minimum of five years experience on projects similar in scale to this one.

1.09 REFERENCES AND STANDARDS

A. The following references are used herein and shall mean: 1. ASNS: American Standard for Nursery Stock, ASNA 260.1, latest edition, published by the American Association of Nurserymen (AAN) 2. SPN: Standardized Plant Names, latest edition, by the American Joint Committee on Horticultural Nomenclature 3. AOAC: Association of Official Agricultural Chemists 4. Pruning Standards: The Standards for Pruning Shade Trees of the Tree Care Industry Association, 136 Harvey Rd. Suite 101, Londonderry, NH 5. ASTM: American Society for Testing and Materials, latest edition 6. Hillier’s Manual of Trees and Shrubs, 1971, Hillier & Sons 7. Hortus III, 1976, L.H. Bailey Hortorium 8. Manual of Cultivated Conifers, 1965, P. Den Ouden & B. K. Boom

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.01 STANDARD PLANTING SOIL

A. The Contractor shall furnish a specific Planting Mix as defined in this Section to support the growth of plants in raised planters and in standard sidewalk tree pits as shown in Drawings. The components that comprise the standard Planting Mix shall meet all the pertinent requirements herein.

B. The standard Planting Mix shall be comprised of loam and compost mixed to the following proportion.

Material % by Volume Compost 10% Loam* 90% *Refer to SECTION 02930 LOAM & SEED

C. The standard Planting Mix shall have an acidity range between pH 6.0 and 7.0.

D. The quantity of mix necessary to sufficiently fill the required planting areas shall be determined by the Contractor taking into account the settlement.

2.02 PLANTING MIX FOR TREE-BOX FILTER

A. The Contractor shall furnish a specific planting mix as defined in this section to support the growth of plants in the bioretention area. This planting mix for the shall meet all the pertinent requirements herein. If mix is done ahead of use, then the prepared mix must be covered from the rain.

B. The quantity of mix necessary to sufficiently fill the required area shall be determined by the contractor taking settlement into account.

C. Wood chips shall first be collected from those chips created from the disposal of on-site woody plants (please refer to the LANDSCAPE NOTES SECTION ). Any additional chips shall be from hardwood collected from the chipping of woody materials, typically a byproduct of a tree service company, and if possible, shredded.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 02940 Planting HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 4 of 13 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019

D. Coarse sand shall meet the requirements outlined under Soil Amendments, Additives, and Fertilizer.

E. Loam shall meet the requirements outlined under Screened Loam.

F. Planting Mix shall be comprised of wood chips, coarse sand, humate and loam mixed to the following proportion:

% by Material volume Wood chips 20% Coarse Sand 40% Humate in the form of granular raw Leonardite 10% Loam 30%

Adjust the ratio of the components to achieve water permeability minimum of 4 inches per hour when compacted to 80-85% of maximum dry density. Submit multiple mix ratios for permeability testing to establish the correct mix ratio for the available topsoil.

G. Planting mix shall be thoroughly mixed.

2.03 CU-STRUCTURAL SOIL

A. Soil to produce CU-Structural Soil shall be a “loam” with a minimum clay content of 20% or a “clay loam” based on the “USDA classification system” as determined by mechanical analysis (ASTM D-422) and it shall be of uniform composition, without admixture of subsoil. It shall be free of stones, lumps, plants and their roots, debris and other extraneous matter. It shall not contain toxic substances harmful to plant growth. Clay loam shall contain not less than 2% or more than 6% organic matter as determined by the loss on ignition of oven-dried samples. Test samples shall be oven-dried to a constant weight at a temperature of 230 degrees F., plus or minus 9 degrees.

1. Mechanical analysis for the loam or clay loam shall be as follows: Textural Class % of Total Weight Gravel less than 5% Sand 20-50% Silt 20-45% Clay 20-40%

B. Chemical analysis: Meet, or be amended to meet the following criteria: 1. pH between 5.5 to 6.5 when using limestone, up to 7.2 when using granite or other non-limestone crushed stone. 2. Percent organic matter 2% - 6% by dry weight 3. Adequate nutrient levels 4. Soluble salt less than 1.0 mmho/cm 5. Cation Exchange Capacity (CEC) greater than 10 milli-equivalents per 100 grams of soil 6. Carbon/Nitrogen ratio less than 33:1

C. Loam or clay loam shall not come from USDA - classified prime farmland.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 02940 Planting HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 5 of 13 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019

D. FERTILIZER 1. Should nutrient analysis suggest that the loam or clay loam need additional nutrients, it shall be amended by an Amereq, Inc. licensed producer.

E. SULFUR (if needed) 1. Sulfur shall be a commercial granular, 96% pure sulfur, with material and analysis appearing on the labeled container. 2. Sulfur used to lower pH shall be a ferrous sulfate formulation. 3. Application rates shall be dependent on soil test results.

F. LIME (if needed) 1. Agricultural lime containing a minimum of 85% carbonates. 2. Application rates shall be dependent on soil test results.

G. CRUSHED STONE 1. The size of the crushed stone shall be 0.75 inches to 1.5 inches allowing for up to 10% being greater than 1.5 inches, and up to 10% less than 0.75 inches. 2. Acceptable aggregate dimensions will not exceed 2.5:1.0 for any two dimensions. 3. Minimum 90% with two or more fractured faces. 4. Results of Aggregate Soundness Loss test shall not exceed 18%. 5. Losses from LA Abrasion tests shall not exceed 40%.

H. HYDROGEL 1. Hydrogel shall be a coated potassium propenoate-propenamide copolymer (Gelscape® Hydrogel Tackifier) as manufactured by Amereq, Inc. 800-832-8788.

I WATER 1. The installing contractor shall be responsible to furnish his own supply of water (if needed) free of impurities, to the site.

2.04 PLANT MATERIALS

A. The Contractor shall furnish and plant all plants shown on the Drawings, as specified, and in quantities, sizes and varieties as shown on the PLANT SCHEDULE. No substitutions will be permitted. All plants shall be nursery grown unless specifically authorized to be collected. All plants shall be balled and burlap or grown in containers.

B. A complete list of plants, including a schedule of sizes, quantities and other requirements, are shown in the Project Drawings. In the event that quantity discrepancies or material omissions occur between the list of plant materials on the PLANT SCHEDULE and the Drawings, the higher number of plants shall govern.

C. Plants shall be in accordance with the Standards of the American Association of Nurserymen. Botanical plant names shall be in accordance with plant designations included in Hortus III and/ or Hillier’s Manual of Trees and Shrubs.

D. The root system of each plant shall be well provided with fibrous roots. All parts shall be sound, healthy, and vigorous, well-branched and densely foliated when in leaf. They shall be free of disease, insect pests, eggs or larvae.

E. Plugs shall be 5 inches -deep x 2 inches-wide with a minimal root depth of 4 inches and must be grown for direct planting into the landscape. Do not substitute liner plants for landscape plugs. Roots growth shall be generally downward rather than circling. Reject plugs if root circling is observed.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 02940 Planting HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 6 of 13 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019

1. Plugs shall be North Creek Landscape Plugs™ or approved equal. North Creek Nurseries 288 North Creek Road Landenberg, PA 19350

F. All plants shall be balled and burlap and must be moved with the root systems as solid units with balls of earth firmly wrapped with untreated eight- ounce burlap, firmly held in place by a stout cord or wire. The diameter and depth of the balls of earth must be sufficient to encompass the fibrous root feeding system necessary for the healthy development of the plant. No plant shall be accepted when the ball of earth surrounding its roots has been badly cracked or broken prior to or during the process of planting or after the burlap, staves, ropes or platform required in connection with its transplanting have been removed. The plants and their root balls shall remain intact during all operations. All plants that cannot be planted at once must be heeled in by setting in the ground and covering the balls with soil and watering them. Collected stock will not be accepted.

G. The height of the trees (measured from the crown of the roots to the tip of the leader branch) shall not be less than the minimum size designated. Take caliber measurement six inches above ground level up to and including four-inch caliber size and twelve inches above the ground for larger sizes. The trunk of each tree shall be a single trunk growing from a single un-mutilated crown of roots. No part of the trunk shall be conspicuously crooked as compared with normal trees of the same variety. The trunk shall be free from sun scald, frost cracks, or wounds resulting from abrasions, fire or other causes. No pruning wounds shall be present having a diameter exceeding two inches and such wounds must show a vigorous bark on all edges. Trees shall not be pruned prior to delivery.

H. Shrubs shall meet the requirements for spread or height specified in the PLANT SCHEDULE. The measurements for height shall be taken from the ground level to the average height of the shrub and not to the longest branch. The thickness of each shrub shall correspond to the trade classification "No. 1." Single stemmed or thin plants will not be accepted. The side branches must be generous, well-twigged, and the plant as a whole well branched to the ground. The plants must be in a moist vigorous condition, free from dead wood, bruises, or other root or branch injuries. Shrubs shall not be pruned prior to delivery.

I. Groundcover plants and perennials shall be of size, age and/or condition listed in the PLANT SCHEDULE. Plants shall be healthy, free of insects and diseases. Ground cover plants shall be potted. Perennials shall be container-grown.

J. Container grown stock shall have been in a container long enough for the root system to have developed sufficiently to hold its soil together, firm and whole.

K. Plants delivered by truck and plants requiring storage on site shall be properly wrapped and covered to prevent wind-drying and desiccation of branches, leaves or buds; plant balls shall be firmly bound, unbroken, reasonably moist to indicate watering prior to delivery and during storage; and tree trunks shall be free from fresh scars and damage in handling. No trees with double leaders or twin heads will be acceptable without the written approval of the Landscape Architect. The Contractor shall reject such plants at the time of delivery by the nursery/supplier unless such plants were selected by the Landscape Architect as indicated by tags and seals. No plant material from cold storage will be accepted.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 02940 Planting HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 7 of 13 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019

2.04 STAKES, ANCHORS, WIRE, HOSE AND WEBBING

A. Stakes for supporting trees shall be galvanized steel pipe painted black. Pipe shall have a minimum diameter of 2-1/2 inches nominal size. Pipe shall be pre-drilled ¾” diameter to accept webbing.

B. Webbing shall be as manufactured by Deep Root Partners, (800) 458-7668, or approved equal. Webbing shall be a green flat woven polypropylene with a 900-pound break strength and a minimum diameter of 3/4 inch.

D. The size and quality of cables, turnbuckles, thimbles, leg hooks, eye bolts, rods, washers, white flagging, and nuts shall be as shown on the Drawings, or as approved by the Landscape Architect.

E. Dive anchors and guy wire assembly shall be as manufactured by Platypus Earth Anchors, or approved equal. Sizes should be in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications and recommendations.

2.05 MULCH

A. Mulch shall be aged pine bark mulch aged a minimum of six months. The mulch shall be dark brown in color, free of chunks and pieces thicker than 1/4 inch. Mulch must be free of stringy material, and shall not contain, in the judgment of the Landscape Architect, an excess of fine particles. Submit sample for Landscape Architect‘s approval.

2.06 WATER

A. The Contractor shall be responsible for furnishing his own supply of water to the site at no extra cost. If possible, the Town will furnish the Contractor upon request with an adequate source and supply of water at no charge. However, if the Town’s water supply is not available or not functioning, the Contractor will be held responsible to furnish adequate supplies at his own cost. Any work injured or damaged due to the lack of water, or the use of too much water, shall be the Contractor's responsibility to correct. Water shall be free from impurities that may be injurious to vegetation.

2.07 ANTI-DESICCANT

A. Anti-desiccant shall be emulsions or other materials that will provide a protective film over plant surfaces permeable enough to permit transpiration and specifically manufactured for that purpose. Manufacturer of anti-desiccant shall be subject to the Landscape Architect’s approval and shall be used only after approval by the Landscape Architect. Anti-desiccant shall be delivered in the original containers of the manufacturer, and shall be mixed and applied according to the manufacturer's instructions. 2.08 FERTILIZER

A. Fertilizer shall be M-Roots® or equal and applied at planting time for trees and shrubs. Acid-loving trees and shrubs should be supplemented at initial planting time and once each year as needed with Holly-Tone® or equal. B. Bulbs shall have an application of all-purpose organic fertilizer close to a 4-10-6 blend as a top dressing to the planting area.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 CU-SOIL MIXING AND QUALITY CONTROL TESTING

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 02940 Planting HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 8 of 13 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019

A. All CU-Structural Soil mixing shall be performed at the licensed producer’s yard using appropriate soil measuring, mixing and shredding equipment of sufficient capacity and capability to assure proper quality control and consistent mix ratios. 1. No mixing of CU-Structural Soil at the project site shall be permitted. 2. Maintain adequate moisture content during the mixing process. Soils and mix components shall easily shred and break down without clumping. Soil clods shall easily break down into a fine crumbly texture. Soils shall not be overly wet or dry. The licensed producer shall measure and monitor the amount of soil moisture at the mixing site periodically during the mixing process.

3. Raw materials shall be mixed off-site, only at the licensed producer’s facility, on a flat asphalt or concrete paved surface to avoid soil contamination. 4. Should the independent laboratory test results of the clay loam reveal a need to amend it to meet specifications, the amending materials should be added to the clay loam following the rates and recommendations provided by Amereq,Inc.

B. Underground Utilities and Subsurface Conditions

1. The installing contractor shall notify the Landscape Architect of any subsurface conditions which will affect the contractor’s ability to install the CU-Structural Soil. 2. The installing contractor shall locate and confirm the location of all underground utility lines and structures prior to the start of any excavation. 3. The installing contractor shall repair any underground utilities or foundations damaged during the progress of this work.

C. Site Preparation

1. Do not proceed with the installation of the CU-Structural Soil material until all walls, curb footings and utility work in the area have been installed. For site elements dependent on CU-Structural Soil for foundation support, postpone installation of such elements until immediately after the installation of CU- Structural Soil. 2. Install subsurface drain lines as shown on the plan drawings prior to installation of CU-Structural Soil material. 3. Excavate and compact the proposed subgrade to depths, slopes and widths as shown on the drawings. Maintain all required angles of repose of the adjacent materials as shown on the drawings. Do not over excavate compacted subgrades of adjacent pavement or structures. 4. Confirm that the subgrade is at the proper elevation and compacted as required. Subgrade elevations shall slope parallel to the finished grade and/or toward the subsurface drain lines as shown on the drawings. 5. Clear the excavation of all construction debris, trash, rubble and any foreign material. In the event that fuels, oils, concrete washout silts or other material harmful to plants have been spilled into the subgrade material, excavate the soil sufficiently to remove the harmful material. Fill any over excavation with approved fill and compact to the required subgrade compaction. 6. Do not proceed with the installation of CU-Structural Soil until all utility work in the area has been installed. All subsurface drainage systems shall be operational prior to installation of CU-Structural Soil. 7. Protect adjacent walls, walks and utilities from damage. Use ½” plywood and/or plastic sheeting as directed to cover existing concrete, metal and masonry work and other items as directed during the progress of the work. a. Clean up all trash and any soil or dirt spilled on any paved surface at the end of each working day. Any damage to the paving or architectural work caused by the installing contractor shall be repaired, as directed by the Landscape Architect .

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 02940 Planting HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 9 of 13 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019

8. Maintain all silt and sediment control devices required by applicable regulations. Provide adequate methods to assure that trucks and other equipment do not track soil from the site onto adjacent property and the public right of way.

D. Installation of CU-Structural Soil Materials

1. Install CU-Structural Soil in 6-inch lifts and compact each lift. 2. Compact all materials to at least 95% Proctor Density from a standard compaction curve AASHTO T 99 (ASTM D 698). No compaction shall occur when moisture content exceeds maximum as listed herein. Delay compaction if moisture content exceeds maximum allowable and protect CU-Structural Soil during delays in compaction with plastic or plywood as directed by the Landscape Architect. 3. Bring CU-Structural Soil to finished grades as shown on the drawings. Immediately protect the CU-Structural Soil from contamination by toxic materials, trash, debris, water containing cement, clay, silt or materials that will alter the particle size distribution of the mix with plastic or plywood as directed by the Landscape Architect . 4. The Landscape Architect may periodically check the material being delivered, prior to installation for color and texture consistency with the approved sample provided by the installing contractor as part of the submittal for CU-Structural Soil. If the Landscape Architect determines that the delivered soil varies significantly from the approved samples, the Landscape Architect shall contact the licensed producer. 5. Landscape Architect shall ensure that the delivered structural soil was produced by the approved CU-Structural Soil licensee by inspecting weight tickets showing source of material. 6. CU-Structural Soil should not be stockpiled long-term. Any CU-Soil not installed immediately should be protected by a tarp or other waterproof covering.

E. Fine Grading

1. After the initial placement and rough grading of the CU-Structural Soil but prior to the start of fine grading, the installing contractor shall request review of the rough grading by the engineer. The installing contractor shall set sufficient grade stakes for checking the finished grades. 2. Adjust the finish grades to meet field conditions as directed. Provide smooth transitions between slopes of different gradients and direction. Fill all dips with CU-Structural Soil and remove any bumps in the overall plane of the slope. a. The tolerance for dips and bumps in CU-Structural Soil areas shall be a 3 inches deviation from the plane in 10 feet. All fine grading shall be inspected and approved by the Landscape Architect prior to the installation of other items to be placed on the CU-Structural Soil. 3. The Landscape Architect will inspect the work upon the request of the installing contractor. Request for inspection shall be received by the Landscape Architect at least 10 days before the anticipated date of inspection.

3.02 PLANTING

A. Furnishing and planting of any plant material includes: the digging of the holes for individual plants and local excavation required for planting beds; provision of soil additives, fertilizer and screened loam for planting soil mix; furnishing plants of specified size with roots in the specified manner; and the labor of planting and mulching, staking and guying, maintenance, etc. where called for.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 02940 Planting HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 10 of 13 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019

B. Contractor shall strictly adhere to the limits of motorized vehicular access as shown on the plans, including allowable limits of machine excavation of plant beds. All work outside the limits of motorized vehicular access shall be done by hand or other approved methods.

C. The placing of loam shall be completed in accordance with the Section 02930 – LOAM AND SEED, prior to beginning the planting operation.

D. The placing of planting mixes shall be completed in accordance with this Section. Mixes shall be placed and compacted in 12 foot- lifts. The mixes should be wetted periodically during placement to allow for consolidation and to assure proper depth. The placement of abutting materials shall be done simultaneously if deemed necessary so as to avoid formation of voids and short-circuiting. Over-compaction of the mixes should be avoided to preserve alteration capacity. Required mix compaction density outlined herein shall is necessary to achieve the desired outcome. Mechanical compaction of the mixes should be avoided.

E. The placement of geo-textiles as shown on the Drawings and in accordance with this Section shall be done simultaneously with the placement of Planting Mixes.

F. Seasons for Planting

1. Spring: Deciduous materials–April 1 through June 1 Evergreen materials–April 15 through June 1 2. Fall: Deciduous materials–September 15 through December 1 Evergreen materials–August 15 through October 15 3. Contractor shall schedule tree selection and digging operations to comply with nursery industry recognition of ‘Spring Dig Only’ or ‘Fall Hazard’ plant materials. No substitutions of plant materials will be allowed for fall planting based on unavailability due to the ‘Spring Dig Only’ or ‘Fall Hazard’ restrictions. Contractor shall have selected and had the material dug during the previous spring.

G. Planting Installation

1. At least ten days prior to the expected planting date, the Contractor shall request, in writing, that the Landscape Architect provide a representative to select and tag stock to be planted under this Section. The Contractor shall arrange and pay for the transportation and overnight accommodations, if necessary, for the Landscape Architect during the period of time required to select and tag plant material. 2. The Contractor shall be responsible to certify the availability of required plants in specified sizes from his sources of supply prior to requesting the Landscape Architect to make plant source inspections. In the event that plants at the inspection location are found to be unavailable or if insufficient size, the Contractor shall be liable to reimburse the Landscape Architect for all costs of the Landscape Architect’s hourly services that are incurred during unproductive inspection trips. 3. Unless specifically designated otherwise, the Contractor or his representative shall accompany the Landscape Architect on all plant material selection field trips. 4. All plants for the project shall be individually tagged for approval with the Landscape Architect’s seals, and no plants shall be accepted for delivery to the site without such seals.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 02940 Planting HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 11 of 13 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019

5. Plants shall be selected by the Landscape Architect at the place of growth for conformity to specification requirements as to quality, size, and variety. Such approval shall not impair the right of inspection and rejection upon delivery at the site or during the progress of the work. Funds to cover the cost of replacements shall be borne by the Contractor. 6. Location for all plants and outlines for planting areas shall be staked on the ground by the Contractor for approval by the Landscape Architect before any individual plant pits or plant beds are dug. If ledge, underground obstructions, or utilities are encountered the Landscape Architect shall be notified immediately. 7. At all times during the planting operations, the Contractor shall maintain stockpiles of approved planting mixes of the following: a. Standard Planting Mix 8. Plant pits shall be excavated with sloping sides. Holes for trees shall be at least three times the diameter of the root ball, except for those trees located in sidewalks or other confined spaces. All shrubs shall be planted in a continuous bed and individual dug holes shall be at least 18 inches greater than the ball. 9. Planting mixes for both planting beds and individual plants shall be thoroughly premixed in the proportions specified herein. 10. Backfill mix for planting beds shall be prepared as specified herein to a minimum depth as shown on the Drawings. 11. Ground cover and perennial beds shall be dug to a depth of one foot below final grade, or as shown on the Drawings. Incorporate amendments as specified above. Supply sufficient mix to provide one (1) foot deep beds. 12. All plant roots and earth balls must be damp and thoroughly protected from sun and wind from the beginning of the digging operation, during transportation and on the ground until the final planting. The plants shall be planted in the center of the holes and at the same depth as they previously grew.

H. All plants shall be flooded with water twice within the first 24 hours of the time of planting and all plants during the maintenance period shall be watered at least twice each week unless sufficient rainfall has occurred. At each watering the soil around each tree or shrub shall be thoroughly saturated. If sufficient moisture is retained in the soil, as determined by the Landscape Architect, the required watering may be reduced. Trees will receive a minimum of ten gallons of water per week. Shrubs will receive a minimum of five gallons of water each week.

I. All trees shall be firmly anchored at the time of planting as shown on Drawings, unless otherwise approved or directed by the Landscape Architect. Stakes shall be plumb and neat in appearance and shall not injure the plant balls. Wire used for guying shall be secured to the tree by passing through an approved hose to prevent chafing and injury to the trees. Trees under three (3) inches in caliper shall be staked three stakes per tree. Trees three (3) inches and over in caliper shall be anchored in place with drive anchors three per tree.

J. Mulch material shall be placed over a maximum of twelve (12) inches in diameter off the tree trunk for individual trees and over the entire area of shrub and/or groundcover planting beds to a depth of two (2) inches after settlement not later than one week after planting. No mulch shall be applied prior to the first watering of plant materials.

K. Pruning 1. Each plant shall be pruned in accordance with the Standards for Pruning of the National Arborist Association to preserve the natural character of the plant. All pruning shall be performed by a licensed Arborist. 2. All dead wood, suckers, and all broken or badly bruised branches shall be removed. Never cut the leader from any tree.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 02940 Planting HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 12 of 13 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019

L. Alternate locations may be selected by the Landscape Architect, in the event that rock or underground construction work or obstructions are encountered in any plant pit or bed excavation work to be done under this contract.

M. If planting is done after lawn preparation or installation, proper protection of lawn areas shall be provided and any damage resulting from planting operations shall be repaired immediately at no cost to the Town or Landscape Architect.

N. Absolutely no debris may be left on the Project site. Excavated material shall be removed as directed by the Landscape Architect. Repair any damage to site or structures to restore them to their original condition as directed by the Landscape Architect at no cost to the Town.

O. Anti-desiccant: 1. The Contractor shall spray all needle and broadleaf evergreen plants with anti- desiccant the first winter after plants are planted. 2. Spraying shall be performed at the correct time for that particular year's climatic conditions to insure the maximum protection for plants during the first winter. 3. If the fall has been particularly dry, the Contractor shall thoroughly water all evergreens for two weeks prior to spraying.

3.03 MULCH

A. All mulches shall be applied as specified on plans.

3.04 MAINTENANCE

A. Maintenance shall begin immediately after each plant is planted and shall continue through both provisional acceptance and the minimum one year- maintenance period as specified, herein.

B. Maintenance shall consist of keeping the plants in a healthy growing condition and shall include watering, weeding, cultivating, re-mulching, tightening and repairing of guys, removal of dead material, resetting plants to proper grades or upright position, and maintaining the planting saucers. Seasonal spraying for insects or disease shall also be included as required and/or as directed by Landscape Architect.

1. Plants shall be inspected for watering needs at least twice each week during the growing season and watered as necessary to promote plant growth and vitality. 2. Mulched planting beds and individual plant pits shall be kept free of weeds, and mulch shall be replaced as required to maintain the specified layer of mulch. Beds and individual pits shall be neat in appearance and maintained to the designed layout. 3. Plants that die or show obvious decline, loss of 5% of healthy growth during the maintenance or guarantee period, shall be removed and replaced at once, unless designated otherwise by the Landscape Architect. 4. Spraying for both insect pests and diseases shall be included during the maintenance period as required and as directed by Landscape Architect. 5. Shortly before the end of the maintenance period, all trees shall receive an application of deep root fertilization by a licensed arborist. 6. Stakes and guying materials shall be removed at the end of the guarantee period.

C. During the maintenance period, any decline in the condition of plantings shall require the Contractor to take immediate action to identify potential problems and undertake corrective measures. If required, the Contractor shall engage professional arborists and/or horticulturalists to inspect plant materials and to identify problems and recommend corrective procedures.

END OF SECTION

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 02940 Planting HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 13 of 13 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019

SECTION 16500 LIGHTING

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. Include Conditions of the Contract and applicable parts of Division 01.

B. Examine all other sections of the Specifications for requirements which affect the work of this Section, whether or not such requirements are particularly mentioned herein.

C. Coordinate the work of this section with the related work of other trades and cooperate with such trades to assure the steady progress of all work of this Contract.

1.02 SCOPE

A. The work covered by this Specification consists of furnishing all labor, materials, equipment, supplies, devices, lighting fixtures, light poles, control systems, etc. and the performance of all operations necessary for the installation of electrical street lights and accent lighting within the project limits, as indicated on the Contract Documents

B. This work shall include all coordination involved in providing power to the installations and metering of same as required by the local utility.

C. Without limiting the scope of work, the following is included in this project: 1. Architectural Area Lighting 2. Electrical Connections and Controls

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Shop Drawings: 1. Shop drawings shall indicate specifications section and paragraph requiring equipment indicated. a. Architectural area lighting - Shop Drawings and product literature b. Line diagram prepared by a licensed electrician which depicts load calculations, conduit and wire sizing, service panel layout, etc.

B. Mockups: 1. All light pole locations shall be staked for review by Landscape Architect prior to construction. Contractor shall highlight with flagging or paint any locations that are a deviation from the construction plans. Notify Landscape Architect ten days prior to staking and allow three business days for review. 2. Erect one pole with fixture. Also, one complete sample with fixture installed shall be evaluated for approval for photometrics. 3. All items shall be complete-in-place. The quality of workmanship shall be approved by the Landscape Architect before any permanent construction is started. If the original sample is not approved, the Contractor shall provide additional samples as required, at no increased cost to the Town, until an approved sample is obtained. The approved sample shall become the standard for the entire project. The samples can be constructed at a location that will become part of the finished work.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 16500 Lighting HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 8 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019

B. Operating Instructions and Maintenance Manual:

1. The Contractor and/or his Electrical Subcontractor shall instruct, to the Town's satisfaction, such persons as the Town designates in the proper operation and maintenance of systems and their parts. 2. Parties indicated above sign affidavits stating that the above instructions were given by the Electrical Subcontractor. 3. Furnish in accordance with General Conditions operating and maintenance manuals and forward same to the Town’s Representative for transmittal to the Town. 4. The operating instructions shall be specific for each system and shall include copies of posted specific instructions. 5. For maintenance purposes, provide shop drawings, parts lists, specifications and manufacturer's maintenance bulletins for each piece of equipment. Provide name, address and telephone number of the manufacturer's representative and service company, for each piece of equipment so that service or spare parts can be readily obtained.

C. Manufacturer's Data:

1. Within ten days of award of Contract, the subcontractor shall submit for Town’s Representative's approval a complete list of manufacturer's names of all materials and equipment proposed for the project. 2. After approval of the above list, the Subcontractor shall submit for Town’s representative’s approval complete detailed manufacturer's data consisting of bulletins, shop drawings, and parts lists of the materials and equipment to be furnished, as required. 3. Shop drawings and manufacturer's data submitted must bear the Electrical Subcontractor's stamp stating that the shop drawings and data have been checked and meet the plans and specifications before being submitted for Town’s representative’s approval, or they will not be considered and will be returned for resubmission. If the shop drawings and data show proposed variations from the requirements of the plans and specifications because of standard practice or other reason, specific mention shall be made of such variations in the letter of transmittal. 4. The Electrical Subcontractor shall assume the entire cost and responsibility for any changes in the work which may be occasioned by approval of materials other than those specified. 5. Errors, omissions and coordination of shop drawings shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor whether or not the shop drawings are approved. 6. In the event that any specified manufacturer's number has been superseded by a new number since the writing of this specification, the new manufacturer's number shall be immediately submitted to the Town’s Representative for ap- proval. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to notify the Town’s Representative of any superseded manufacturer's numbers mentioned in these specifications.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Applicable Standards, Permits and Codes 1. The installation shall comply with all laws applying to electrical installations in effect in Bridgton, ME and with regulations of any other governmental body or agency having jurisdiction with regulations of the National Electrical Code where such regulations do not conflict with those laws, with the regulations of the electrical utility company involved, with the telephone utility, and with ASHRAE Standard 70, as amended.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 16500 Lighting HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 2 of 8 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019

2. File all required notices and plans. Obtain and pay for all permits, inspections, licenses, and certificates required for work under this Section. 3. If any portion of the electrical plans or specifications conflict with the laws or ordinances about type of materials, equipment or fixtures to be used, the Contractor shall bring it to the Town’s Representative's attention at least seven days before submitting the bid. Otherwise the cost of all work necessary to make the installation comply with said laws or ordinances shall be paid by the Contractor and shall become a part of this Contract.

1.05 EXAMINATION OF SITE AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

A. Before submitting prices or beginning work, thoroughly examine the site and Contract Documents.

B. No claim for extra compensation will be recognized if difficulties are encountered which an examination of site conditions and Contract Documents prior to executing the Contract would have revealed.

1.06 DRAWINGS

A. The Contractor shall refer to the electrical drawings, and other plans and details for a full comprehension of the extent and detail of the work to be performed. These drawings are intended to be supplementary to the specifications, and any work indicated, mentioned or implied in either is to be constructed as specified by both.

B. All work shown on the Drawings is intended to be approximately correct to the scale of the drawings, but figured dimensions and detailed drawings are diagrammatic and are not intended to show every detail of construction or the exact location of equipment. Where building construction makes it advisable or necessary to change the location of equipment, the Contractor shall perform such work without cost to the Town on written request of the Town’s Representative. Any doubt as to the intended location of equipment shall be resolved by the Town’s Representative before proceeding with the installation.

C. The intent is to obtain an electrical installation of all systems, complete in every detail within and about the project area, and with all facilities properly interconnected with power. The Contractor shall complete the systems in accordance with the best trade practice and to the satisfaction of the Town’s Representative. Upon completion, the electrical systems and all equipment throughout the structures shall operate properly and adequately and function as intended.

D. In any discrepancy between requirements of any Section, between notes on the drawings, between drawings, between details in the specifications, or between drawings and specifications, that which is in the best interest of the Town shall apply. 1. Testing by Contractor: Provide equipment and personnel for operating test of electrical system. 2. Changes by Contractor: The contract drawings indicate the extent and schematic arrangement of the conduit and wiring systems. If changes from the drawings are deemed necessary by the Contractor, submit details of such changes within 30 days of award of Contract. Make no changes without written authorization of Town’s Representative. Where conduit routings are not indicated, coordinate with Town’s Representative, General Contractor, and other Subcontractors to insure no conflicts resulting from routings selected.

1.07 TEMPORARY POWER

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 16500 Lighting HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 3 of 8 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019

A. The Electrical Contractor shall furnish and install temporary service and feeders of proper capacity power required for the project while under construction. The electrical Contractor shall provide all required transformer(s), panels, etc. Sufficient outlets shall be installed at convenient locations so that extension cords of not over 50 feet will reach all areas requiring power.

B. The General Contractor will pay for the cost of energy consumed during construction.

1.08 GUARANTEE

A. Contractor's guarantee for items furnished covers and includes: 1. Faulty or inadequate design of equipment provided. 2. Improper installation. 3. Defective workmanship and materials.

B. Warranties of Manufacture 1. Not less than one year. 2. As specified. 3. As normally supplied if greater than one year.

1.09 SCHEDULING

A. The Contractor shall schedule his work in accordance with Contract Requirements regarding any interruption of electrical, telephone, or other services and/or the requirements to maintain building areas or spaces available for the Town’s use during construction.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. All materials, devices, and equipment, unless specifically excepted, shall be new.

B. The contractor shall size all conduit and determine the level of electrical service required to execute the contract documents.

2.02 IDENTIFICATION

A. All materials shall bear UL labels where such have been established.

B. All devices shall show make, type, serial number (where applicable), voltage, amperage, wattage, motor ratings, and all other pertinent data.

C. All wire shall have make, type of insulation, size, and voltage rating clearly marked upon it.

2.03 WIRE AND CABLE

A. All cable and wire shall comply with the latest requirements and specifications of the NFPA and/or the Insulated Power Cable Engineers Association (IPCEA) and shall be as manufactured by General Cable, General Electric, Anaconda, Phelps Dodge, or approved equal, unless otherwise specified or indicated.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 16500 Lighting HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 4 of 8 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019

B. All conductors used in the wiring system shall be soft-drawn copper wire having a conductivity of not less than 98% of that of pure copper, unless otherwise indicated or specified. Wire No. 10 AWG or smaller may be solid and wire No. 8 AWG and larger shall be stranded.

C. All wire and cable shall be stamped approximately every two feet to indicate voltage, type, temperature rating, UL listing, manufacturers' name, size, etc.

D. All cable and wire shall be: 600 volt; installed in approved raceways or conduits; not less than No. 12 AWG (except that No. 14 AWG may be used for control wiring).

E. Insulation for cable and wire shall be as follows: All Locations XHHW – 2

F. The following color code shall be used for all conductors. The colors must be fast, , and capable of withstanding cleaning. 120/240 V (1 phase) Phase A Black Phase B Red Neutral White Bond Green

G. All circuit wires shall be tagged in cabinets, etc., with 1/16" thick tags securely fastened to the conductors with a heavy type of linen wrap at time wires are pulled in and tested. Circuit numbers shall be indicated on the tags. Tags shall not be removed for any reason.

H. At least 8" loops or ends shall be left at each outlet for the connection of devices or fixtures.

I. Wires and cables shall be carefully handled during installation.

J. When a lubricant is necessary for pulling wires, it must be listed by UL and be of such consistency that it will leave no obstruction or tackiness that will prevent pulling out old wires or pulling in new wires or additional wires. No soap flakes or vegetable soaps will be permitted.

K. Conductors shall be continuous from panelboard to outlet and from outlet to outlet. No splices shall be made except within junction or outlet boxes.

L. Splices and tapes in wires No. 8 AWG and larger shall be made with Burndy "Polytap" or equal solder-less connectors designed for the purpose.

M. All conductors and connections shall be free of grounds, shorts, and opens.

N. Aluminum conductors are not allowed on this project.

2.05 BALANCING OF LOADS

A. The Contractor shall balance all loads between phases in all panels, etc., around the neutral. Neutral conductors shall be the same size as phase conductors unless specifically noted otherwise. Common neutrals shall not be installed.

B. All circuits shall be distributed among the phases so as to restrict any phase load imbalance to less than 10% at any panelboard.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 16500 Lighting HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 5 of 8 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019

C. After completion of the installation, record under full load conditions the current flow in each phase feeder. Upon request, submit four copies to the Town’s Representative giving name and location of each panel, etc.

D. Circuit members assigned to home runs and devices are to correspond with the circuit numbers in the panels. The panelboard directory shall designate each circuit and its associated load.

2.06 ARCHITECTURAL AREA LIGHTING

A. The contractor shall furnish and install all materials and equipment necessary to completely install a functional and operational lighting system, including all the necessary appurtenances.

B. Pole, Cross Arm, and Luminaire shall be manufactured by Spring City Electrical Manufacturing Company of Spring City, PA, (610) 948-4000.

C. Refer to drawings for specifications.

D. Poles shall be furnished with GFCI receptacle with weather proof cover located near the top of the pole.

E. Manufacturer shall provide touch up paint to match the finish of the metal pieces.

2.07 PULL BOXES

A. Boxes for exterior work shall be FS or FD series, with cadmium plated covers. Steel boxes will not be permitted. B. Pull box covers shall be marked with the word ‘ELECTRIC’. C. Pull boxes shall be rated for maximum anticipated loading including heavy snow removal equipment.

2.08 CONNECTION AND CONTROLS

A. Points of Connection shall be as shown on drawings. Evaluate all points of connection for suitability for specified load and compliance with National Electrical Code (NEC). Provide upgrades as necessary to provide suitable and code-compliant connections to power source.

B. Lighting shall be controlled by a single photocell at each point of connection. Where photocell exists, confirm that it is functioning properly. Otherwise, furnish and install photocell at point of connection.

2.09 FUSES

A. Provide a complete set of fuses for each fusible switch. Time current characteristic curves of fuses serving motors or connected in series with circuit breakers or other circuit protective devices shall be coordinated for proper operation; submit coordination data for approval. Fuses shall have a voltage rating not less than circuit voltage.

B. Cartridge Fuses, Current-limiting Type (Class R): UL 198E, Class RK-1 time-delay type. Associated fuse holders shall be Class R only.

C. Cartridge Fuses, Current-limiting Type (Classes J and L): UL 198C, Class J for 0 to 600 amps and Class L for 601 to 6,000 amps.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 16500 Lighting HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 6 of 8 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019

2.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND PROTECTION

A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the work and equipment until finally inspected, tested and accepted. Carefully store materials and equipment which are not immediately installed after delivery to the site. Close open ends of work with temporary covers or plugs during construction to prevent entry of obstructing material.

B. Each Subcontractor shall protect work and material of other trades from damage that might be caused by that Subcontractor’s work or workers and shall make good a damage thus caused.

PART 3 – INSTALLATION

3.01 GENERAL A. The entire work provided in this specification shall be constructed and finished in every respect in a professional manner.

B. The Contractor shall obtain detailed information from the manufacturer of apparatus as to the proper method of installing and connecting same. The Subcontractor shall also obtain all information from the General Contractor and other Subcontractors that may be necessary to facilitate the work and the completion of the whole project.

C. Before installing any of the work, the Contractor shall see that it does not interfere with the clearances required.

D. Work installed by the Contractor which interferes with or modifies the design as shown on the Contract Drawings shall be changed as directed by the Town’s Representative, and all costs incidental to such changes shall be paid by the Contractor.

E. In any and all cases of discrepancy in figures, plans or specifications the matter shall be immediately submitted to the Town’s Representative for decision.

3.02 SITE VISITS

A. The Contractor will be required to visit the site as the work progresses and to carefully investigate the structural and finished conditions affecting all details of the work and shall arrange such work required to meet such conditions.

3.03 ARCHITECTURAL AREA LIGHTING

A. Locate and install lighting, complete including concrete footings, ornamental light poles, and lanterns at the locations shown on the drawings, and in accordance with approved Shop Drawings, BOCA, ASTM, NEC, AASHTO, and codes and regulations of the appropriate jurisdictional authorities. Work shall also consist of providing conduit, wiring, electrical connections, service panels, breakers, photo cells, a timer, etc. to make the entire ornamental lighting system functional.

B. Electrical installation including wiring, assembly, and appurtenances, shall be in accordance with the requirements of the latest edition of the National Electrical Code.

C. Placement of light poles shall be approved by the Landscape Architect.

D. Contractor shall provide a wiring diagram that depicts wire and conduit size, control cabinet layout and service panel configuration.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 16500 Lighting HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 7 of 8 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019

E. Installed luminaries and equipment shall be free of leaks, warps, dents, juts, paint imperfections or other faults that are a result of poor workmanship in installation.

F. Poles and luminaries shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturers’ recommendation.

3.05 EXAMINATION AND APPROVAL OF WORK

A. No work shall be covered before examination and approval by the Town's Representative and by all inspectors and authorities having jurisdiction. Replace any imperfect or condemned work with work conforming to requirements and satisfactory to the Town’s Representative, without extra cost to the Town. If work is covered before due inspection and approval, the Contractor shall pay all costs of uncovering and reinstating the work.

3.06 CLEAN UP AND REPAIR

A. At the completion of the work, the project area shall be left clean. Any damage caused to work of other trades by electrical installation shall be repaired at the expense of the Contractor.

3.07 GUARANTEE

A. Attention is directed to provisions of the General Conditions regarding guarantees and warranties for work under this Contract.

B. Manufacturer shall provide standard guarantees for work under this Section. However, such guarantees shall be in addition to and not in lieu of all other liabilities which the manufacturer and Contractor may have by law or by other provisions of the Contract Documents.

C. All materials, items of equipment and workmanship furnished under this Section shall carry the standard warranty against all defects in material and workmanship for a period of not less than one year from the date of final acceptance of the work. Any fault due to defective or improper material, equipment, workmanship or design which may develop within that period shall be made good, forthwith by and at the expense of the Contractor, including all other damages done to areas, materials and other systems resulting from this failure.

D. The Subcontractor shall guarantee that all elements of the systems are of sufficient capacity to meet the specified performance requirements as are set forth herein or as indicated.

E. Upon receipt of notice from the Town of failure of any part of the systems or equipment during the guarantee period, the affected part or parts shall be replaced by the Contractor.

F. The Subcontractor shall furnish, before the final payment is made, a written guarantee covering the above requirements.

END OF SECTION

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 16500 Lighting HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 8 of 8 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019

SECTION 03 01 05 CONCRETE REPAIR PART 1 – GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes

1. Repair new concrete when permitted by the Engineer and repair deteriorated concrete areas as defined on the Drawings in accordance with this Section and applicable reference standards listed in Article 1.03.

1.02 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES

A. Measurement and payment requirements: per Division 01 General Requirements.

1.03 REFERENCES

A. Reference Standards

1. American Association Of State Highway And Transportation Officials (AASHTO)

a. AASHTO T 277 Standard Method of Test for Electrical Indication of Concrete’s Ability to Resist Chloride Ion Penetration

2. ASTM International (ASTM)

a. ASTM C109 Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars (Using 2-in. or (50-mm) Cube Specimens)

b. ASTM C1202 Standard Test Method for Electrical Indication of Concrete's Ability to Resist Chloride Ion Penetration

c. ASTM C78 Standard Test Method for Flexural Strength of Concrete (Using Simple Beam with Third-Point Loading)

d. ASTM C496 Standard Test Method for Splitting Tensile Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens

e. ASTM C882 Bond Strength of Epoxy-Resin Systems Used with Concrete by Slant Shear

f. ASTM C884 Thermal Compatibility between Concrete and Epoxy-Resin Overlay

g. ASTM G109 Determining the Effects of Chemical Admixtures on the Corrosion of Embedded Steel Reinforcement in Concrete Exposed to Chloride Environments

1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS

A. Coordination, Sequencing, and Scheduling: per Division 01 General Requirements.

1.05 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit in accordance with Division 01 General Requirements.

B. Product Data

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 030105 Concrete Repair HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 5 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019 1. Trowel-grade polymer modified portland cement repair mortar

2. Non-sag polymer modified portland cement repair mortar

3. Reinforcing steel primer

C. Notarized certificate stating that repair material meets the specified requirements and the manufacturer's current printed product literature.

D. Closeout and Maintenance Material Submittals: per Division 01 General Requirements.

1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Provide in accordance with Division 01 General Requirements.

1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Provide in accordance with Division 01 General Requirements.

1. Deliver products in original, unopened containers with the manufacturer's name, labels, product identification, and batch numbers.

2. Store in accordance with manufacturer recommendations.

1.08 SITE CONDITIONS

A. Existing Conditions: per Division 01 General Requirements.

1. Take precautions to avoid damage to surface due to mixing and handling of the specified repair material near the area of Work.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.01 MORTAR

A. Performance/Design Criteria

1. Mixed Properties

a. Application time: approximately 15 minutes.

b. Finishing time: 20-60 minutes.

c. Color: concrete gray.

2. Cured Properties

a. Compressive strength (ASTM C109)

1) 1 day: 3,000 psi minimum.

2) 28 day: 7,000 psi minimum.

b. Splitting Tensile Strength (ASTM C496)

1) 28 day: 750 psi minimum

c. Flexural Strength (Modulus of Rupture, ASTM C78)

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 030105 Concrete Repair HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 2 of 5 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019 1) 28 day: 2,000 psi minimum.

d. Bond Strength (ASTM C882, modified)

1) 28 day: 2,200 psi minimum.

e. Thermal Compatibility (ASTM C884, modified)

1) Passes test

f. Permeability (ASTM C1202, AASHTO T 277)

1) 28 day: approximately 500 coulombs.

g. Cracked Beam Corrosion Tests (ASTM G 109, modified)

1) Reduced corrosion rates: 63 percent versus control specimens.

B. Acceptable level of quality: equivalent to products manufactured by Sika Corporation meeting the specified performance requirements.

1. Trowel grade mortar: SikaTop 122 Plus

1. Non-sag mortar: SikaTop 123 Plus

2. Steel reinforcement primer: Sika Armatec 110 EpoCem

2.02 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

A. Provide in accordance with Division 01 General Requirements.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.01 GENERAL

A. Do not apply material in inclement weather or if inclement weather is imminent.

B. Condition product as recommended by the manufacturer.

3.02 SURFACE PREPARATION

A. Mechanically prepare areas to be repaired so they are clean, sound and free of contaminants. Remove loose and deteriorated concrete by mechanical means. Remove dirt, oil, grease, and bond-inhibiting materials from the surface.

B. Except where tie holes are filled, saw cut perimeter 1/8 inch minimum when a neat mortar is to be applied, and 1-inch minimum when an extended mortar is to be applied.

C. Prepare concrete substrate to obtain a minimum surface profile of 1/16 inch in depth with a new aggregate fractured surface using steel shot blasting, abrasive blasting, or water jetting (hydrodemolition). Do not use scabblers, bush hammers, or pneumatic hammers. Provide that the area to be repaired is not less than 1/8 inch in depth.

D. Prepare substrate to saturated surface dry condition with no standing water.

E. Steel Reinforcement Primer

1. Where reinforcement with active corrosion is encountered, sandblast to remove contaminants and rust, pressure wash, and apply primer. Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 030105 Concrete Repair HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 3 of 5 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019 2. Determine section loss and splice new reinforcement where there is more than 15 percent to 25 percent loss, as directed by the Engineer. If half or more of the diameter of the bar is exposed, chip out 1/2 inch minimum behind the bar.

F. Treat cracks in the substrate in the area of repair as directed by the Engineer.

3.03 MIXING AND APPLICATION

A. The following describes the specific procedures applicable for the Sika products specified in Part 2. Mix and apply in strict accordance with, and adhere to limitations and cautions of manufacturer's instructions.

1. Horizontal surfaces: SikaTop 122 Plus (trowel-grade) or equal.

2. Vertical and overhead surfaces: SikaTop 123 Plus (non-sag) or equal.

B. Trowel-Grade Polymer Mortar

1. Pour entire Component A into mixing container. Add entire Component B while mixing. For extended mix, introduce 3/8 inch coarse aggregate at desired quantity. Mix to uniform consistency, maximum 3 minutes.

a. Addition rate not to exceed 42 pounds per bag.

b. Aggregate: non-reactive, clean, well-graded, saturated surface dry, with low absorption/high density.

2. Scrub mortar into substrate, filling pores and voids. Force material against edge of repair, working toward center. After filling repair, consolidate, then screed. Allow mortar or concrete to set to desired stiffness and finish with wood or sponge float for a smooth surface.

a. Minimum application thickness: 1/8 inch for a neat mortar; 1 inch if extended.

b. Maximum application thickness in a single lift: 1 inch for a neat mortar; 3 inches if extended.

c. Where multiple lifts are required, score top surface of the preceding lift to produce a roughened surface. Allow preceding lift to reach final set prior to applying the next lift.

C. Non-Sag Polymer Mortar

1. Pour entire Component A into mixing container. Add entire Component B while mixing. Mix maximum 3 minutes to uniform consistency.

2. Scrub mortar into substrate, filling pores and voids. Force material against edge of repair, working toward center. After filling repair, consolidate, then screed. Allow mortar or concrete to set to desired stiffness and finish with wood or sponge float for a smooth surface.

a. Minimum application thickness: 1/8 inch.

b. Maximum application thickness in a single lift: 1-1/2 inches.

c. Where multiple lifts are required, score top surface of the preceding lift to produce a roughened surface. Allow preceding lift 30 minutes minimum to reach final set prior to applying the next lift. Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 030105 Concrete Repair HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 4 of 5 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019 D. Curing

1. Moist cure with wet burlap and polyethylene using a fine mist of water or water based compatible curing compound. Do not use curing compounds for curing between successive lifts. Do not use solvent-based curing compounds. Commence moist curing immediately after finishing. Protect newly applied material from direct sunlight, wind, rain, and frost.

3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Provide in accordance with Division 01 General Requirements.

B. Manufacturer Field Services

1. Furnish the services of a qualified manufacturer’s field representative prior to commencement of application to provide instruction, demonstrate proper application and inspection procedures, and to inspect the finish of the prepared surfaces prior to application.

3.05 CLEANING

A. Leave finished Work and Work area in a neat, clean condition without evidence of spillovers on adjacent areas.

3.06 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES

A. Provide in accordance with Division 01 General Requirements.

END OF SECTION

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 030105 Concrete Repair HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 5 of 5 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019 SECTION 03 01 06 CEMENTITIOUS CRYSTALLINE LEAK REPAIR

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes

1. Provide all labor, materials, services and equipment necessary for the supply and installation of cementitious crystalline leak repairs to concrete substrates, above- grade or below-grade, on either dry side or wet side of substrates, as indicated on drawings and as specified herein.

2. Provide cementitious crystalline leak repairs per this specification and/or injection grouting per Section 03 63 00 to seal leaks in concrete structures.

B. Work performed by General Contractor

1. Leak testing in accordance with Section 33 39 13 will be performed by the General Contractor.

C. Related Requirements

1. 03 36 00 – Injection Grouting

1.02 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES

A. Measurement and payment requirements: per Division 01 General Requirements.

1.03 REFERENCES

A. Reference Standards

1. ASTM International (ASTM)

a. ASTM C267 Chemical Resistance of Mortars, Grouts, and Monolithic Surfacings and Polymer Concretes b. ASTM C39 Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens 2. German Institute for Standardization (DIN)

a. DIN 1048 Part-5 Testing of Hardened Concrete (Water Penetration) 3. NSF International (NSF)

a. NSF/ANSI 61 Drinking Water System Components – Health Effects 4. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACE)

a. CRD C48-73 "Permeability of Concrete" 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS

A. Coordination, Sequencing, and Scheduling: per Division 01 General Requirements.

1.05 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit in accordance with Division 01 General Requirements.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 030106 Cementitious Crystalline Leak Repair HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 8 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019 B. Product Data

C. Certificates

D. Sample Test Reports and Evaluations

E. Manufacturer Instructions

F. Manufacturer Reports

G. Qualification Statements

H. Manufacturer Warranty

I. Closeout and Maintenance Material Submittals: per Division 01 General Requirements.

1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Provide in accordance with Division 01 General Requirements.

B. Qualifications: Per Division 01 General Requirements and as follows for installation contractor.

1. Manufacturer Qualifications: Manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 registered, and shall have no less than 10 years of experience in manufacturing the cementitious crystalline leak repair materials for the required work.

C. Independent Testing

1. Crystalline Penetration: Crystallizing capability of waterproofing material shall be evidenced by independent SEM (Scanning Electron Microscope) photographs documenting penetration of crystal-forming waterproofing material to a depth of 2 inches.

2. Permeability: Independent testing shall be performed according to USACE CRD C48-73 "Permeability of Concrete" or DIN 1048 Part-5:

a. No admixtures permitted in test sample b. Coatings to have maximum thickness of 0.05 inches per coat with up to two coats permitted. c. Samples to be pressure tested to 70 psi. d. Treated samples, after crystalline growth has occurred, shall exhibit no measurable leakage. D. Pre-Installation Conference: Prior to installation of cementitious crystalline leak repairs, conduct meeting or conference call with applicator, installers of work adjacent to or which penetrates repairs, Engineer, owner’s representative, and manufacturer’s representative to verify and review the following:

1. Project requirements per contract documents

2. Manufacturer’s product data including application instruction, curing, and protection.

3. Substrate conditions, anticipated air and surface temperatures, and preparation requirements on cementitious crystalline leak repairs application

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 030106 Cementitious Crystalline Leak Repair HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 2 of 8 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019 E. Technical Consultation: The manufacturer of the cementitious crystalline leak repair products shall provide technical consultation on application of product and shall

1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Provide in accordance with Division 01 General Requirements.

B. Packing, Shipping, Handling, and Unloading

C. Storage and Protection

D. Waste Management and Disposal

1.08 SITE CONDITIONS

A. Existing Conditions: per Division 01 General Requirements.

1. Product will be used to seal actively leaking cracks identified during leak testing of concrete structures per Section 33 39 13.

2. Comply with manufacturer’s product data regarding condition of substrate to receive cementitious crystalline leak repairs, weather conditions before and during installation, and protection of the installed system.

1.09 WARRANTY

A. Manufacturer Warranty: Standard 10 year limited warranty.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Xypex Chemical Corporation

B. Kryton International Inc

C. Penetron

D. Or equal

2.02 PRODUCTS

A. General:

1. Products listed below are grouped by Manufacturer. Contractor shall submit product data from one manufacturer.

2. Materials shall not contain chlorides

3. Materials shall not provide waterproofing by way of hydrophobic ingredients such as oils, stearates, silanes, silicate salts or other hydrophobic treatments.

B. Xypex Chemical Corporation:

1. WaterStop Plug: Xypex Patch’n Plug

2. Repair Grout: Xypex Concentrate

3. Crystalline Concentrate Powder : Xypex Concentrate Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 030106 Cementitious Crystalline Leak Repair HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 3 of 8 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019 4. Curing: Spray Method (water) or Gamma Cure

C. Kryton International Inc:

1. WaterStop Plug: Krystol Plug

2. Repair Grout: Krystol Repair Grout

3. Crystalline Concentrate Powder: Krystol T1

4. Curing: Spray Method (water)

D. Penetron:

1. WaterStop Plug: PenePlug

2. Repair Grout: Penecrete Mortar

3. Crystalline Concentrate Powder: Penetron

4. Curing: Spray Method (water)

E. Mixes

1. Mixes shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s product data and written instructions. For any discrepancies in manufacturer’s instructions and information listed herein, mixes shall be per manufacturer’s instructions

2. General: Mix waterproofing material by volume with clean water which is free from salt and deleterious materials. Mix waterproofing material in quantities that can be applied within 20 to 30 minutes from time of mixing. As mixture thickens, stir frequently, but do not add additional water. Do not mix bonding agents or admixtures with crystalline waterproofing materials.

3. Brush or Trowel Application: Measure dry powder and place in mixing container. Measure water and mix into the dry powder with a paddle on a slow speed electric drill (250 RPM) or other type mixer which is acceptable to manufacturer. Mixing proportions shall be as recommended by the manufacturer.

4. Spray Application: Mixing shall be same as specified for brush application except that mixture shall be thinner. Use following proportions as a guide only. Adjust proportions to match type of spray equipment and pressures used

5. Dry-Pack Mix: Using a trowel, mix clean water for 10 to 15 seconds. It is acceptable that lumps may be present in mixture. Mix only as much as can be applied in 15 minutes

F. Curing Compounds (Preferred Method)

1. Provide manufacturer’s recommended curing compound to protect product after installation and during curing period.

2. If curing compounds are not available from cementitious crystalline leak repair manufacturer, contractor shall water cure (fog spray) or shall provide a curing compound that is compatible with and approved by the cementitious crystalline leak repair manufacturer.

G. Accessories

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 030106 Cementitious Crystalline Leak Repair HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 4 of 8 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019 1. Tools

2. Extra Supplies

H. Source Quality Control: Obtain cementitious crystalline leak repairs from a single manufacturer

1. Provide in accordance with Division 01 General Requirements.

2. Manufacturer Field Services

3. Coordination of Other Tests and Inspections

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLERS

A. Qualified per Division 01 General Requirements.

3.02 EXAMINATION

A. Site Visit: Prior to installation, visit the site with a manufacturer’s representative to inspect and certify that concrete surfaces are in acceptable condition to receive treatment.

B. Verification of Substrates: Verify concrete surfaces are sound and clean, and that form release agents and materials to cure and seal the concrete are compatible with the treatment.

C. Defects: Examine surfaces to be treated for form tie holes and defects such as honeycombing, rock pockets, faulty construction joints, and cracks.

D. Leak Testing: Leaks shall be examined during leak tightness testing in accordance with Section 33 39 13, while the concrete tank is filled with water. All leaks shall be sealed to the satisfaction of the Engineer and Owner’s representative.

3.03 PREPARATION

A. General: Preparation shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s product data and written instructions. For any discrepancies in manufacturer’s instructions and information listed herein, preparation shall be per manufacturer’s instructions.

B. Concrete Finish: Concrete surfaces to receive cementitious crystalline leak repair treatment shall have an open capillary system to provide tooth and suction, and shall be free from scale, excess form oil, laitance, curing compounds and foreign matter. Horizontal surfaces shall have a rough wood float or broom finish

C. Surface Preparation: Smooth surfaces (e.g. where steel forms are used) or surfaces covered with excess form oil or other contaminants shall be

1. Washed, lightly sand-blasted, water-blasted, or acid etched with muriatic acid as necessary to provide a clean absorbent surface. Surfaces to be acid-etched shall be saturated with water prior to application of acid.

2. Surface areas that are mechanically removed as part of repair are not required to be acid etched, sand-blasted, or water-blasted.

D. Demolition/Removal:

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 030106 Cementitious Crystalline Leak Repair HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 5 of 8 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019 1. Cracks, Construction Joints, and Tie Holes: Chip out or saw cut defective areas in a "U" shaped slot one 1-inch wide and a minimum of 1-1/2 inch deep extending at least 4 inches past termination of existing defect. A V-shaped slot or joint is not acceptable. Clean slot of debris and dust

2. Rock Pockets, Honeycombing or Other defective concrete: Rout out defective areas to sound concrete. Remove loose materials and clean area of debris and dust.

3.04 INSTALLATION

A. General: Installation shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s product data and written installation instructions. For any discrepancies in manufacturer’s instructions and information listed herein, installation shall be per manufacturer’s instructions.

B. Cracks, Construction Joints and Tie Holes:

1. Chip out or saw cut defective area in a U-shaped slot per Article 3.03 Preparation.

2. Saturate any dry areas with water and allow water to soak in. Remove all excess surface water.

3. To stop water flow apply waterstop plug to half the depth of slot immediately after removing surface water. Mix waterstop plug dry powder with water to form a dry- pack mix per manufacturer’s instructions Waterstop plug should be applied to full length of crack/joint area. Repair fill length of cracks or construction joints, even if only a portion of the crack is visibly leaking. Do not proceed until water flow has stopped. This step may be omitted only is crack or construction joint is not actively leaking.

4. Mix crystalline concentrate powder with water per manufacturer’s instructions to form slurry. Apply slurry coat over the installed waterstop plug and on a 6-inch wide strip of concrete surface both sides of the slot. Application may be by brush or gloved hand at manufacturer’s recommended thickness. Allow application to set per manufacturer’s instructions. For Kryton repair products, skip this step and directly apply repair grout per step 5.

5. Mix repair grout with water per manufacturer’s instructions to form dry-pack mix. While prior coat is still tacky, fill remaining slot depth flush with adjacent surface. Apply dry-pack by gloved hand, then compress it tightly by using a pneumatic packing toll or a hammer and block.

6. Wet the dry-pack surface lightly with water, then apply a final slurry coat of crystalline concentrate powder over the repaired area and to 6-inches on both sides of the slot at manufacturer’s recommend thickness.

7. Cure with manufacturer’s curing compound (preferred) or fog spray with water three times a day for 3 days.

C. Rock Pockets, Honeycombing or Other defective concrete which are actively leaking:

1. Rout out defective area per Article 3.03 Preparation.

2. Saturate any dry areas and allow time for concrete to absorb water, then remove any free-standing water.

3. To stop the flow of water, fill the cavity to surface with waterstop plug mixed with water to form dry-pack mix. For large cavities, first handrub a layer of waterstop Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 030106 Cementitious Crystalline Leak Repair HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 6 of 8 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019 plug into the cavity to help “key” the patch. Large patches may require the addition of aggregate to the waterstop plug. For the size and amount of aggregate, refer to manufacturer’s product data sheet. Do not proceed until water flow has stopped. This step may be omitted only if crack or construction joint is not actively leaking

4. After the patch has set, apply slurry coat of crystalline concentrate powder over the repair area at manufacturer’s recommended dosage. Allow repair to set per manufacturer’s instructions. For Kryton repair products, skip this step and directly apply repair grout per step 5

5. While the prior coat is still tacky, fill the cavity with repair grout.

6. Allow the patch to set, then apply a final slurry coat of crystalline concentrate powder over the repaired area at manufacturer’s recommended application thickness

7. Cure with manufacturer’s curing compound (preferred) or fog spray with water three times a day for 3 days.

D. Concrete structures: Where cementitious crystalline leak repairs are applied to interior surfaces of concrete structures, prior to leak testing, the applied products shall be cured for 3-days and then allowed to set (air cure) for an additional 12 days.

E. Backfilling: Do not backfill against cementitious crystalline leak repair materials prior to 7 days after application.

3.05 WORKMANSHIP AND FINAL APPEARANCE:

A. All repairs to surfaces that are exposed to view including but not limited to: all interior concrete tank surfaces, all interior basement walls, and all exterior tank walls and basement walls that are above final grade:

1. Surface preparation shall include additional care and workmanship to allow final slurry coat of crystalline of concentrate powder to be applied flush with adjacent surfaces.

2. Final application of repairs that are not flush with adjacent surfaces or do not match finish of adjacent surfaces shall be repaired or re-installed at no additional cost to owner.

B. Cementitious crystalline leak repair materials applied to surfaces not exposed to view shall be applied per manufacturer’s instructions and per contractor’s means and methods to provide a repair that seals all leaks to the satisfaction of the engineer and owner’s representative.

3.06 RE-INSTALLATION AND REPAIRS

A. Any leaks that develop during any period of construction are required to be sealed to the satisfaction of the Engineer and Owner’s representative.

B. Cementitious crystalline leak repair materials not installed according to the workmanship and final appearance requirements of Article 3.05, shall be re-installed or repaired to the satisfaction of the engineer and owner’s representative.

3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Provide in accordance with Division 01 General Requirements.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 030106 Cementitious Crystalline Leak Repair HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 7 of 8 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019 B. Manufacturer Field Services

END OF SECTION

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 030106 Cementitious Crystalline Leak Repair HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 8 of 8 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019 SECTION 03 63 00 INJECTION GROUTING

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes

1. Provide polyurethane injection grouting for repair of cracks, in accordance with this Section, and applicable reference standards listed in Article 1.03.

2. Provide injection grouting per this specification and/or cementitious crystalline leak repair per Section 03 01 06 to seal leaks in concrete structures.

B. Work Performed by Contractor

1. Leak tightness testing in accordance with Section 33 39 13 will be performed by the Contractor.

C. Related Requirements

1. Section 03 01 06 – Cementitious Crystalline Leak Repair

1.02 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES

A. Measurement and payment requirements: per Division 01 General Requirements.

1.03 REFERENCES

A. Reference Standards

1. ASTM International (ASTM)

a. ASTM C273 Shear Properties of Sandwich Core Materials b. ASTM D412 Standard Test Methods for Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic Elastomers—Tension c. ASTM D638 Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics d. ASTM D2842 Water Absorption of Rigid Cellular Plastics

1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS

A. Coordination, Sequencing, and Scheduling: per Division 01 General Requirements.

1.05 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit in accordance with Division 01 General Requirements.

B. Manufacturer’s product data and instructions

C. Manufacturer’s certification

D. Closeout and Maintenance Material Submittals: per Division 01 General Requirements.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 036300 Injection Grouting HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 4 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Provide in accordance with Division 01 General Requirements.

1.07 CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS

A. Installation contractor must have a minium of five years of experience successfully sealing cracks with submitted product. On-site personnel installing system must have minium five years experience installing the product.

1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Provide in accordance with Division 01 General Requirements.

B. Packing, Shipping, Handling, and Unloading

1. Deliver material in original, unopened containers with manufacturer's name, labels, product identification, and batch numbers.

1.09 SITE CONDITIONS

A. Existing Conditions: per Division 01 General Requirements.

1. Product will be used to seal actively leaking cracks identified during leak testing of concrete structures.

2. Comply with manufacturer’s product data regarding condition of substrate to receive cementitious crystalline leak repairs, weather conditions before and during installation, and protection of the installed system.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.01 GENERAL

A. Acceptable level of quality equivalent to:

1. Mountain Grout – SLV with Accelerator, as manufactured by Green Mountain International, LLC.

2. SikaFix HH LV with SikaFix Accelerator, as manufactured by Sika Corporation.

B. Coordinate compatibility of material with waterproofing materials.

2.02 PERFORMANCE CRITERIA

A. Shear strength: 17 psi (ASTM C273).

B. Tensile strength: 29 psi (ASTM D638).

C. Elongation: plus 44 percent (ASTM D412).

D. Shrinkage: less than 1 percent.

E. Water absorption: less than 1 percent (ASTM D2842)

2.03 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

A. Provide in accordance with Division 01 General Requirements.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 036300 Injection Grouting HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 2 of 4 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019 PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.01 GENERAL

A. Do not apply material during periods of rain or snow or if rain or snow is imminent.

B. Take precautions to avoid damage to surfaces near Work zone due to mixing and handling of grouting material.

C. Fills cracks as indicated on the Drawings and repair all leaks as specified herein.

3.02 INSTALLERS

A. Qualified per Division 01 General Requirements.

3.03 EXAMINATION

A. Site Visit: Prior to installation, visit the site with a manufacturer’s representative to inspect and certify that concrete surfaces are in acceptable condition to receive treatment.

B. Verification of Substrates: Verify concrete surfaces are sound and clean, and that form release agents and materials to cure and seal the concrete are compatible with the treatment.

C. Defects: Examine surfaces to be treated for form tie holes and defects such as honeycombing, rock pockets, faulty construction joints, and cracks.

D. Leak Testing: Leaks shall be examined during leak testing in accordance with Section 33 39 13, while the concrete tank is filled with water. All leaks shall be sealed to the satisfaction of the Engineer and Owner’s representative

3.04 SURFACE PREPARATION

A. Ensure cracks and adjacent substrate are clean, sound, and free of frost. Remove dust, laitance, grease, curing compounds, waxes, impregnations, foreign particles, efflorescence and other bond inhibiting materials from surface by mechanical means.

B. Ensure sufficient moisture is present to activate grout. If moisture is insufficient for activation, inject crack with a small amount of water prior to injecting grouting material.

3.05 MIXING AND APPLICATION

A. Mixing and application per manufacturer’s written instructions and product data sheets.

B. Mixing for injection of cracks

1. Agitate vigorously by shaking a 5 gallon pail or by mixing thoroughly with drill and paddle, bung mixer for 2 minutes maximum with low speed (400-600 rpm).

2. Do not allow water to enter mix and avoid "whipping" air into material.

C. Placement Procedure

1. Drill 5/8 inch diameter holes alongside of crack at a 45 degree angle. Drill holes to intersect crack midway through substrate at a spacing of 6 inches minimum to 18 inches maximum.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 036300 Injection Grouting HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 3 of 4 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019 2. Install injection packers in holes and tighten. If crack to be injected is 1/2 inch or greater at surface, pack with open cell polyurethane foam, saturated with mixed grouting material, into the crack. Spray with small amount of water to activate grout and create a surface seal.

3. Pump grouting material at over 250 psi into cracks for 45 seconds and then pause to allow material to flow into all cracks. Watch for material flow and water movement to appear on surface. When movement stops, begin injecting into next packer. Begin injecting at bottom of crack and work vertically when sealing vertical cracks.

4. Reinject to ensure cracks are properly sealed.

3.06 CLEANING

A. Remove excess material and injection ports from all areas that are exposed to view.

B. Plug injection port penetrations flush with non-shrink grout where ports are removed.

3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Provide in accordance with Division 01 General Requirements.

B. Manufacturer Field Services

1. Furnish the services of a qualified manufacturer’s field representative at the Site to demonstrate proper application and inspection procedures prior to commencement of application.

3.08 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES

A. Provide in accordance with Division 01 General Requirements.

END OF SECTION

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 036300 Injection Grouting HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 4 of 4 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019 SECTION 09 90 00 PAINTING AND COATING

PART 1 – GENERAL

SUMMARY

A. Section Includes

1. Provide surface preparation and painting in accordance with this Section and applicable reference standards listed in Article 1.03.

2. Provide the following types of painting work per the Paint Schedules attached and on Drawings:

a. Painting and labeling of ductile iron pipes, Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC), and fittings where indicated PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES

A. Measurement and payment requirements: per Division 01 General Requirements.

REFERENCES

A. Reference Standards

1. ASTM International (ASTM)

a. ASTM D4414 Standard Practice for Measurement of Wet Film Thickness by Notch Gages b. ASTM D6944 Standard Test Method for Measuring Humidity with a Physchrometer 2. NACE International, (NACE)

a. NACE Publication 6D-173 A Manual for Painter Safety b. NACE SP0178 Surface Finishing of Welds Prior to Coating 3. NSF International (NSF)

4. SSPC-SP12 / NACE 5 Pressure Categorization:

a. Water Jetting: Use of water at high or ultrahigh-pressure to prepare a surface for recoating using pressure above 10,000 psi. Water jetting will not produce a profile; rather it exposes the original abrasive-blast surface profile. b. Low-Pressure Water Cleaning (LP WC): Cleaning performed at pressures less than 5,000 psi. c. High-Pressure Water Cleaning (HP WC): Cleaning performed at pressures from 5,000 psi to 10,000 psi d. High-Pressure Water Jetting (HP WJ): Cleaning performed at pressures from 10,000 psi to 25,000 psi. e. Ultra-High-Pressure Water Jetting (UHP WJ): Cleaning performed at pressures above 25,000 psi. 5. SSPC-SP12 / NACE 5 Visual Conditions of Surface Cleanliness:

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 099000 Painting and Coating HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 9 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019 a. Water jetting shall be performed to meet one of the following four conditions: WJ-1, WJ-2, WJ-3, WJ-4, and a minimum acceptable surface shall have all loose rust, loose mill scale, and loose coatings uniformly removed. b. WJ-1: Surface shall be free of all previously existing visible rust, coatings, mill scale, and foreign matter and have a matte metal finish. c. WJ-2: Surface shall be cleaned to a matte finish with at least 95% of the surface area free of all previously existing visible residues and the remaining 5% containing only random dispersed stains of rust, coatings, and foreign matter. d. WJ-3: Surface shall be cleaned to a matte finish with at least two-thirds of the surface free of all previously existing visible residues (except mill scale), and the remaining one-third containing only randomly dispersed stains of previously existing rust, coatings, and foreign matter. e. WJ-4: Surface shall have all loose mill scale, and loose coatings uniformly removed. ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS

A. Coordination, Sequencing, and Scheduling: per Division 01 General Requirements.

SUBMITTALS

A. Submit in accordance with Division 01 General Requirements.

B. Product Data

1. Manufacturer's technical information including label analysis and instructions for handling, storage, and application of each material proposed for use.

2. Manufacturer's material data and certificates of performance for proposed substitutions.

3. List each material and cross-reference the specific coating, finish system, and application. Identify each material by the manufacturer's catalog number and general classification.

C. Certificates: From manufacturer that products supplied comply with local Regulations controlling use of volatile organic compounds (VOCs).

D. Closeout and Maintenance Material Submittals: per Division 01 General Requirements.

QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Provide in accordance with Division 01 General Requirements.

B. Qualifications: per Division 01 General Requirements for Applicators and as follows.

1. Engage experienced applicators who have completed painting system applications similar in material and extent to those indicated for the Project that have resulted in a construction record of successful in-service performance.

DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Provide in accordance with Division 01 General Requirements.

B. Packing, Shipping, Handling, and Unloading

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 099000 Painting and Coating HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 2 of 9 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019 1. Deliver materials to the Site in the manufacturer's original, unopened packages and containers bearing manufacturer's name and label, and the following information.

a. Product name or title of material b. Product description (generic classification or binder type) c. Manufacturer's stock number and date of manufacture d. Contents by volume, for pigment and vehicle constituents e. Thinning instructions f. Application instructions g. Color name and number C. Storage and Protection

1. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well-ventilated area at a minimum ambient temperature of 45 degrees F. Maintain containers used in storage in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. Protect from freezing.

2. Keep storage area neat and orderly. Remove oily rags and waste daily. Take necessary measures to ensure that workers and Work areas are protected from fire and health hazards resulting from handling, mixing, and application.

D. Waste Management and Disposal

1. Remove all unused material from the site, unless the Owner requests portions of unused material to be provided in properly sealed containers for future repair and maintance of coatings. Transport (extra) material to Owner specified storage facility located at the project site.

SITE CONDITIONS

A. Existing Conditions: per Division 01 General Requirements.

MAINTENANCE

A. Extra Materials: Furnish as specified below.

1. Extra material is not specifically required.

2. Provide the Owner the option to retain portions of unused surplus material in properly sealed containers prior to removing from site for disposal.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

MANUFACTURERS

A. Tnemec

B. Sherwin Williams (S&W)

C. PPG

D. Or equal

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 099000 Painting and Coating HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 3 of 9 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019 PAINT MATERIALS

A. Provide materials designated by item or area to be painted in Paint Schedules attached and on Drawings. Use of manufacturer's proprietary product names to designate colors or materials is not intended to imply that products named are required to be used to the exclusion of equivalent products of other manufacturers.

B. Provide primers and undercoat paint produced by the same manufacturer as the finish coats.

C. Material compatibility: Provide primers, finish coat materials, and related materials that are compatible with one another and the substrates indicated under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by the manufacturer based on testing and field experience.

D. Material quality: Manufacturer's best-quality trade sale paint material of the various coating types specified. Ensure paint material containers display manufacturer's product identification.

E. Colors from the manufacturer's full range of standard colors.

SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

A. Provide in accordance with Division 01 General Requirements.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates and conditions under which painting will be performed for compliance with paint application requirements. Ensure surfaces receiving paint are thoroughly dry before paint is applied. Do not begin to apply paint until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

B. Coordination of Work: Review other Specifications in which primers are provided to ensure compatibility of the total system for various substrates. On request, furnish information on characteristics of finish materials to ensure use of compatible primers. Notify the Engineer about anticipated problems using the materials specified over substrates primed by others.

PREPARATION

A. General Requirements

1. Remove hardware and hardware accessories, and similar items already installed that are not to be painted, or provide surface-applied protection prior to surface preparation and painting. Following completion of painting operations in each space or area, ensure workers skilled in the trades involved reinstall items..

2. Before applying paint or other surface treatments, clean the substrates of substances that could impair the bond of the various coatings. Remove oil and grease prior to cleaning. Schedule cleaning and painting so dust and other contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces.

3. Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according to the manufacturer's instructions for each substrate condition and as specified herein. Use more stringent cleaning and surface preparation if manufacturer’s recommendations differ from the requirements specified herein.

4. Abrasive Blast Surfaces: Shall be coated before any visible rust forms on the surface. Abrasive blast cleaning shall be performed only when the relative Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 099000 Painting and Coating HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 4 of 9 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019 humidity is no higher than 85% and the surface temperature of the steel at its coldest point is at least 5 degrees Fahrenheit above the temperature of the dew point. Material that is abrasive blast-cleaned shall be primed in the same shift, no more than 12-hours after the surfaces have been blast-cleaned.

B. New Surfaces:

1. Prepare to be painted by removing efflorescence, chalk, dust, dirt, grease, oils, loose rust, and release agents.

a. Ferrous Metals: Prepare metal according as follows: 1) Submerged components: Sandblasted clean in accordance with SSPC-SP10/NACE 2, Near-White Blast Cleaning immediately prior to priming.

2) All other Ferrous Metals: Sandblasted clean in accordance with SSPC-SP-6, Commercial Grade, immediately prior to priming.

2. PVC Pipe: Scarify surface prior to prime coat.

COLOR SELECTION

A. Colors of finish coats: as indicated or specified or as selected by Owner.

APPLICATION

A. General

1. Apply water-based paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air temperatures are between 50 degrees F and 90 degrees F.

2. Apply solvent-thinned paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air temperatures are between 45 degrees F and 95 degrees F.

3. Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog, or mist; or when the relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; or to damp or wet surfaces. Painting may continue during inclement weather if surfaces and areas to be painted are enclosed and heated within temperature limits specified by the manufacturer during application and drying periods.

4. Priming Abrasive Blast Surfaces: Shall be primed before any visible rust forms on the surface. Abrasive blast cleaning shall be performed only when the relative humidity is no higher than 85% and the surface temperature of the steel at its coldest point is at least 5 degrees Fahrenheit above the temperature of the dew point. Material that is abrasive blast-cleaned shall be primed in the same shift, no more than 12-hours after the surfaces have been blast-cleaned.

5. Carefully mix and prepare paint materials according to manufacturer's directions.

a. Maintain containers used in mixing and applying paint in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. b. Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density; stir as required during application. Do not stir surface film into material. Remove film and, if necessary, strain material before using. 6. Use only thinners approved by the paint manufacturer and only within recommended limits

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 099000 Painting and Coating HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 5 of 9 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019 7. Apply paint according to manufacturer's directions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied.

a. Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions detrimental to formation of a durable paint film. b. Paint colors, surface treatments, and finishes as indicated in the Paint Schedules. c. Provide finish coats that are compatible with primers used. d. The number of coats and the film thickness required are the same regardless of the application method. Do not apply succeeding coats until the previous coat has cured as recommended by the manufacturer. Sand between applications where sanding is required to produce a smooth even surface according to the manufacturer's directions. e. Apply additional coats if undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through final coat of paint until paint film is of uniform finish, color, and appearance. Give special attention to ensure that surfaces, including edges, corners, crevices, welds, and exposed surfaces/fasteners, receive a dry film thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces. f. The term “exposed surfaces” includes areas visible when permanent or built-in fixtures, convector covers, covers for finned tube radiation, grilles, and similar components are in place. Extend coatings in these areas, as required, to maintain the system integrity and provide desired protection. g. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the same as similar exposed surfaces. Before the final installation of equipment, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only. h. Paint interior surfaces of ducts, where visible through registers or grilles, with a flat, non-specular black paint. i. Paint backsides of access panels and removable or hinged covers to match exposed surfaces. j. Finish exterior doors on tops, bottoms, and side edges same as exterior faces. k. Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel or varnish coat. l. Omit primer on metal surfaces that have been shop-primed and touch-up painted. B. Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated, or otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent surface deterioration.

1. Allow sufficient time between successive coats to permit proper drying. Do not recoat until paint has dried to where it feels firm, does not deform or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure, and where application of another coat of paint does not cause the undercoat to lift or lose adhesion.

C. Apply paints and coatings by brush, roller, spray, or other applicators according to the manufacturer's directions.

1. Use brushes best suited for the material applied.

2. Use rollers of carpet, velvet back, or high-pile sheep's wool as recommended by the manufacturer for the material and texture required.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 099000 Painting and Coating HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 6 of 9 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019 3. Use airless spray equipment with orifice size as recommended by the manufacturer for the material and texture required.

D. Apply materials no thinner than the manufacturers’ recommended spreading rate. Provide the total dry film thickness of the entire system as recommended by the manufacturer.

E. Items to be painted include:

1. Piping

2. Supports

3. Accessory items

F. Ferrous metals indicated on the Drawings to be painted will be provided with a shop primer compatible with the coatings specified. Paint ferrous metals that are not galvanized and indicated to be painted on the Drawings.

PRIME COATS

A. Before applying finish coats, apply a prime coat of material as recommended by the manufacturer, to material that is required to be painted or finished and that has not been prime-coated by others. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat appears, to ensure a finish coat with no burn-through or other defects due to insufficient sealing. Apply prime coat to previously painted surfaces if finish coats are not compatible with existing coating.

PIGMENTED (OPAQUE) FINISHES

A. Completely cover to provide a smooth, opaque surface of uniform finish, color, appearance, and coverage. Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections will not be acceptable.

PIPE, VALVE/EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION AND COLOR CODING

A. Provide identification of pipes, valves and pumps by color as specified in the Section 40 05 13 PROCESS PIPE & FITTINGS. Color selections for each system shall be provided by the Engineer and Owner.

CLEANING

A. At the end of each workday, remove empty cans, rags, rubbish, and other discarded paint materials from the Site. Clean up debris resulting from Work and dispose in Project on-site trash receptacles.

B. After completing painting, clean glass and paint-spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paint by washing and scraping. Be careful not to scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces.

PROTECTION

A. Protect Work of other trades, whether being painted or not, against damage by painting. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as acceptable to Engineer.

B. Provide Wet Paint signs to protect newly painted finishes. Remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others to protect their Work after completing painting operations..

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 099000 Painting and Coating HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 7 of 9 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019 C. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces.

REPAIR

A. Coatings:

1. Color and finish of repairs shall match adjacent undamaged coating.

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Provide in accordance with Division 01 General Requirements.

CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES

A. Provide in accordance with Division 01 General Requirements.

ATTACHMENTS

A. Paint Schedule.

END OF SECTION

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 099000 Painting and Coating HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 8 of 9 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019 PAINT SCHEDULE

Number of coats scheduled is as a minimum. Painting and finishing shall conform to applicable Laws and building code regarding fire hazard classifications and volatile organic content of finish materials. Provide products by the manufacturers named or approved equal.

Refer to "Room Finish Schedule" on the Drawings for building areas to be painted.

Provide paint and coating systems listed below where the Drawings refer to this Specification section or reference any item to be painted or coated, unless a specific paint or coating system is specified elsewhere.

This list is intended to cover all potential conditions that may require painting and not all paint and coating systems listed below may not be included in the Work.

A. Ductile Iron or Cast Iron: Interior or Exterior (Epoxy/Polyurethane)

Field Applied 1. Tnemec: Series 66HS Hi-Build Epoxoline DFT 2 – 3 mils Prime Coat 2. S-W: Macropoxy 646 DFT 3 – 5 mils 3. PPG: Amerlock 2 DFT 4 – 8 mils 4. Or Equal Field Applied 1. Tnemec: Series 66HS Hi-Build Epoxoline DFT 4 – 6 mils Intermediate Coat 2. S-W: Macropoxy 646 DFT 3 – 5 mils 3. PPG: Amerlock 2 DFT 4 – 8 mils 4. Or Equal Field Applied 1. Tnemec: Series 1095 Endura-Shield DFT 2 – 5 mils Finish Coat 2. S-W: High Solids Polyurethane DFT 4 – 5 mil 3. PPG: Amercoat 250H DFT 4 – 6 mils 4. Or Equal B. Ductile Iron Pipe Submerged (Epoxy)

Field Applied 1. Tnemec: Series 20HS Pota-Pox DFT 2 – 3 mils Prime Coat 2. S-W: Dura-Plate 235 DFT 4 – 6 mils 3. PPG: Amerlock 2 DFT 4 – 8 mils 4. Or Equal Field Applied 1. Tnemec: Series 20HS Pota-Pox DFT 4 – 6 mils Intermediate Coat 2. S-W: Dura-Plate 235 DFT 3 – 4 mils 3. PPG: Amerlock 2/400 DFT 4 – 8 mils 4. Or Equal Field Applied 1. Tnemec: Series 20HS Pota-Pox DFT 4 – 6 mils Finish Coat 2. S-W: Dura-Plate 235 DFT 4 – 6 mil 3. PPG: Amerlock 2/400 DFT 4 – 8 mils 4. Or Equal C. Bituminous Coating (SSPC Paint 16)

Shop Applied & 1. Tnemec: Series 46H-413 Tneme-Tar 2 shop coats (Field Touch-up) 2. S-W: Targuard Coal Tar Epoxy DFT 8– 10 mils/ct 3. PPG: Amercoat 78HB

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 099000 Painting and Coating HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 9 of 9 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019 SECTION 33 05 23 HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONAL DRILLING

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Provide all materials, tools, equipment, and labor associated with the installation of pipe by horizontal directional drilling methods. The pipe shall be HDPE of a type as specified herein and as indicated on the Drawings to match respective piping systems.

1.02 REFERENCES

A. Reference Standards

B. ASTM International (ASTM)

1. ASTM D1238 Standard Test Method for Melt Flow Rates of Thermoplastics by Extrusion Plastometer

2. ASTM D1505 Standard Test Method for Density of Plastics by the Density- Gradient Technique

3. ASTM D3139 Standard Specification for Joints for Plastic Pressure Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals

4. ASTM F477 Standard Specification for Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe

5. ASTM F714 Standard Specification for Polyethylene (EP) Plastic Pipe (DR-PR) Based on Outside Diameter

C. American Water Works Association (AWWA)

1. AWWA C110/A21.10 Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings

2. AWWA C111/A21.11 Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings

3. AWWA C906 Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe and Fittings, 4 In. (100 mm) through 63 In., (1,575 mm) for Water Distribution and Transmission

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. The following shall be submitted in accordance with Division 01 General Requirements:

B. Product Data

1. As applicable, submit fusion joint data and fusion technician data indicating conformance with this specification and applicable standards, including written documentation regarding any intended variance from this specification and applicable standards. This will include fusion joint warranty information and recommended project specific fusion parameters, including criteria logged and recorded by data logger.

C. Field Reports

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 330523 Horizontal Directional Drilling HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 7 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019 1. Contractor shall maintain a daily project log of drilling operations and a guidance system log with a copy given to Engineer at completion of project. As-built drawings shall be certified as to accuracy by the Engineer.

D. Drill Fluid Spill Response Plan

1. Response plan shall include name of person responsible for initiating cleanup procedures in the event of a drill fluid spill or release, spill response procedure and list of materials in spill response kit. Spill response kit shall be on site every day that directional drilling activities will be performed.

1.04 JOB CONDITIONS

A. Environmental Requirements

1. Drilling operations shall not interfere with or endanger surface and activity upon the surface. Areas outside designated work areas shall not be disturbed. Examine work area and notify Engineer of conditions that may adversely affect work.

2. Contractor shall conduct operations and schedule cleanup in a manner to cause the least possible obstruction and inconvenience to traffic, pedestrians and to adjacent property owners.

B. Safety: The Contractor shall carry out the operations in strict accordance with all applicable OSHA regulations.

1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Take precautions to protect the pipe while being handled. Chain, end hooks, or cables slings shall not be used to handle pipe. Pipe shall be stored on clean, level ground to prevent undue scratching or gouging of the pipe.

B. Care shall be taken to protect the pipe from scarring, gouging, or excessive abrasion. Pipe with gouges greater than 10% of the minimum wall thickness will be rejected.

C. If pipe is stacked, stacking height shall not exceed the manufacturer’s recommendations.

D. Comply with the Manufacturer’s storage and handling requirements.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.01 PIPE

A. Pipe shall be Type PE/4 pipe as specified in Section 33 31 00 SANITARY UTILITY SEWERAGE PIPING and as indicated on the Drawings for each location. Provide butt fusion end connections. Provide solid end caps. The use of flexible end caps (Fernco) will not be acceptable.

2.02 FITTINGS

A. Provide HDPE to PVC transition fittings for all connections of directional drilled HDPE pipe to Type PVC/5 (SDR 35) PVC gravity sewer piping. Fittings shall be manufactured by Poly-Cam, Inc. or Engineer Approved Equal.

2.03 EQUIPMENT

A. General

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 330523 Horizontal Directional Drilling HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 2 of 7 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019 1. As a minimum, the directional drilling equipment shall consist of a drilling rig of sufficient capacity to perform the bore and pullback the pipe; a drilling fluid mixing, delivery and recovery system of sufficient capacity to successfully complete the bore; a guidance system to accurately guide boring operations; a vacuum truck of sufficient capacity to handle the drilling fluid volume; personnel meeting the applicable training requirements; and all other equipment required to complete the installation. The Contractor has the option of using a drilling fluid recycling system capable of removing solids from the drilling fluid so that the fluid can be reused.

2. Prior to delivery to the site, all drilling equipment shall be serviced, inspected for damage and repaired as necessary. The equipment shall be in good, safe operating condition.

B. Drilling System

1. Drilling Rig: The drilling rig shall consist of a hydraulically powered system to rotate, push, and pull hollow drive pipe into the ground at a variable angle while delivering a pressurized fluid mixture to a guidable drill (bore) head. The machine shall be anchored to the ground to withstand the pulling, pushing and rotating pressure required to complete the bore. The hydraulic power system shall be self-contained with sufficient pressure and volume to power drilling operations. Hydraulic system shall be free of leaks. Rig shall have a system to monitor and record maximum pull-back pressure during pull-back operations. The Contractor shall record this information and provide a copy to the Engineer. The rig shall be grounded during drilling and pull-back operations. There shall be a system to detect electrical current from the drilling string and an audible alarm which automatically sounds when an electrical current is detected.

2. Drill Head: The drill head shall be steerable by changing its rotation and shall provide the necessary cutting surfaces and drilling fluid jets.

3. Mud or Mechanical Motors (if required): Mud or mechanical motors shall be of adequate power to turn the required drilling tools.

4. Drill Pipe: The drilling pipe shall be constructed of high quality 4130 seamless tubing, grade D or better, with a threaded box and bins. Tool joints shall be hardened to 32-36 RC. If the Contractor chooses another type of drill pipe, the Contractor shall supply to the Engineer the reason for change along with drilling rig manufacturer’s approval.

C. Guidance System

1. A magnetic guidance system (MGS), grade beacon or proven gyroscopic system shall be used to provide a continuous and accurate determination of the location of the drill head during the drilling operation. The directional drilling guidance system shall have the capability of measuring vertical and horizontal positions and roll. The system shall obtain an accuracy range within one-inch of the actual position of the drilling head. It shall enable the driller to guide the drill head by providing immediate information on the toll face, azimuth (horizontal direction) and inclination (vertical direction).

2. The Contractor shall compute the position in the X, Y, and Z axis relative to the ground surface a minimum of every 1 foot. Ground surface elevation shall be based on surveyed field conditions.

3. The guidance system shall be of a proven type and shall be operated by personnel trained and experienced with the system.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 330523 Horizontal Directional Drilling HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 3 of 7 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019 4. The Contractor shall demonstrate a viable method to eliminate error. Contractor shall submit calibration results showing that the equipment is within tolerance. The Contractor shall follow the manufacturer’s recommended calibration sequence and calibration time schedule.

5. The guidance system shall be capable of generating a plot of the bore hole survey for the purpose of an as-built drawing.

6. Contractor shall use a locating and tracking system capable of ensuring that the proposed horizontal and vertical alignment is installed as intended.

D. Drilling Fluid System

1. Mixing System: The self-contained, closed, drilling fluid mixing system shall be of sufficient size to mix and deliver drilling fluid. Mixing system shall continually agitate the drilling fluid during drilling operations.

2. Drilling Fluid: The Contractor shall use a drilling fluid suitable for the soil conditions as they exist for the project. The Contractor shall fully determine the soil conditions prior to fluid selection (be it from additional geotechnical investigation, exposing utilities, digging a slurry catch pit or other method). This decision shall include product concentrations and additives.

3. Delivery System: The drilling fluid pumping system shall have a capacity to provide an adequate flow rate and pressure to facilitate the HDD operation. The delivery system shall have filters in-line to prevent solids from being pumped into the drill pipe. Connections between the pump and drill pipe shall be leak-free. Used drilling fluid and drilling fluid spilled during drilling operations shall be contained and conveyed to the drilling fluid recycling system (if used). A berm, minimum of 12” high, shall be maintained around drill rigs, drilling fluid mixing system, entry and exit pits, and drilling fluid recycling system to prevent spills into the surrounding environment. Pumps and or vacuum trucks of sufficient size shall be in place to convey excess drilling fluid from containment areas to storage and recycling facilities.

4. Drilling Fluid Recycling System: If the Contractor chooses to use a drilling fluid recycling system, the system shall separate sand, dirt and other solids from the drilling fluid to render the drilling fluid re-usable. Spoils separated from the drilling fluid will be stored in a suitable location, as approved by the Engineer, for later use or disposed.

E. Pipe Rollers: Pipe rollers, if required, shall be of sufficient size to fully support the weight of the pipe and during pullback operations. A sufficient number of rollers shall be used to prevent excess sagging of pipe.

F. Pullback: Contractor shall use a breakaway swivel or mechanical “weak link” to prevent overstressing of the pipe.

G. Pipe Rammers: Hydraulic or pneumatic pipe rammers may only be used if necessary and with the authorization of Engineer.

H. Restrictions: Devices or utility placement systems for providing horizontal thrust other than those previously defined in the preceding sections shall not be used unless approved by the Engineer prior to commencement of the work. Consideration for approval will be made on an individual basis for each specified location. The proposed device or system will be evaluated prior to approval or rejection on its potential ability to complete the utility placement satisfactorily without undue stoppage and to maintain line and grade within the tolerances prescribed by the particular conditions of the project.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 330523 Horizontal Directional Drilling HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 4 of 7 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019 PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.01 GENERAL

A. The Engineer shall be notified 48 hours in advance of starting work. The directional drilling operations shall not begin until the Engineer is present at the job site and agrees that proper preparations for the operation have been made. Engineer approval for beginning the installation shall in no way relieve the Contractor of the ultimate responsibility for the satisfactory completion of the work as authorized under the Contract. It shall be the responsibility of Engineer to provide inspection personnel at such times as appropriate without causing undue hardship by reason of delay to the Contractor.

B. Installation Tolerance

1. Tolerance requirements for the installed pipe are performance orientated. Tolerances specified herein are the minimum requirements. It is the sole responsibility of the Contractor to select the appropriate types of equipment, work methods and procedures to meet the tolerance requirements.

2. The Engineer reserves the right to reject pipes installed not meeting the tolerance requirements specified herein. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to replace rejected work with pipe meeting these requirements. No additional compensation shall be provided to the Contractor for replacement of pipe not meeting tolerance requirements.

C. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to implement means and procedures compatible with anticipated ground conditions. The Contractor shall have a representative who is thoroughly knowledgeable of the equipment and HDD procedures present at the job site during the entire installation and available to address immediate concerns and emergency operations.

D. The Engineer shall be notified immediately if any condition is encountered that stops the forward progress of drilling operations.

E. Contractor shall take responsibility for the restoration of any damage caused by heaving, settlement, separation of pavement, escaping drilling fluid, or the directional drilling operation, at no cost to the Owner.

F. The installation of the pipe into the bore hole shall be on the same day that the bore is completed to ensure the necessary support exists.

G. The required piping shall be assembled in a manner that minimizes the obstruction of adjacent roadways, driveways or public activities. The Contractor shall erect temporary fencing around entry and exit pipes staging areas as needed. The Contractor staging areas shall be as approved by the Engineer.

H. Permits: The Contractor is responsible for obtaining all necessary permits. Copies of each permit shall be available to the Engineer at the work site.

I. Personnel: All personnel shall be fully trained in their respective duties as part of the directional drilling crew.

3.02 DRILLING PROCEDURE

A. Site Preparation: Work site as indicated on Drawings, within right-of-way, shall be graded or filled to provide a level working area. No alterations beyond what is required for operations are to be made. Contractor shall confine all activities to designated work areas. Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 330523 Horizontal Directional Drilling HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 5 of 7 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019 B. Environmental Protection: Contractor shall place silt fence between all drilling operations and any drainage, wetland, waterway or other area designated for such protection by contract documents, state, federal and local regulations. Additional environmental protection necessary to contain any hydraulic or drilling fluid spills shall be put in place, including berms, liners, turbidity curtains and other measures. Contractor shall adhere to all applicable environmental regulations. Fuel or oil may not be stored in bulk containers within 200 feet of any waterbody or wetland.

C. Safety: Contractor shall adhere to all applicable state, federal and local safety regulations and all operations shall be conducted in a safe manner. Safety meetings shall be conducted at least weekly with a written record of attendance and topic submitted to Engineer.

D. Pilot Hole

1. The Contractor shall follow the pipeline alignment as shown on the Drawings, within the specified tolerances. If adjustments are required, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer for approval prior to making the adjustments.

2. In the event of difficulties at any time during HDD operations requiring the complete withdrawal from the bore, the Contractor may be allowed to withdraw and abandon the bore and begin a second attempt at a location approved by the Engineer.

3. In the event that a drilling fluid fracture, inadvertent returns or returns loss occurs during pilot hole drilling operations, Contractor shall cease drilling, wait at least 30 minutes, inject a quantity of drilling fluid with a viscosity exceeding 120 seconds as measured by a March funnel and then wait another 30 minutes. If fluid fracture or returns loss continues, Contractor shall cease operations and notify Engineer. Engineer and Contractor will discuss additional options and work will then proceed accordingly.

4. Establish an entry angle hole so that the curvature of the pilot hole does not exceed the allowable bending radius of the pipe.

5. At completion of the pilot hole drilling, provide Engineer tabulations of the horizontal and vertical alignment at minimum, intervals of 10 feet.

E. Pipe Installation

1. Horizontally directional drilled pipe shall be installed in accordance with the instruction of the pipe manufacturer, as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein.

2. Care shall be taken in loading, transporting and unloading to prevent injury to the pipe. Pipe or fittings shall not be dropped. All pipe and fittings shall be examined before installation and no piece shall be installed which is found to be defective. Any damage to the pipe shall be repaired as directed by the Engineer. If any defective pipe is discovered after it has been installed, it shall be removed and replaced with a sound pipe in a satisfactory manner by the Contractor, at his own expense.

3. Ropes, fabric or rubber protected slings and straps shall be used to handle the pipes. Two slings spread apart shall be used for lifting each length of pipe.

4. After the pilot hole is completed, the Contractor shall enlarge the hole by pre- reaming (as needed), install a swivel to the reamer and commence pullback operations.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 330523 Horizontal Directional Drilling HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 6 of 7 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019 5. Ream bore hole to a minimum size necessary to safely and properly install the pipe. The annular space on the final bore hole shall not exceed 1.5 times the outside diameter of the host pipe.

6. The pipe being pulled into the bore shall be protected and supported by rollers so that it moves freely and is not damaged by debris on the ground during installation. The pipe may not be dragged across the ground surface.

7. Pullback forces shall not exceed the allowable pulling forces for the product pipe.

8. The Contractor shall allow sufficient lengths of pipe to extend past the termination point (4 inch minimum) to allow connections to adjacent pipe sections or manholes. Pulled pipe shall be allowed 12 hours of stabilization prior making tie-ins. The length of extra product pipe shall be at the Contractor's discretion.

F. Drilling Fluid

1. Disposal of excess drilling fluid and spoils shall be the responsibility of the Contractor who shall comply with all relevant regulations and right-of-way, work space, and permit agreements. Excess drilling fluid and spoils shall be disposed of properly. The Contractor is responsible for transporting all excess drilling fluid and spoils to the disposal site and paying any disposal costs. Excess drilling fluid and spoils shall be transported in a manner that prevents accidental spillage onto roadways. Excess drilling fluid and spoils shall not be discharged into sanitary or storm systems, ditches or waterways.

2. Drilling fluid returns (caused by fracturing of formations) at locations other than the entry and exit points shall be minimized. The Contractor shall immediately clean up any drilling fluid that inadvertently surfaces.

3. The Contractor shall be responsible for all fees and provisions for a clean water supply for mixing of drilling fluid.

3.03 TESTING

A. Air testing shall be conducted in accordance with ASTM F1417 as the project is being installed. Refer to MDOT Specifications.

B. Deflection testing may be required at the request of the Engineer.

3.04 CLEANING, SITE RESTORATION, AND INSPECTION

A. Following drilling operations, Contractor shall demobilize equipment and restore the work site to original condition. All excavations shall be backfilled and compacted to a density as indicated in MDOT Specifications. Landscaping shall be restored to original conditions.

B. The Contractor is required to maintain the work site in a neat and orderly condition throughout the period of work. After completing the work at each site, debris, surplus material and temporary structures erected by the Contractor shall be removed.

END OF SECTION

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 330523 Horizontal Directional Drilling HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 7 of 7 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019 SECTION 33 39 13 SANITARY UTILITY SEWERAGE MANHOLES & STRUCTURES

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Provide all materials, tools, equipment, and labor necessary to manufacture, install and test precast concrete manholes and structures complete with steps, frames, covers, and stainless steel anti-buoyancy hardware as specified herein and as shown on the Drawings. Provide precast concrete structures as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein including but not limited to precast manholes, precast catch basins, inverts, risers, frames, covers, grates, hatches and anti-flotation slabs.

1.02 REFERENCES

A. Reference Standards.

B. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO)

1. AASHTO M 198 - Joints for Concrete Pipe, Manholes, and Precast Box Sections Using Preformed Flexible Joint Sealants

2. AASHTO T 111 (2011; R 2015) Standard Method of Test for Mineral Matter or Ash in Asphalt Materials

C. ASTM International (ASTM)

1. ASTM A 48/A 48M Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings

2. ASTM A 420/A 420M Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Low-Temperature Service

3. ASTM A 615/A 615M Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement

4. ASTM A 1064/A 1064 M Standard Specification for Carbon-Steel Wire and Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain and Deformed, for Concrete

5. ASTM C 32 Standard Specification for Sewer and Manhole Brick (Made from Clay or Shale)

6. ASTM C 33 Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates

7. ASTM C 139 Standard Specification for Concrete Masonry Units for Construction of Catch Basins and Manholes

8. ASTM C 144 Standard Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar

9. ASTM C 150/C 150 M Standard Specification for Portland Cement

10. ASTM C 207 Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry

11. ASTM C 260/C 260 M Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete

12. ASTM C 478 Standard Specification for Circular Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 333913 Sanitary Utility Sewerage Manholes & Structures HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 10 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019 13. ASTM C 494/C 494 M Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete

14. ASTM C 857 Standard Practice for Minimum Structural Design Loading for Underground Precast Concrete Utility Structures

15. ASTM D 877/D 877 M Standard Specification for External Sealing Bands for Concrete Pipe, Manholes, and Precast Box Sections

16. ASTM C 890 Standard Practice for Minimum Structural Design Loading for Monolithic or Sectional Precast Concrete Water and Wastewater Structures

17. ASTM C 909 Standard Specification for Steel Forgings, Microalloy, for General Industrial Use

18. ASTM C 913 Standard Specification for Precast Concrete Water and Wastewater Structures

19. ASTM C 923 Standard Specification for Resilient Connectors Between Reinforced Concrete Manhole Structures, Pipe, and Laterals

20. ASTM C 969 Standard Practice for Infiltration and Exfiltration Acceptance Testing of Installed Precast Concrete Pipe Sewer Lines

21. ASTM C 1244 Standard Test Method for Concrete Sewer Manholes by the Negative Air Pressure (Vacuum) Test Prior to Backfill

22. ASTM D 4 Standard Test Method for Bitumen Content

23. ASTM D 6/D 6 M Standard Test Method for Loss on Heating of Oil and Asphaltic Compounds

24. ASTM D 71 Standard Test Method for Relative Density of Solid Pitch and Asphalt (Displacement Method)

25. ASTM D 217 Standard Test Method for Cone Penetration of Lubrication Grease

26. ASTM D 638 Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics

27. ASTM D 1000 Standard Test Method for Pressure-Sensitive Adhesive-Coated Tapes Use for Electrical and Electronic Applications

28. ASTM D 1187/D 1187 M Standard Specification for Asphalt-Based Emulsions for Use as Protective Coatings for Metal

29. ASTM D 1227 Standard Specification for Emulsified Asphalt Used as a Protective Coating for Roofing

30. ASTM F 593 Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bolts, Hex Cap Screws, and Studs

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. The following shall be submitted in accordance with Division 01 General Requirements:

B. Shop Drawings

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 333913 Sanitary Utility Sewerage Manholes & Structures HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 2 of 10 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019 1. Show components to be used, elevations of top of precast sections, base and pipe inverts, rim elevation, location of pipe penetrations, and steps for each manhole. Verify finish grade elevation at each proposed manhole location.

2. Record as-built structure information neatly in a permanently bound notebook and submit at Substantial Completion. Provide access to records for Engineer at all times. Submit copies to Engineer on a weekly basis. Record information on as-built structure locations. Specifically, provide the following:

a. Location and rim elevations of all precast concrete structures. b. Locations and invert elevations of all pipe penetrations C. Product Data

1. Provide Manufacturer's descriptive data, technical literature, catalog cuts, and installation instructions. Product data shall also include dimensional data for each structure. Provide product data for manholes, joint sealants, catch basins, inverts, risers, frames, covers, grates and frost barriers.

D. Reports

1. Submit leakage test reports for each structure.

E. Certificates

1. Provide design of all precast structures including anti-flotation slabs. Provide the precast structures requiring anti-flotation slabs as one complete unit. Submit a certificate of design signed by a Professional Engineer, registered in the State of the project location with five (5) years minimum experience in the design of similar structures. The design Engineer shall certify that all precast structures including the anti-flotation slabs, whether provided separately or as a monolithic unit, have been designed to withstand all forces including soil, traffic and hydrostatic loads in accordance with all applicable laws, regulations, rules and codes.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Materials and equipment shall be the standard products of a Manufacturer regularly engaged in the production of such products and shall essentially duplicate items that have been in satisfactory use in identical applications in other wastewater treatment applications. The Manufacturer shall have a minimum of five (5) years of documented experience in the design and production of precast structures of "all types", and not less than five (5) years of experience in the production of equal or larger sized models or designs of the exact products as specified herein.

B. The Manufacturer shall provide an installation list of at least five (5) similar installations, including contact names and phone numbers. Products shall be supported by a service organization that is, in the opinion of the Engineer, reasonably convenient to the site to ensure parts and service can be acquired in a timely fashion.

C. Provide complete manhole and precast concrete structures capable of supports AASHTO H20 loading. All precast concrete shall comply with ASTM C 913.

D. Precast concrete shall comply with ASTM C 913. Precast manhole components shall comply with ASTM C 478.

1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Products shall be shipped, stored and handled in a manner consistent with the written recommendations of the manufacturer and so as not to degrade quality, serviceability Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 333913 Sanitary Utility Sewerage Manholes & Structures HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 3 of 10 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019 and/or appearance. Any component or precast structure found to be defective either before or after installation shall be removed from the project site and replaced with a sound unit at no additional cost to the Owner.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.01 MANHOLES & STRUCTURES – GENERAL

A. Base Sections: Precast monolithic construction with steps.

B. Barrel Sections: Precast with steps.

C. Top Sections: Precast eccentric cone top as shown on Drawings. Provide flat top structures as specified and as indicated on the Drawings. Substitution of flat top structures for eccentric cones shall only be allowed with written approval of the Engineer.

2.02 PRE-CAST CONCRETE

A. All concrete used for precast concrete structures shall conform to the following design criteria and conditions:

1. Concrete compressive strength shall be 5,000 psi (minimum) after 28 days.

2. Unless otherwise specified or indicated on the Drawings the minimum concrete structure thickness shall be 6 inches. Provide increased thicknesses to accommodate loadings from vehicles or mechanical equipment. Provide increased thicknesses to accommodate H20 load ratings.

3. Portland cement shall be Type II conforming to ASTM C 150.

4. Fine aggregate shall consist of natural sand conforming to ASTM C 33/C 33M.

5. Coarse aggregate shall consist of well graded crushed stone conforming to ASTM C 33/C 33M.

6. Air entrainment admixture shall conform to ASTM C 260. The air-entrained content shall be not less than 4 percent, nor greater than 7 percent.

7. A superplasticizer shall be used and shall conform to ASTM C 494/C 494M type F or G. Concrete shall be placed at a slump of between 5 and 8 inches.

8. Minimum cement content shall be 564 pounds per cubic yard.

B. Provide a trowel finish on all floors.

C. Structures shall be designed to resist soil loads, surcharges, and buoyant forces.

D. Concrete Fillet: Minimum 3,000 psi concrete.

2.03 REINFORCEMENT

A. All concrete reinforcement shall conform to the following design conditions and criteria:

1. Minimum reinforcing steel yield stress shall be 40,000 psi.

2. Minimum concrete cover over reinforcing bars shall be 1-1/2 inch.

3. Wire fabric shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A 185/A 185M.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 333913 Sanitary Utility Sewerage Manholes & Structures HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 4 of 10 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019 4. Reinforcing bars shall be new billet steel, deformed, conforming to the requirements of ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60.

2.04 BRICK & MORTAR

A. Sewer Brick: ASTM C 32, Grade SS, hard brick

B. Concrete Masonry Units: Conform to ASTM C 139

1. Portland cement shall conform to ASTM C 150. Sand shall conform to ASTM C 144. Hydrated lime shall conform to ASTM C 207.

2. Use Type II Portland cement, Type S Lime

3. Portions for Mortar are 1 part Portland cement, ¼ part hydrated lime, 3 to 3-¾ parts sand.

2.05 STEPS

A. Steps shall be constructed of steel reinforced copolymer polypropylene conforming to ASTM C 478, cast-in-place or installed utilizing inserts approved by the Engineer. All steps shall be 12 inches on center with abrasive step surface and safety edge, drop front design, one (1) inch diameter and 16 inches wide. Metal items embedded in concrete shall be provided with a bituminous coating.

2.06 JOINTS

A. Pre-cast concrete sections shall be provided with bell and spigot or tongue-in-groove ends to ensure proper connection of the joints. Provide flat joints only where specified or indicated on the Drawings.

B. All joints shall be sealed with a minimum of two rows of butyl rubber sealant. A compatible primer shall be applied as recommended by the manufacturer. All seals shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Joint seals shall meet the hydrostatic performance requirements set forth in ASTM C 990, Section 10.1. Sealant properties shall meet or exceed the following criteria:

1. Hydrocarbon Blend Content: 50% (Minimum), per ASTM D4

2. Inert Mineral Filler: 30% (Minimum) by weight, per AASHTO T 111

3. Volatile Matter: 2% (Maximum) by weight, per ASTM D6

4. Specific Gravity: 1.15-1.50, per ASTM D71

5. Ductility: 5.0 (Minimum), per ASTM D 113

6. Penetration Cone: 50-100 mm, per ASTM D 217 at 77 0F, 150 gm. 5 Sec.

7. FED SS-S-210A: No deterioration, no cracking and no swelling after 30 days

immersion in 5% solutions of HCl, H2SO4, NaOH, KOH, and H2S

C. Precast structure joint sealants shall be a product of the following manufacturer:

1. Concrete Sealants, Inc. - Conseal CS-102 or CS-202 (Per Temperature)

2. Hamilton Kent – Kent Seal No. 2

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 333913 Sanitary Utility Sewerage Manholes & Structures HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 5 of 10 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019 3. Press-Seal Gasket Corporation – Pro-Stik

4. Engineer Approved Equal

2.07 PIPE CONNECTIONS

A. Provide seals for all piping penetrations in precast structures as indicated on the Drawings. In cases where the pipe sealing system has not been specifically indicated, provide pre- molded elastomeric (boot type) sealed joints between the pipe and precast sections. Where specified or indicated on the Drawings provide mechanical link type seals for piping penetrations.

B. Pre-molded elastomeric seals shall be manufactured of EPDM with 300 series stainless steel pipe clamps, bands and wedges. Each seal shall also be designed in accordance with the following criteria:

1. Head Pressure: 13 psi for 10 minutes at 00, per ASTM C 923

2. Head Pressure: 10 psi for 10 minutes at 00, per ASTM C 923

3. Deflection: 70, in any direction, per ASTM C 923

4. Load Test: 150 lbs/in pipe diameter, per ASTM C 923

C. All flexible seals shall be a product of the following manufacturer:

1. Trelleborg Pipe Seals, Inc. – Kor-N-Seal

2. A-Lok Products, Inc.

3. Press-Seal Gasket Corporation

4. Engineer Approved Equal

2.08 STAINLESS STEEL CONNECTOR

A. Stainless Steel Connector: Provide 304 stainless steel plate connectors between manhole sections to prevent frost separation. Provide stainless steel connectors for valve manholes.

2.09 DAMPROOFING & WATER SEALING

A. Provide a two-coat bituminous damp-proofing (water sealing) system for all precast structures. All exterior coatings shall conform to ASTM D 1227 and ASTM D 1187. Concrete sealants shall be designed for use both above and below grade. Exterior concrete sealants shall be a product of the following manufacturer:

1. BASF Construction Chemicals, Inc. Hydrocide 600, 700 or 700B

2. Karnak Corporation – 100AF

3. Engineer Approved Equal

2.10 JOINT WRAP

A. Provide exterior joint wrap for all precast structure joints. The joint seal (wrap) shall be manufactured of a self-shrinking EPDM rubber material with a minimum thickness of 30 mils. The back side of the seal shall be coated with a cross-linked reinforced non-hardening butyl adhesive. The sealant shall be a minimum of 30 mils thick. The sealing system shall be designed to stretch entirely around each structure along the joint and then be overlapped to

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 333913 Sanitary Utility Sewerage Manholes & Structures HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 6 of 10 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019 create a fused bond. The width of the joint wrap shall be 6 inches (minimum) and each wrap shall be overlapped by at least two times the width of the wrap.

B. The butyl component of the tape shall consist of 50% (minimum) butyl rubber and it shall contain 2% or less volatile matter. Provide primer and/or adhesive as recommended by the manufacturer. Joint wrap shall conform to ASTM C 877 (Type III). All joint wrap shall be a product of the following manufacturer:

1. Press-Seal Gasket Corporation – EZ-Wrap

2. Sealing Systems, Inc. – Infi-Shield Gator Wrap

3. Con-Seal – CS-212

4. Engineer Approved Equal

2.11 RISERS (GRADE RINGS)

A. Grade Rings: Provide precast concrete grade rings (if required) to raise rim elevations of the frame and covers.

B. Grade rings of injection-molded HDPE shall also be acceptable.

2.12 FRAMES, GRATES & COVERS

A. Cast Iron: Conform to ASTM A 48/A 48M Class 30

B. Aluminum: Provide alloy number 713.0. Conform to ASTM B 26/B 26M.

C. Carbon Steel: Conform to ASTM A 36/A 36M.

D. Manhole Frames & Covers: Labeled with "SEWER" in 2 or 3-inch high raised letters on cover.

1. Standard Frames & Covers: 24 Inch lid with self-sealing application and four (4) cast holes in the frame to allow bolt anchorage to the manhole by Neenah Foundry or Engineer Approved Equal.

2. Waterproof Frames & Covers: Equal to Model R-1755-F2 frame and type C cover by Neenah Foundry or Engineer Approved Equal. Frame shall include (4) cast holes to allow bolt anchorage to the manhole.

3. Manhole Frames & Hinged Covers: 24 inch opening, PAMREX frame and cover by Certainteed Corporation or Engineer Approved Equal.

E. Catch Basin Frames & Grates: Provide heavy duty, bicycle safe, cascading type frame & grate equal to Model R-3588 LL by Neenah Foundry or Engineer Approved Equal.

2.13 ANTI-FLOTATION DESIGN

A. Certificate of Design: The Contractor shall be responsible for design of all precast structures including anti-flotation slabs and may provide the precast structures requiring anti-flotation slabs as one complete unit. Submit a certificate of design signed by a Professional Engineer, registered in the State the project location and having five (5) years minimum experience in the design of similar structures, certifying that all precast structures including the anti-flotation slabs, whether provided separately or as a monolithic unit, have been designed to withstand all forces including soil, traffic and hydrostatic in accordance with all applicable laws, regulations, rules and codes.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 333913 Sanitary Utility Sewerage Manholes & Structures HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 7 of 10 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019 B. Each structure shall be designed with a minimum factor of safety of 1.15 against buoyancy with an assumed flood elevation at the top of the structure. Frictional resistance in this calculation shall not be permitted. Where the structure is composed of successive vertical segments, the weight of the segments shall be such as to provide the same factor of safety for buoyancy, or stainless steel mechanical connections shall be used to connect the segments together. The design shall include positive anchorage to a reinforced concrete anti- buoyancy slab of the required size.

2.14 DESIGN LOADS

A. Unless otherwise specified or indicated on the Drawings, the design shall meet the requirements of AASHTO HB-17, including a HS-20 vehicle load. A lateral vehicle surcharge load of 125 psf shall be applied. Unless otherwise specified or indicated on the Drawings, water and wastewater structures shall be designed for the loads prescribed in ASTM C 890. Unless otherwise specified or indicated on the Drawings, utility structures shall be designed for the loads prescribed in ASTM C 857.

B. The equivalent lateral fluid pressure shall be 100 psf/lf below flood and/or the design groundwater elevation and 60 psf/lf above such elevation. The specified lateral vehicle surcharge load shall be added to this load.

2.15 MISCELLANEOUS

A. Frost Barrier: UV-resistant, high grade polyethylene, minimum thickness, 6 mils

B. Butyl Rubber Caulking: Conform to AASHTO M 198, Type B. Provide butyl rubber caulking at all manhole frames and covers as shown on the Drawings and as directed by the Engineer.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION OF MANHOLES

A. Placement: Place precast bases on compacted bedding material so bottom of structure is plumb, and pipe inverts are at proper elevations. Place barrel and top sections in the appropriate height combinations. Plug all lifting holes inside and out with non-shrink grout. Fill below structure with 3,000 psi concrete, if required. Lay pipe to alignment and grade shown on the Drawings. If grade is not shown, determine elevations of start and finish points for each run of pipe. Lay pipe to a uniform grade between these points. Line and grade may be adjusted by the Engineer as required by field conditions. Install a clay dam type water stop for every 10 vertical feet of sewer main elevation change.

B. Joints: Follow the manufacturer’s instructions for sealing joints between precast sections. Provide two rings of 1-inch diameter butyl rubber sealant and joint wrap.

C. Frames and Covers

1. Set to final grade as shown on the Drawings. Unless otherwise specified or indicated on the Drawings frames and covers shall be set with a tolerance of 0 inches above pavement grade, and 1/4 inch below pavement grade (maximum). For cross-country areas, frames and covers shall be set above grade as indicated on the Drawings. Provide adequate temporary covers to prevent accidental entry until final placement of frame and cover is made.

2. Provide two rings of 1-inch diameter butyl rubber sealant between frame and chimney joints. Provide downward force to frame to compress the joint, provide a watertight seal, and prevent future settlement. Point compressed joint with butyl rubber caulk sealant.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 333913 Sanitary Utility Sewerage Manholes & Structures HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 8 of 10 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019 3. Set manhole frames and covers to final grade only after pavement base course has been applied, or after final grading of gravel roads.

D. Frost Barriers: Wrap each structure to the maximum excavation depth or not less than 6 feet below grade, with a minimum of four layers of 6 mils each of the polyethylene.

1. Clean structure exterior of all dirt and remove any protrusions.

2. Apply a 6-inch wide vertical strip of bituminous waterproofing adhesive from the top of manhole to the greatest excavation depth, but not in excess of 10 feet.

3. Start poly wrap at adhesive strip and proceed around manhole continuously, overlapping adhesive strip a minimum of 24 inches on the final layer.

4. Tuck and pleat poly at top in a continuous manner, minimizing size of folds. Extend poly past top of manhole frame and temporarily tuck remainder inside frame, until final backfill and paving.

5. Paved areas: Cut poly flush with manhole rim after pavement is in place.

6. Unpaved areas: Pull loose ends of poly together, remove excess air and tie off end with galvanized wire. Bury with manhole below grade.

E. Inverts: See detail on Drawings.

F. Steps: Replace any steps that are out of plumb and proper horizontal placement.

3.02 LEAKAGE TESTING

A. General: Tests shall be observed and certified by the Engineer. Structures must be complete for final test acceptance except for shelf and invert brickwork. All pipe connections shall be made prior to testing. Plug all pipes and other openings in the structure walls prior to test. The Contractor shall test all precast concrete manholes as soon as they are installed and before they are backfilled to demonstrate that the work confirms to these specifications.

B. Vacuum Tests for Manholes

1. After the manhole has been constructed, the Contractor shall conduct a Manhole Acceptance Test using the vacuum test procedure in ASTM C1244, except as modified herein.

2. The manhole, regardless of diameter, shall pass if the time for the vacuum to drop from 10 inches of mercury to 9 inches of mercury is greater than:

a. 2.0 minutes for 0’-10’ deep manholes b. 2.5 min for 10’-15’ deep manholes c. 3.0 min for 15’+ deep manholes 3. If the vacuum drops more than the prescribed rate, the Contractor shall locate the leak, make proper repairs, and retest the structure at no additional cost to the Owner.

4. If the unit fails the test after repair, the unit shall be water exfiltration tested as directed by the Engineer in accordance with the following.

C. Exfiltration Test

1. Plug pipes into and out of structure and secure plugs.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 333913 Sanitary Utility Sewerage Manholes & Structures HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 9 of 10 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019 2. Lower groundwater table (GWT) to below structure. Maintain GWT at this level throughout test. Provide means of determining GWT level at any time throughout test.

3. Fill structure with water to top of structure.

4. Allow a period for absorption, to be determined by the Engineer.

5. Refill to top of cone.

6. Determine volume of leakage in an 8-hour minimum test period and calculate rate.

7. Acceptable Leakage Rate: Not more than 1 gallon per vertical foot per 24 hours for manholes and wet wells. Not more than 1/10 of 1 percent of the tank volume in any 24-hour period for storage tanks.

8. The Engineer reserves the right to require an exfiltration test if a vacuum test has failed or cannot be performed.

3.03 REPAIRS

A. Determine the causes of all leaks and repair them. Perform earthwork required for repairs if manhole has already been backfilled.

B. Perform repairs using methods and materials approved by the Engineer.

C. Remove and replace or reconstruct the manhole if necessary.

D. Remove and replace the defective sections if required by the Engineer.

END OF SECTION

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 333913 Sanitary Utility Sewerage Manholes & Structures HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 10 of 10 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019 SECTION 33 39 13 SANITARY UTILITY SEWERAGE MANHOLES & STRUCTURES

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Provide all materials, tools, equipment, and labor necessary to manufacture, install and test precast concrete manholes and structures complete with steps, frames, covers, and stainless steel anti-buoyancy hardware as specified herein and as shown on the Drawings. Provide precast concrete structures as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein including but not limited to precast manholes, precast catch basins, inverts, risers, frames, covers, grates, hatches and anti-flotation slabs.

1.02 REFERENCES

A. Reference Standards.

B. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO)

1. AASHTO M 198 - Joints for Concrete Pipe, Manholes, and Precast Box Sections Using Preformed Flexible Joint Sealants

2. AASHTO T 111 (2011; R 2015) Standard Method of Test for Mineral Matter or Ash in Asphalt Materials

C. ASTM International (ASTM)

1. ASTM A 48/A 48M Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings

2. ASTM A 420/A 420M Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Low-Temperature Service

3. ASTM A 615/A 615M Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon- Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement

4. ASTM A 1064/A 1064 M Standard Specification for Carbon-Steel Wire and Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain and Deformed, for Concrete

5. ASTM C 32 Standard Specification for Sewer and Manhole Brick (Made from Clay or Shale)

6. ASTM C 33 Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates

7. ASTM C 139 Standard Specification for Concrete Masonry Units for Construction of Catch Basins and Manholes

8. ASTM C 144 Standard Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar

9. ASTM C 150/C 150 M Standard Specification for Portland Cement

10. ASTM C 207 Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry

11. ASTM C 260/C 260 M Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete

12. ASTM C 478 Standard Specification for Circular Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 333913 Sanitary Utility Sewerage Manholes & Structures HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 1 of 10 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019 13. ASTM C 494/C 494 M Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete

14. ASTM C 857 Standard Practice for Minimum Structural Design Loading for Underground Precast Concrete Utility Structures

15. ASTM D 877/D 877 M Standard Specification for External Sealing Bands for Concrete Pipe, Manholes, and Precast Box Sections

16. ASTM C 890 Standard Practice for Minimum Structural Design Loading for Monolithic or Sectional Precast Concrete Water and Wastewater Structures

17. ASTM C 909 Standard Specification for Steel Forgings, Microalloy, for General Industrial Use

18. ASTM C 913 Standard Specification for Precast Concrete Water and Wastewater Structures

19. ASTM C 923 Standard Specification for Resilient Connectors Between Reinforced Concrete Manhole Structures, Pipe, and Laterals

20. ASTM C 969 Standard Practice for Infiltration and Exfiltration Acceptance Testing of Installed Precast Concrete Pipe Sewer Lines

21. ASTM C 1244 Standard Test Method for Concrete Sewer Manholes by the Negative Air Pressure (Vacuum) Test Prior to Backfill

22. ASTM D 4 Standard Test Method for Bitumen Content

23. ASTM D 6/D 6 M Standard Test Method for Loss on Heating of Oil and Asphaltic Compounds

24. ASTM D 71 Standard Test Method for Relative Density of Solid Pitch and Asphalt (Displacement Method)

25. ASTM D 217 Standard Test Method for Cone Penetration of Lubrication Grease

26. ASTM D 638 Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics

27. ASTM D 1000 Standard Test Method for Pressure-Sensitive Adhesive-Coated Tapes Use for Electrical and Electronic Applications

28. ASTM D 1187/D 1187 M Standard Specification for Asphalt-Based Emulsions for Use as Protective Coatings for Metal

29. ASTM D 1227 Standard Specification for Emulsified Asphalt Used as a Protective Coating for Roofing

30. ASTM F 593 Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bolts, Hex Cap Screws, and Studs

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. The following shall be submitted in accordance with Division 01 General Requirements:

B. Shop Drawings

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 333913 Sanitary Utility Sewerage Manholes & Structures HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 2 of 10 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019 1. Show components to be used, elevations of top of precast sections, base and pipe inverts, rim elevation, location of pipe penetrations, and steps for each manhole. Verify finish grade elevation at each proposed manhole location.

2. Record as-built structure information neatly in a permanently bound notebook and submit at Substantial Completion. Provide access to records for Engineer at all times. Submit copies to Engineer on a weekly basis. Record information on as-built structure locations. Specifically, provide the following:

a. Location and rim elevations of all precast concrete structures. b. Locations and invert elevations of all pipe penetrations C. Product Data

1. Provide Manufacturer's descriptive data, technical literature, catalog cuts, and installation instructions. Product data shall also include dimensional data for each structure. Provide product data for manholes, joint sealants, catch basins, inverts, risers, frames, covers, grates and frost barriers.

D. Reports

1. Submit leakage test reports for each structure.

E. Certificates

1. Provide design of all precast structures including anti-flotation slabs. Provide the precast structures requiring anti-flotation slabs as one complete unit. Submit a certificate of design signed by a Professional Engineer, registered in the State of the project location with five (5) years minimum experience in the design of similar structures. The design Engineer shall certify that all precast structures including the anti-flotation slabs, whether provided separately or as a monolithic unit, have been designed to withstand all forces including soil, traffic and hydrostatic loads in accordance with all applicable laws, regulations, rules and codes.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Materials and equipment shall be the standard products of a Manufacturer regularly engaged in the production of such products and shall essentially duplicate items that have been in satisfactory use in identical applications in other wastewater treatment applications. The Manufacturer shall have a minimum of five (5) years of documented experience in the design and production of precast structures of "all types", and not less than five (5) years of experience in the production of equal or larger sized models or designs of the exact products as specified herein.

B. The Manufacturer shall provide an installation list of at least five (5) similar installations, including contact names and phone numbers. Products shall be supported by a service organization that is, in the opinion of the Engineer, reasonably convenient to the site to ensure parts and service can be acquired in a timely fashion.

C. Provide complete manhole and precast concrete structures capable of supports AASHTO H20 loading. All precast concrete shall comply with ASTM C 913.

D. Precast concrete shall comply with ASTM C 913. Precast manhole components shall comply with ASTM C 478.

1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Products shall be shipped, stored and handled in a manner consistent with the written recommendations of the manufacturer and so as not to degrade quality, serviceability Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 333913 Sanitary Utility Sewerage Manholes & Structures HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 3 of 10 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019 and/or appearance. Any component or precast structure found to be defective either before or after installation shall be removed from the project site and replaced with a sound unit at no additional cost to the Owner.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.01 MANHOLES & STRUCTURES – GENERAL

A. Base Sections: Precast monolithic construction with steps.

B. Barrel Sections: Precast with steps.

C. Top Sections: Precast eccentric cone top as shown on Drawings. Provide flat top structures as specified and as indicated on the Drawings. Substitution of flat top structures for eccentric cones shall only be allowed with written approval of the Engineer.

2.02 PRE-CAST CONCRETE

A. All concrete used for precast concrete structures shall conform to the following design criteria and conditions:

1. Concrete compressive strength shall be 5,000 psi (minimum) after 28 days.

2. Unless otherwise specified or indicated on the Drawings the minimum concrete structure thickness shall be 6 inches. Provide increased thicknesses to accommodate loadings from vehicles or mechanical equipment. Provide increased thicknesses to accommodate H20 load ratings.

3. Portland cement shall be Type II conforming to ASTM C 150.

4. Fine aggregate shall consist of natural sand conforming to ASTM C 33/C 33M.

5. Coarse aggregate shall consist of well graded crushed stone conforming to ASTM C 33/C 33M.

6. Air entrainment admixture shall conform to ASTM C 260. The air-entrained content shall be not less than 4 percent, nor greater than 7 percent.

7. A superplasticizer shall be used and shall conform to ASTM C 494/C 494M type F or G. Concrete shall be placed at a slump of between 5 and 8 inches.

8. Minimum cement content shall be 564 pounds per cubic yard.

B. Provide a trowel finish on all floors.

C. Structures shall be designed to resist soil loads, surcharges, and buoyant forces.

D. Concrete Fillet: Minimum 3,000 psi concrete.

2.03 REINFORCEMENT

A. All concrete reinforcement shall conform to the following design conditions and criteria:

1. Minimum reinforcing steel yield stress shall be 40,000 psi.

2. Minimum concrete cover over reinforcing bars shall be 1-1/2 inch.

3. Wire fabric shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A 185/A 185M.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 333913 Sanitary Utility Sewerage Manholes & Structures HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 4 of 10 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019 4. Reinforcing bars shall be new billet steel, deformed, conforming to the requirements of ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60.

2.04 BRICK & MORTAR

A. Sewer Brick: ASTM C 32, Grade SS, hard brick

B. Concrete Masonry Units: Conform to ASTM C 139

1. Portland cement shall conform to ASTM C 150. Sand shall conform to ASTM C 144. Hydrated lime shall conform to ASTM C 207.

2. Use Type II Portland cement, Type S Lime

3. Portions for Mortar are 1 part Portland cement, ¼ part hydrated lime, 3 to 3-¾ parts sand.

2.05 STEPS

A. Steps shall be constructed of steel reinforced copolymer polypropylene conforming to ASTM C 478, cast-in-place or installed utilizing inserts approved by the Engineer. All steps shall be 12 inches on center with abrasive step surface and safety edge, drop front design, one (1) inch diameter and 16 inches wide. Metal items embedded in concrete shall be provided with a bituminous coating.

2.06 JOINTS

A. Pre-cast concrete sections shall be provided with bell and spigot or tongue-in-groove ends to ensure proper connection of the joints. Provide flat joints only where specified or indicated on the Drawings.

B. All joints shall be sealed with a minimum of two rows of butyl rubber sealant. A compatible primer shall be applied as recommended by the manufacturer. All seals shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Joint seals shall meet the hydrostatic performance requirements set forth in ASTM C 990, Section 10.1. Sealant properties shall meet or exceed the following criteria:

1. Hydrocarbon Blend Content: 50% (Minimum), per ASTM D4

2. Inert Mineral Filler: 30% (Minimum) by weight, per AASHTO T 111

3. Volatile Matter: 2% (Maximum) by weight, per ASTM D6

4. Specific Gravity: 1.15-1.50, per ASTM D71

5. Ductility: 5.0 (Minimum), per ASTM D 113

6. Penetration Cone: 50-100 mm, per ASTM D 217 at 77 0F, 150 gm. 5 Sec.

7. FED SS-S-210A: No deterioration, no cracking and no swelling after 30 days

immersion in 5% solutions of HCl, H2SO4, NaOH, KOH, and H2S

C. Precast structure joint sealants shall be a product of the following manufacturer:

1. Concrete Sealants, Inc. - Conseal CS-102 or CS-202 (Per Temperature)

2. Hamilton Kent – Kent Seal No. 2

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 333913 Sanitary Utility Sewerage Manholes & Structures HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 5 of 10 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019 3. Press-Seal Gasket Corporation – Pro-Stik

4. Engineer Approved Equal

2.07 PIPE CONNECTIONS

A. Provide seals for all piping penetrations in precast structures as indicated on the Drawings. In cases where the pipe sealing system has not been specifically indicated, provide pre- molded elastomeric (boot type) sealed joints between the pipe and precast sections. Where specified or indicated on the Drawings provide mechanical link type seals for piping penetrations.

B. Pre-molded elastomeric seals shall be manufactured of EPDM with 300 series stainless steel pipe clamps, bands and wedges. Each seal shall also be designed in accordance with the following criteria:

1. Head Pressure: 13 psi for 10 minutes at 00, per ASTM C 923

2. Head Pressure: 10 psi for 10 minutes at 00, per ASTM C 923

3. Deflection: 70, in any direction, per ASTM C 923

4. Load Test: 150 lbs/in pipe diameter, per ASTM C 923

C. All flexible seals shall be a product of the following manufacturer:

1. Trelleborg Pipe Seals, Inc. – Kor-N-Seal

2. A-Lok Products, Inc.

3. Press-Seal Gasket Corporation

4. Engineer Approved Equal

2.08 STAINLESS STEEL CONNECTOR

A. Stainless Steel Connector: Provide 304 stainless steel plate connectors between manhole sections to prevent frost separation. Provide stainless steel connectors for valve manholes.

2.09 DAMPROOFING & WATER SEALING

A. Provide a two-coat bituminous damp-proofing (water sealing) system for all precast structures. All exterior coatings shall conform to ASTM D 1227 and ASTM D 1187. Concrete sealants shall be designed for use both above and below grade. Exterior concrete sealants shall be a product of the following manufacturer:

1. BASF Construction Chemicals, Inc. Hydrocide 600, 700 or 700B

2. Karnak Corporation – 100AF

3. Engineer Approved Equal

2.10 JOINT WRAP

A. Provide exterior joint wrap for all precast structure joints. The joint seal (wrap) shall be manufactured of a self-shrinking EPDM rubber material with a minimum thickness of 30 mils. The back side of the seal shall be coated with a cross-linked reinforced non-hardening butyl adhesive. The sealant shall be a minimum of 30 mils thick. The sealing system shall be designed to stretch entirely around each structure along the joint and then be

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 333913 Sanitary Utility Sewerage Manholes & Structures HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 6 of 10 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019 overlapped to create a fused bond. The width of the joint wrap shall be 6 inches (minimum) and each wrap shall be overlapped by at least two times the width of the wrap.

B. The butyl component of the tape shall consist of 50% (minimum) butyl rubber and it shall contain 2% or less volatile matter. Provide primer and/or adhesive as recommended by the manufacturer. Joint wrap shall conform to ASTM C 877 (Type III). All joint wrap shall be a product of the following manufacturer:

1. Press-Seal Gasket Corporation – EZ-Wrap

2. Sealing Systems, Inc. – Infi-Shield Gator Wrap

3. Con-Seal – CS-212

4. Engineer Approved Equal

2.11 RISERS (GRADE RINGS)

A. Grade Rings: Provide precast concrete grade rings (if required) to raise rim elevations of the frame and covers.

B. Grade rings of injection-molded HDPE shall also be acceptable.

2.12 FRAMES, GRATES & COVERS

A. Cast Iron: Conform to ASTM A 48/A 48M Class 30

B. Aluminum: Provide alloy number 713.0. Conform to ASTM B 26/B 26M.

C. Carbon Steel: Conform to ASTM A 36/A 36M.

D. Manhole Frames & Covers: Labeled with "SEWER" in 2 or 3-inch high raised letters on cover.

1. Standard Frames & Covers: 24 Inch lid with self-sealing application and four (4) cast holes in the frame to allow bolt anchorage to the manhole by Neenah Foundry or Engineer Approved Equal.

2. Waterproof Frames & Covers: Equal to Model R-1755-F2 frame and type C cover by Neenah Foundry or Engineer Approved Equal. Frame shall include (4) cast holes to allow bolt anchorage to the manhole.

3. Manhole Frames & Hinged Covers: 24 inch opening, PAMREX frame and cover by Certainteed Corporation or Engineer Approved Equal.

E. Catch Basin Frames & Grates: Provide heavy duty, bicycle safe, cascading type frame & grate equal to Model R-3588 LL by Neenah Foundry or Engineer Approved Equal.

2.13 ANTI-FLOTATION DESIGN

A. Certificate of Design: The Contractor shall be responsible for design of all precast structures including anti-flotation slabs and may provide the precast structures requiring anti-flotation slabs as one complete unit. Submit a certificate of design signed by a Professional Engineer, registered in the State the project location and having five (5) years minimum experience in the design of similar structures, certifying that all precast structures including the anti-flotation slabs, whether provided separately or as a monolithic unit, have been designed to withstand all forces including soil, traffic and hydrostatic in accordance with all applicable laws, regulations, rules and codes.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 333913 Sanitary Utility Sewerage Manholes & Structures HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 7 of 10 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019 B. Each structure shall be designed with a minimum factor of safety of 1.15 against buoyancy with an assumed flood elevation at the top of the structure. Frictional resistance in this calculation shall not be permitted. Where the structure is composed of successive vertical segments, the weight of the segments shall be such as to provide the same factor of safety for buoyancy, or stainless steel mechanical connections shall be used to connect the segments together. The design shall include positive anchorage to a reinforced concrete anti-buoyancy slab of the required size.

2.14 DESIGN LOADS

A. Unless otherwise specified or indicated on the Drawings, the design shall meet the requirements of AASHTO HB-17, including a HS-20 vehicle load. A lateral vehicle surcharge load of 125 psf shall be applied. Unless otherwise specified or indicated on the Drawings, water and wastewater structures shall be designed for the loads prescribed in ASTM C 890. Unless otherwise specified or indicated on the Drawings, utility structures shall be designed for the loads prescribed in ASTM C 857.

B. The equivalent lateral fluid pressure shall be 100 psf/lf below flood and/or the design groundwater elevation and 60 psf/lf above such elevation. The specified lateral vehicle surcharge load shall be added to this load.

2.15 MISCELLANEOUS

A. Frost Barrier: UV-resistant, high grade polyethylene, minimum thickness, 6 mils

B. Butyl Rubber Caulking: Conform to AASHTO M 198, Type B. Provide butyl rubber caulking at all manhole frames and covers as shown on the Drawings and as directed by the Engineer.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION OF MANHOLES

A. Placement: Place precast bases on compacted bedding material so bottom of structure is plumb, and pipe inverts are at proper elevations. Place barrel and top sections in the appropriate height combinations. Plug all lifting holes inside and out with non-shrink grout. Fill below structure with 3,000 psi concrete, if required. Lay pipe to alignment and grade shown on the Drawings. If grade is not shown, determine elevations of start and finish points for each run of pipe. Lay pipe to a uniform grade between these points. Line and grade may be adjusted by the Engineer as required by field conditions. Install a clay dam type water stop for every 10 vertical feet of sewer main elevation change.

B. Joints: Follow the manufacturer’s instructions for sealing joints between precast sections. Provide two rings of 1-inch diameter butyl rubber sealant and joint wrap.

C. Frames and Covers

1. Set to final grade as shown on the Drawings. Unless otherwise specified or indicated on the Drawings frames and covers shall be set with a tolerance of 0 inches above pavement grade, and 1/4 inch below pavement grade (maximum). For cross-country areas, frames and covers shall be set above grade as indicated on the Drawings. Provide adequate temporary covers to prevent accidental entry until final placement of frame and cover is made.

2. Provide two rings of 1-inch diameter butyl rubber sealant between frame and chimney joints. Provide downward force to frame to compress the joint, provide a watertight seal, and prevent future settlement. Point compressed joint with butyl rubber caulk sealant.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 333913 Sanitary Utility Sewerage Manholes & Structures HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 8 of 10 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019 3. Set manhole frames and covers to final grade only after pavement base course has been applied, or after final grading of gravel roads.

D. Frost Barriers: Wrap each structure to the maximum excavation depth or not less than 6 feet below grade, with a minimum of four layers of 6 mils each of the polyethylene.

1. Clean structure exterior of all dirt and remove any protrusions.

2. Apply a 6-inch wide vertical strip of bituminous waterproofing adhesive from the top of manhole to the greatest excavation depth, but not in excess of 10 feet.

3. Start poly wrap at adhesive strip and proceed around manhole continuously, overlapping adhesive strip a minimum of 24 inches on the final layer.

4. Tuck and pleat poly at top in a continuous manner, minimizing size of folds. Extend poly past top of manhole frame and temporarily tuck remainder inside frame, until final backfill and paving.

5. Paved areas: Cut poly flush with manhole rim after pavement is in place.

6. Unpaved areas: Pull loose ends of poly together, remove excess air and tie off end with galvanized wire. Bury with manhole below grade.

E. Inverts: See detail on Drawings.

F. Steps: Replace any steps that are out of plumb and proper horizontal placement.

3.02 LEAKAGE TESTING

A. General: Tests shall be observed and certified by the Engineer. Structures must be complete for final test acceptance except for shelf and invert brickwork. All pipe connections shall be made prior to testing. Plug all pipes and other openings in the structure walls prior to test. The Contractor shall test all precast concrete manholes as soon as they are installed and before they are backfilled to demonstrate that the work confirms to these specifications.

B. Vacuum Tests for Manholes

1. After the manhole has been constructed, the Contractor shall conduct a Manhole Acceptance Test using the vacuum test procedure in ASTM C1244, except as modified herein.

2. The manhole, regardless of diameter, shall pass if the time for the vacuum to drop from 10 inches of mercury to 9 inches of mercury is greater than:

a. 2.0 minutes for 0’-10’ deep manholes b. 2.5 min for 10’-15’ deep manholes c. 3.0 min for 15’+ deep manholes 3. If the vacuum drops more than the prescribed rate, the Contractor shall locate the leak, make proper repairs, and retest the structure at no additional cost to the Owner.

4. If the unit fails the test after repair, the unit shall be water exfiltration tested as directed by the Engineer in accordance with the following.

C. Exfiltration Test

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 333913 Sanitary Utility Sewerage Manholes & Structures HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 9 of 10 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019 1. Plug pipes into and out of structure and secure plugs.

2. Lower groundwater table (GWT) to below structure. Maintain GWT at this level throughout test. Provide means of determining GWT level at any time throughout test.

3. Fill structure with water to top of structure.

4. Allow a period for absorption, to be determined by the Engineer.

5. Refill to top of cone.

6. Determine volume of leakage in an 8-hour minimum test period and calculate rate.

7. Acceptable Leakage Rate: Not more than 1 gallon per vertical foot per 24 hours for manholes and wet wells. Not more than 1/10 of 1 percent of the tank volume in any 24-hour period for storage tanks.

8. The Engineer reserves the right to require an exfiltration test if a vacuum test has failed or cannot be performed.

3.03 REPAIRS

A. Determine the causes of all leaks and repair them. Perform earthwork required for repairs if manhole has already been backfilled.

B. Perform repairs using methods and materials approved by the Engineer.

C. Remove and replace or reconstruct the manhole if necessary.

D. Remove and replace the defective sections if required by the Engineer.

END OF SECTION

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME 333913 Sanitary Utility Sewerage Manholes & Structures HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A Page 10 of 10 Town of Bridgton Issue Date: 03/21/2019 APPENDIX A

APPROVED EASEMENTS

APPENDIX B

REQUIRED FEDERAL DOCUMENTS

American Iron and Steel Requirement

The Contractor acknowledges to and for the benefit of the Town of Bridgton (“Purchaser”) and the State of Maine (the “State”) that it understands the goods and services under this Agreement are being funded with monies made available by the Clean Water State Revolving Fund and/or Drinking Water State Revolving Fund that have statutory requirements commonly known as “American Iron and Steel;” that requires all of the iron and steel products used in the project to be produced in the United States (“American Iron and Steel Requirement”) including iron and steel products provided by the Contactor pursuant to this Agreement. The Contractor hereby represents and warrants to and for the benefit of the Purchaser and the State that (a) the Contractor has reviewed and understands the American Iron and Steel requirement, (b) all of the iron and steel products used in the project will be and/or have been produced in the United States in a manner that complies with the American Iron and Steel Requirement, unless a waiver of the requirement is approved, and (c) the Contractor will provide any further verified information, certification or assurance of compliance with this paragraph, or information necessary to support a waiver of the American Iron and Steel Requirement, as may be requested by the Purchaser or the State. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, any failure to comply with this paragraph by the Contractor shall permit the Purchaser or State to recover as damages against the Contractor any loss, expense, or cost (including without limitation attorney’s fees) incurred by the Purchaser or State resulting from any such failure (including without limitation any impairment or loss of funding, whether in whole or in part, from the State or any damages owed to the State by the Purchaser). While the Contractor has no direct contractual privity with the State, as a lender to the Purchaser for the funding of its project, the Purchaser and the Contractor agree that the State is a third-party beneficiary and neither this paragraph (nor any other provision of this Agreement necessary to give this paragraph force or effect) shall be amended or waived without the prior written consent of the State.

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME Required Federal Documents HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A 1 of 12 Town of Bridgton EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY/ AFFIRMATIVE ACTION REQUIREMENTS

1.01 The Contractor shall comply with all provisions of Executive Order No. 11246 as amended, and of the rules, Regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor as applicable, and additional provisions for federally-assisted construction contracts, including those required by 41 CFR 60 and 48 CFR 52.

1.02 In the event of the Contractor's noncompliance with any of such rules, Regulations, or orders, the Contract may be cancelled, terminated, or suspended in whole or in part and the Contractor may be declared ineligible for further contracts in accordance with procedures authorized in Executive Order No. 11246 as amended, and such other sanctions may be imposed and remedies invoked as provided in Executive Order No. 11246 as amended, or by rule, Regulation, or order of the Secretary of Labor, or as otherwise provided by Law.

1.03 The Contractor shall include the applicable provisions of this Section in every subcontract or Purchase Order unless exempted by rules, Regulations, or orders of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to Section 204 of Executive Order No. 11246 as amended, so that such provisions shall be binding upon each Subcontractor or vendor or Supplier.

1.04 The Contractor shall comply with the DBE requirements applicable to the Contract, if any, as may be included in Section 00 73 38.

1.05 The Contractor shall have submitted required related documents and certifications with its Bid, if any, and shall obtain signed copies of such documents and certifications from each Subcontractor and Supplier at Notice of Award, which shall be incorporated into the Contract. The Contractor shall submit the attached notice.

1.06 Federal Regulations are available at http://www.ecfr.gov.

ATTACHMENTS

A. Notice to Prospective Subcontractors of Requirements for Certifications of Non- Segregated Facilities

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME Required Federal Documents HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A 2 of 12 Town of Bridgton

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME Required Federal Documents HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A 3 of 12 Town of Bridgton

This page intentionally left blank

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME Required Federal Documents HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A 4 of 12 Town of Bridgton

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME Required Federal Documents HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A 5 of 12 Town of Bridgton

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME Required Federal Documents HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A 6 of 12 Town of Bridgton

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME Required Federal Documents HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A 7 of 12 Town of Bridgton

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME Required Federal Documents HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A 8 of 12 Town of Bridgton

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME Required Federal Documents HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A 9 of 12 Town of Bridgton

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME Required Federal Documents HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A 10 of 12 Town of Bridgton

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME Required Federal Documents HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A 11 of 12 Town of Bridgton

Main Street Streetscape, Bridgton, ME Required Federal Documents HEB Engineers Project #2016-007A 12 of 12 Town of Bridgton